Fifth Third Bancorp Annual Report 2010

Plain-text annual report

Charting the Course with Conﬁdence 2010 ANNUAL REPORT Corporate Proﬁle Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversiﬁed ﬁnancial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. The Company has $111 billion in assets, operates 15 affiliates with 1,312 full-service Banking Centers, including 103 Bank Mart® locations open seven days a week inside select grocery stores and 2,445 ATMs in Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan, Illinois, Florida, Tennessee, West Virginia, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Georgia and North Carolina. Fifth Third operates four main businesses: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Fifth Third also has a 49% interest in Fifth Third Processing Solutions, LLC. Fifth Third is among the largest money managers in the Midwest and, as of December 31, 2010, had $266 billion in assets under care, of which it managed $25 billion for individuals, corporations and not-for-proﬁt organizations. Investor information and press releases can be viewed at www.53.com. Fifth Third’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ® National Global Select Market under the symbol “FITB.” Member FDIC. Kevin T. Kabat President and Chief Executive Officer A Message to Our Shareholders Dear Shareholders, Last year marked an important turning point for Fifth Third, as many of the actions we’ve taken over the past several years had a direct and positive impact on our results. Fifth Third took aggressive action early in the credit cycle and I’m pleased with the progress we’ve shown through improved credit trends, continued strong operating metrics and our strong capital position. We returned to proﬁtability in early 2010 and have continued to generate increasing levels of earnings through the remainder of the year – over $750 million in net income for the full year. Our return on assets was 0.7 percent in 2010 and 1.2 percent in the most recent quarter, which demonstrates our progress to normalized levels. In February 2011, we fully repaid the U.S. Department of Treasury’s $3.4 billion investment in preferred stock under its Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program. Since December 2008, we’ve paid more than $350 million of dividends to the American taxpayers, who will also beneﬁt from the disposition of the warrants issued in conjunction with that investment. We are pleased to close this chapter in our history and move forward into a period that we believe will be marked by continued improvement in results, enhanced shareholder value and prudent management of our capital. Getting to where we are today didn’t happen by chance. We began taking aggressive actions to position the Company for the coming storm back in 2007, and we have seen and will continue to see the beneﬁt of those actions. Our story is about more than aggressively attacking credit issues - it’s about improving the levels of customer satisfaction and employee engagement, continuing to invest in our already strong earnings capacity and deepening customer relationships through new products and services. These are part of a strategic plan that, along with relentless focus on execution, allows us to chart our future course with conﬁdence. Our strategic agenda as we move forward is focused on opportunities in markets where we are underpenetrated and on continuous improvement of the customer experience, both of which aim for deeper customer relationships and improved retention. This focus contributes to our overall goal of positioning Fifth Third as a unique value proposition – a bank with the capabilities, technology and products of the largest banks in the country and with the service and local touch 2010 ANNUAL REPORT 1 typically associated with a community bank. We’re making great progress on this front. In the most recent University of Michigan American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI), Fifth Third’s overall score was the highest we have ever received – signiﬁcantly above the average for the industry and other large peers. This is a testament to our commitment in making customer satisfaction one of our top priorities and it emphasizes the importance of working with our customers as valued partners in their ﬁnancial decision making. Our core businesses remain strong and we remain focused on providing quality products to our customers. We see signiﬁcant opportunity in our markets today and our sales force continues to win new business throughout our footprint. We see that in stronger relative loan growth, deposit growth and fee growth compared with our competitors. Subsequently, our stock continued its recovery and signiﬁcantly outperformed the industry in 2010, with a total shareholder return (stock price plus dividends) of 51 percent compared with 20 percent for the S&P Banks Index. Signiﬁcant events in the banking industry There have been a number of legislative and regulatory developments within the banking industry during 2010. Many of these are aimed at reducing risk in the industry and protecting the economy and taxpayers from the effects of ﬁnancial system dislocations. We wholeheartedly support a strong global ﬁnancial system and feel that many of the changes will ultimately prove to be beneﬁcial. There will be additional costs associated with implementing many new regulations; however, we are prepared to address any challenges that may lie ahead. We’ve demonstrated success throughout a difficult operating environment and we expect to generate sustainable growth in the new operating environment. Overdraft regulation, sometimes referred to as “Reg E,” went into effect in the middle of the year and prohibits banks from processing electronic withdrawal transactions and charging overdraft fees in accounts that lack sufficient funds, unless the customer has “opted-in” to the program. Many of our customers have opted-in, and therefore approved such payments, or have otherwise arranged for overdraft protection. In the second half of the year, the Dodd-Frank Act – with multiple elements aimed at ﬁnancial reform – was signed into law. A signiﬁcant focus of the ﬁnancial reform bill is reducing or eliminating activities not related to traditional banking – activities that are inherently volatile, add complexity, and create interconnections across ﬁnancial companies. Fifth Third’s business model is largely driven by traditional banking activities, which are generally not the focus of the legislation, and we believe we are well-positioned to adapt and even beneﬁt from changing regulations. An additional element of the Dodd-Frank Act, unrelated to the ﬁnancial crisis, is commonly referred to as the “Durbin Amendment.” This requires the Federal Reserve to limit debit interchange rates charged to merchants by issuers. Signiﬁcant limits have been proposed on such interchange rates that unless mitigated, would prevent us and other banks from fully recapturing the costs of operating our debit card businesses. While no one knows what the ﬁnal rules and limits will be, we are conﬁdent that we can offset a substantial portion of the impact through mitigation strategies. New capital proposals were another focal point of ﬁnancial reform in 2010. Both the Dodd-Frank Act and “Basel III” (an international capital standard) were introduced to establish future guidelines regarding the minimum amounts and types of capital we may be required to maintain. While we are still awaiting clarity on what the U.S. rules will be, we do not expect them to present any signiﬁcant difficulty for Fifth Third. Despite the lack of ﬁnal rules, the publication of Basel III and the stabilization and relative improvement in the economy have begun to provide the industry with important direction regarding capital requirements in the future. Finally, as previously noted, in February of 2011 Fifth Third fully repaid the $3.4 billion in preferred stock that was issued under the government’s Troubled Asset Relief Program. Fifth Third issued $1.7 billion of common equity and $1 billion of senior debt to facilitate this repayment. Fifth Third’s capital levels upon repayment substantially exceed all capital standards as they exist today and we 2 FIFTH THIRD BANCORP Total Shareholder Return (12/31/09 - 12/31/10)* *See Total Return Analysis section in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fifth Third Bancorp’s 5-year and 10-year total return analysis. believe they will also exceed the fully phased-in Basel III proposed capital requirements. Now that we have this behind us and based on our strong ﬁnancial results and capital position, we expect to have greater ﬂexibility in managing our capital, including dividends. Despite the headwinds we have faced, we are generating solid levels of earnings and expect results to further improve. Change can be challenging, but how a company deals with change determines its success and ultimately its return to shareholders. We are conﬁdent that we are up to the challenge. 2010 results For the full year 2010, we reported net income of $753 million, an increase from our 2009 results that included the beneﬁt of a $1.1 billion after-tax gain on the sale of a 51 percent interest in Fifth Third Processing Solutions. Core operating results remained strong. We’ve maintained consistently strong pre-tax pre- provision net revenue (revenue minus expenses) – nearly $2.5 billion in 2010 – which is relatively high compared with our asset base and has enabled us to absorb losses better and generate stronger proﬁts compared with many peer institutions. interest income and net Net interest margin continued to expand as we lowered our excess liquidity and beneﬁted from deposit repricing. We have begun to see some stabilization in our loan balances and continue to see solid loan production, particularly in commercial and industrial (C&I) loans. Within C&I, origination volumes have been at historically high levels, but paydowns also remain high. Within consumer loans, auto loan originations have been very strong and our mortgage production picked up in the latter half of the year. Overall, we’ve been pleased with our lending volumes throughout the year and believe that we have some positive momentum heading into 2011. We also continued to grow high-value transaction deposit accounts in 2010, with average balances increasing 19 percent, or $10.4 billion, over last year. Our provision expense for loan and lease losses declined more than $2 billion from 2009, reﬂecting signiﬁcantly lower net charge-offs and reductions in problem assets. We ﬁnished the year strong with fourth quarter net charge-offs dropping below 2 percent of average loans on an annualized basis, signiﬁcantly better than most large peers. 2010 ANNUAL REPORT 3 The improvement in credit trends resulted in reductions of our loan loss reserves by $745 million during the year; however, these reserves are still among the strongest coverage levels in the industry, at 3.88 percent of loans and 179 percent of nonperforming loans. Noninterest income beneﬁted from solid mortgage banking revenue of $647 million in 2010, an increase of 17 percent over 2009. Our investment advisory revenue increased 11 percent over the prior year and deposit fees declined only 9 percent despite the impact of the overdraft regulation. Our capital position remains robust. Our Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.9 percent at year-end compared with 13.3 percent at the end of 2009. Our tangible common equity (TCE) ratio including unrealized gains on securities, which increased to 7.3 percent, continues to compare favorably with our peers and is even more favorable when viewed in light of our capital raise at the beginning of 2011. Given our capital position and our strong reserve position, Fifth Third has one of the strongest balance sheets among commercial banks. Strategic initiatives and Lines of Business Fifth Third has a simple overall value proposition – we have the resources and technology to offer products competitive with the largest banks in the country for traditional banking business, but our customer service rivals that of most community banks. By focusing on this “sweet spot,” we believe we are able to drive differentiation to our customers and value creation for our shareholders. Our strategic plan is designed to further improve that position through a variety of initiatives that have the ultimate goal of developing deeper customer relationships and growing our customer base through the strength of the Fifth Third brand. line of business Our Commercial Banking is focused on maintaining a close relationship with our customers, developing new value-added products based on customer needs, and continuing to enhance sales processes. We strive to develop innovative solutions for our customers, such as our Remote Currency Manager product, which has enhanced our suite of treasury management product offerings. We’ve also hired exceptional talent across our footprint, and we expect this to contribute to our revenue growth going forward. Recently, we’ve begun to see some positive signs within C&I lending, particularly within the manufacturing and health care industries, and we have seen signiﬁcant growth in core deposits, posting a 32 percent increase over last year. Our Branch Banking line of business has continued to post strong results. We have been successful in introducing new product bundles in the last few years, such as our Secure Checking Package that combines identity theft protection with a traditional checking account. Our Relationship Savings product has attracted over $9 billion in balances since inception and has more than tripled in balances this year alone. We were one of the ﬁrst of our peers to eliminate free checking products, and we continue to focus on providing value-added products to our customers. Customer service remains a top priority and during 2010 we expanded our traditional branch hours on weeknights and weekends at many locations in order to be even more accessible to our customers. Additionally, we have hired over 100 small business banking officers focused on customers in the $1 million to $3 million revenue range, as we see additional opportunities in this underpenetrated market space and are committed to fostering economic growth through investing in this area. Our Consumer Lending line of business had another outstanding year. Our mortgage originations exceeded $18 billion and we generated over $600 million of mortgage banking revenue. Our recent J.D. Power Mortgage Origination Customer Satisfaction scores improved signiﬁcantly compared with 2009 results. Our J.D. Power Mortgage Servicer Satisfaction score increased – ranking Fifth Third in the top ﬁve - while the industry average declined compared with 2009. Our auto lending operations continued to perform well as we maintained strong credit quality and pricing discipline, while generating more than $5 billion in originations. We remain committed to offering responsible credit solutions to our customers and helping them through our mortgage modiﬁcation programs, while also keeping long-term value creation for shareholders a priority. Investment Advisors business beneﬁted Our from the overall lift in the equity and bond 4 FIFTH THIRD BANCORP “Change can be challenging, but how a company deals with change determines its success and ultimately its return to shareholders.” markets throughout 2010. As a result of market performance and continued investment in our sales force, investment advisory revenue increased more than $30 million compared with 2009. Additionally, assets under care were up 46 percent on a year-over-year basis, reﬂecting inﬂows from new business won in 2010. In terms of year-over- year revenue growth, Fifth Third’s retail brokerage segment outperformed its peers throughout 2010 as it has shifted its focus from a single product approach to a full-service advisory model. We believe this business is well-positioned for future market growth. Looking to 2011 and beyond, we expect to continue our organic growth strategy, with the ultimate goal of developing or maintaining a market leading position in a majority of our markets. We have found that in markets where we have a top three market share we consistently have higher deposits per branch, as well as more products per customer. Fifth Third is currently in the top three in just under half of our markets and we are targeting being in the top three in about two-thirds of our markets over the next several years. This strategy, coupled with our customer experience initiatives, should strengthen our position in the future. Economic overview and outlook As we entered 2010 we started to see some in economic trends and signs improvement pointing to an economic recovery - although we expect it will take some time before we see meaningful, sustained economic growth. The U.S. Gross Domestic Product (GDP) has seen positive growth throughout the year. There has been some stabilization in home prices although values continue to decline in some markets and there has not been any substantial growth in most others. The unemployment rate also appears to have stabilized although it remains at elevated levels. All of this has contributed to uncertainty in the markets, yet despite this uncertainty we’ve demonstrated continued improvement through our proﬁtability. Despite the challenging operating environment, we have continued to lend and have extended more than $86 billion of credit in 2010, an increase of 15 percent from the previous year. Our mortgage originations have outperformed the Mortgage Bankers Association (MBA) forecast each quarter in 2010. Commercial loan demand has started to pick up and credit line utilization appears to have stabilized. Customers remain cautious, although we continue to have optimistic conversations with our customers about business expansion and investment. We remain focused on developing and maintaining relationships with our customers so that as they are ready to invest in business expansion we are there to assist them with their plans. 2010 ANNUAL REPORT 5 Fifth Third is also committed to helping our customers stay in their homes, and we continue to offer many options to help achieve this. We recognize that ﬁnding mutually beneﬁcial solutions is the best way to operate. We continue to outpace the industry in permanent modiﬁcation conversions in the government’s Home Affordable Modiﬁcation Program (HAMP). Of Fifth Third’s portfolio eligible for HAMP consideration, more than 78 percent of those trial plans have been converted to permanent modiﬁcations, which is nearly double the national average. Additionally, Fifth Third has been providing its “You Have Options” program for bank-owned mortgages, which offers various loan modiﬁcations based on each customer’s speciﬁc ﬁnancial situation. We started this program in early 2007, well ahead of the government’s mortgage modiﬁcation program, and have seen great success. We have modiﬁed $2.3 billion of these loans since the inception of the program. We anticipate steady, modest growth in 2011. We’re not expecting a double dip recession but economic activity is not at full capacity. We will continue to execute on our core growth strategies that we expect to build value for our shareholders, particularly as the economy improves. Looking forward We have made a number of positive strides over the course of the year – a return to proﬁtability, proactive management of our credit portfolio, signiﬁcant improvement in our risk management capabilities, and improved customer satisfaction scores. Many of these positive outcomes are attributable to the hard work and dedication of our employees in a challenging operating environment. We have maintained the advantages of our strong sales culture while signiﬁcantly increasing our focus on customer satisfaction and employee engagement. There will likely still be headwinds in 2011, in part due to the regulatory changes that will continue to evolve. However, our traditional banking model is consistent with the objectives of ﬁnancial reform, and it is this traditional banking focus that we expect will position us well for the future. We’ve endured one of the most trying economic and banking periods in history and we have made many difficult decisions that we believe were in the best long-term interests of our shareholders. We have made the appropriate investments over time, without indiscriminate expense cuts, in order to preserve and increase future revenue opportunities. Our actions and investments have positioned us well, and we will continue to focus on enhancing our performance in the future to enable us to deliver results and returns that create value to you as shareholders. Thank you for your continued support of Fifth Third. I appreciate your loyalty, especially throughout the difficult times, and I look forward to taking advantage of the positive momentum we have going into 2011. Sincerely, Kevin T. Kabat President and Chief Executive Officer February 2011 6 FIFTH THIRD BANCORP Front row: Dudley S. Taft, Jewell D. Hoover, John J. Schiff Jr., Kevin T. Kabat, William M. Isaac Second row: Dr. Mitchel D. Livingston, James P. Hackett, Darryl F. Allen, Marsha C. Williams Third row: Emerson L. Brumback, Hendrik G. Meijer, Gary R. Heminger, Ulysses L. Bridgeman Jr. Corporate Governance Fifth Third Bancorp is committed to maintaining strong corporate governance practices. As measured by RiskMetrics Group, Fifth Third’s Governance Risk Indicators (GRId) classify Audit, Board Structure, Compensation and Shareholder Rights as Low Concern, the best possible rating. Fifth Third’s board is controlled by a majority of independent outsiders. In May of 2010, Fifth Third appointed William Isaac to the role of chairman of the board. Mr. Isaac brings a wealth of experience to the board, having spent his career in the banking industry and serving as Chairman of the FDIC from 1981 to 1985. The addition of a non-executive chairman to the board of directors improves our already strong corporate governance practices and provides support to the executive leadership team. For more on Fifth Third’s corporate governance, visit www.53.com. 2010 ANNUAL REPORT 7 Branch Banking 2010 Highlights (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:70) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:18)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:25)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:23)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:13)(cid:20)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:14)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:19)(cid:13)(cid:21)(cid:21)(cid:22)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:14)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:34)(cid:53)(cid:46)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:15)(cid:22)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:84) Business Description Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and lending products to individuals and small businesses in 12 states in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and direct loans for automobiles and other personal ﬁnancing needs, as well as products designed to meet the speciﬁc needs of small businesses, including cash management services. Customer Focus As the needs of our customers change, Fifth Third is looking toward the future and tailoring its offerings to reﬂect how people want to bank today. To add convenience to the branch banking experience, we extended operating hours at a majority of our banking centers across our footprint. In addition to the branch network, which includes BankMart® locations inside select grocery stores, Fifth Third offers online, ATM, telephone and mobile banking services that are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Whether saving for a home or a child’s education, planning for retirement, or building a business, customers can depend on our knowledgeable and reliable employees to provide banking products that meet their needs and help reach their goals. Likewise, our business bankers provide full solutions including loans, treasury management products, employee savings plans and employee banking programs to small business customers. Strategy Fifth Third continues to enhance its branded sales and service process, which drove a 13 percent improvement in our 90-day new customer cross- sell ratio during 2010 and contributed to account growth of 8 percent compared with the prior year. During 2010, Fifth Third continued to offer several packaged checking products designed to provide signiﬁcant customer beneﬁts for a standard monthly fee. These products, which include Gold, Rewards and Secure checking, drove growth in fee income from value-added services that are bundled with deposit accounts. Balances of the Relationship Savings product, which doubles a customer’s interest rate when accompanied by an active checking account, more than tripled over the year. 8 FIFTH THIRD BANCORP Consumer Lending 2010 Highlights (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:18)(cid:15)(cid:18)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:70) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:15)(cid:22)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:23)(cid:22)(cid:15)(cid:23)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:24)(cid:13)(cid:24)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:76) Business Description Consumer Lending provides loan solutions to customers across and beyond Fifth Third’s footprint. Our loan products include mortgages and home equity loans and lines. Consumer Lending also partners with a network of auto dealers that originate loans on the Bank’s behalf. Whether in need of a mortgage or a new car, our customers know we offer a solution to help them achieve their goals. Customer Focus We recognize that personal loans are often a vital element for the prosperity of our customers. We deliver a full spectrum of competitive lending solutions that correspond to their ﬁnancial situations. Throughout the entire customer experience, we strive to provide expert advice and outstanding service. To help prepare for major life moments like buying a car or for purchasing every day necessities, Fifth Third provides lending solutions that ﬁt our customers’ needs today and tomorrow. We also support homeownership by offering a variety of reﬁnancing and workout arrangements to give our customers options. While each situation is different, we intend to work toward mutually beneﬁcial outcomes with our borrowers. Some alternative modiﬁcation options may include changing the terms of the original loan to make the payments more affordable, primarily by lowering interest rates and extending the terms. Strategy Fifth Third understands that each customer has unique needs. To evolve with the dynamic marketplace and meet the changing needs of customers as they progress through life, we continue to adjust our lending solutions. Our strategic focus is to surround each new and existing customer with a team of professional bankers committed to providing complete banking solutions in order to proﬁtably grow market share. Our sales and service associates strive to achieve the highest ratings for customer experience while delivering operational excellence. In 2010, we advanced our mortgage origination market share within the top 20, and remain a top ﬁve market share leader within the non-captive prime auto lending space. 2010 ANNUAL REPORT 9 Commercial Banking 2010 Highlights (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:19)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:70) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:20)(cid:25)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:19)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:13)(cid:20)(cid:22)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:25)(cid:13)(cid:22)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:74)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:23)(cid:13)(cid:22)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:53)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:46)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:68)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:84) Business Description Fifth Third’s Commercial line of business offers banking, cash management and ﬁnancial services to large and middle market businesses, government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, commercial products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade ﬁnance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate ﬁnance, public ﬁnance, commercial leasing and syndicated ﬁnance. Our Commercial line of business serves clients ranging from middle market companies with $20 million in annual revenue to some of the largest companies in the world. Customer Focus Fifth Third has a long tradition of commercial banking experience. In addition to offering complete ﬁnancial solutions to our clients, we believe the focus should be on our total relationship with them. In 2010, to support the focus on developing those trusted advisor relationships, we implemented a customer experience initiative to provide quick and consistent feedback from our clients to the sales teams. Keeping in close contact with customers and offering speciﬁc solutions is more important than ever in today’s demanding operating environment. Strategy Our Commercial line of business delivers innovative and client-speciﬁc solutions that leverage Fifth Third’s expertise in treasury management, capital markets and international products and services. Our sales process drives the delivery of ﬁnancial solutions through a relationship team consisting of subject matter experts to ensure that all aspects of client needs are assessed and met. During 2010, Fifth Third continued to invest in treasury management solutions with the rollout of a Working Capital Management tool, implementation of the Sales Resource Center, and enhancements to the Remote Currency Manager and RevLink products. Our Remote Currency Manager product, which automates cash handling in the marketplace, processed $4.7 billion in transactions through 4,300 locations in 2010. The RevLink product, which accelerates the posting of paper-based claim payments for healthcare providers, processed 7.2 million payment transactions, accounting for $5 billion in claim payments, a 400 percent increase from the prior year. Fifth Third also invested in improved capital markets solutions for our clients, assembling a team of strategists who consult with middle market clients in areas such as capital structure, currency risk and private equity offerings. In 2010, this team helped drive an increase in capital markets revenue of 9 percent. 10 FIFTH THIRD BANCORP Investment Advisors 2010 Highlights (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:21)(cid:26)(cid:21)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:70) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:23)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:22)(cid:15)(cid:26)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:84) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:22)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:5)(cid:19)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:70) Business Description Investment Advisors is comprised of ﬁve distinct businesses: Fifth Third Private Bank, Fifth Third Securities, Fifth Third Asset Management, Fifth Third Institutional Services and Fifth Third Insurance. We have more than 100 years of experience helping our individual, business and institutional clients build and manage their wealth. Client Focus Clients receive specialized advice from each of our business lines. Fifth Third Private Bank simpliﬁes ﬁnancial complexity for the Bank’s most affluent clients by collaborating with them to articulate and achieve their goals. Fifth Third Securities serves individuals and families by offering retirement, investment and education planning, managed money, annuities, and transactional brokerage services. Fifth Third Insurance offers a number of insurance products and services such as life insurance, insurance, disability income protection, and annuities to help clients minimize risk and protect their wealth. Fifth Third long-term care Asset Management provides asset management services to institutional clients and also advises the Company’s proprietary family of mutual funds, Fifth Third Funds. Fifth Third Institutional Services provides consulting, investment and record-keeping services for corporations, ﬁnancial institutions, foundations, endowments and not-for- proﬁt organizations. Products include retirement plans, endowment management, planned giving and global and domestic custody services. Strategy Investment Advisors serves to deepen and enhance the Bank’s most important client relationships by collaborating with our Retail, Commercial and Business Banking partners. We begin by completely understanding each client’s unique needs, goals and circumstances. For our most affluent individuals and families, we have teams of professionals to design unbiased solutions that meet all of their wealth management needs in one place. For our Retail clients, we offer a comprehensive suite of investment and insurance solutions to complement their existing banking products and services. For institutions and corporations, our retirement, asset management and custody capabilities mean they can turn to Fifth Third for more than just their capital needs. By leveraging our internal company partnerships, Investment Advisors provides the Bank with ongoing fee revenue at low incremental capital, and provides our clients with complete, powerful ﬁnancial solutions from one trusted advisor. 2010 ANNUAL REPORT 11 Students from Schroder High School in Cincinnati, Ohio, will be taught Dave Ramsey’s ﬁnancial literacy high school curriculum thanks to a new partnership between Fifth Third Bank and The Lampo Group. At the press conference announcement, the students were joined by Mary Ronan, superintendent of Cincinnati Public Schools; Gail Williams, community relations manager for Fifth Third Bank; Bob Sullivan, former president and CEO of Fifth Third Bank (Greater Cincinnati); Jim King, vice president of high school curriculums, The Lampo Group; and Kevin Boyce, former Ohio State Treasurer. Community Giving Integral to our continued success is the health and vitality of the communities we serve. Our community giving is centered on empowering people — the individuals who are the backbone of families, non- proﬁt and faith-based organizations, businesses and government that make a community strong. The Bank’s priority is to give people access to the tools and knowledge they need to be successful. Since fulﬁllment of nearly any goal begins with understanding money, knowing how to use it wisely and having the means to invest for the future, Fifth Third Bank’s mission is ﬁnancial empowerment. We have developed several signature programs and partnerships that help people become ﬁnancially sound. The Fifth Third Bank Young Bankers Club is designed for ﬁfth-grade students and teaches the basics of money using a curriculum that meets state and local educational standards in mathematics and social studies. Nearly 6,000 students have graduated from Young Bankers Club since 2004. Our ﬁnancial empowerment programs grow with the children and, when they reach the ninth grade, they can take the Bank’s six-week ﬁnancial literacy course, Smart Bankers Club. Smart Bankers Club teaches including teenagers about money management, budgeting, understanding credit and maintaining bank accounts. In 2010, Fifth Third Bank announced an innovative partnership with The Lampo Group, the company of nationally-syndicated radio talk show host and money management expert Dave Ramsey, to expand our suite of ﬁnancial programs further into high school. Fifth Third Bank is sponsoring Ramsey’s “Foundations in Personal Finance” curriculum for 11th- and 12th-grade students in select high schools throughout our 12-state footprint. Our sponsorship enables students to take the course at no cost to the school or to themselves, just as many states are adopting legislation that mandates ﬁnancial literacy education in schools. The pilot program includes 11,000 students throughout 2010 and 2011. The Bank also offers additional ﬁnancial empowerment programs for adults. The eBus, a 40-foot retroﬁtted bus, travels to traditionally underserved communities to take ﬁnancial education and services directly to people in those neighborhoods. On the bus, individuals can get their credit score, learn how to obtain a mortgage or avoid foreclosure and receive individualized ﬁnancial counseling. The Bank’s Dream Guard initiative also helps empower individuals by providing tips and advice on topics ranging from ways to reduce everyday expenses, to extend the life of what you own and many other topics related to budgeting, planning and using money wisely in challenging times. Dream Guard tip sheets are available for free on the Bank’s website, www.53.com. In addition to its emphasis on ﬁnancial empowerment, Fifth Third Bank is an active supporter of many charitable organizations, community development projects and neighborhood activities that make a positive impact in people’s lives. In 2010, the Bank made $2.5 million in grants through its corporate foundation, the Fifth Third Foundation and It invested $254 million in revitalization projects through the Fifth Third Community Development Corporation (CDC). Through our many Bank departments, including those focused on meeting Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) requirements, we supported thousands of local events and initiatives, and our employees volunteered both their time and money to causes they believe in, from raising $7 million for the United Way to environmental causes, fundraising walks and more. More information can be found in the Fifth Third Bancorp Corporate Social Responsibility Report, which will be available in May 2011 at www.53.com/csrreport. 12 FIFTH THIRD BANCORP 2010 AN FINAN ANNUAL REP NCIAL CONT PORT TENTS nalysis of Financ cial Condition an nd Results of Op perations Commitments the Effectiveness ed Public Accoun s of Internal Con nting Firm ntrol over Financ cial Reporting cial Measures g Policies me Analysis Review view ysis s lossary of Terms Gl iscussion and An Management’s Di M Data elected Financial D Se verview Ov on-GAAP Financ N Cr ritical Accounting isk Factors Ri atements of Incom St Bu usiness Segment R ourth Quarter Rev Fo alance Sheet Analy Ba isk Management Ri ff-Balance Sheet A O Co ontractual Obligat Management’s As M eports of Indepe Re inancial Stateme Fi onsolidated Balan Co onsolidated Statem Co onsolidated Statem Co onsolidated Statem Co Arrangements tions and Other C ssessment as to t endent Registere ents ce Sheets ments of Income ments of Changes ments of Cash Flo in Equity ows the Allowance for rated Credit Qual Equipment r Loan and Lease L lity Acquired in a T Losses Transfer Notes to Consolid N dated Financial S Statements cant Accounting a and Reporting Pol n Flow Information cquisitions ions and Asset Ac h and Dividends licies Su ummary of Signific upplemental Cash Su usiness Combinati Bu estrictions on Cas Re ecurities Se oans and Leases Lo redit Quality and t Cr oans with Deterio Lo ank Premises and Ba oodwill G In ntangible Assets Va ariable Interest En ales of Receivables Sa erivatives D O ther Assets hort-Term Borrow Sh ntities s and Servicing Ri ights wings An Co D Co nnual Report on onsolidated Ten irectors and Offi orporate Informa Form 10-K n Year Compariso icers ation on Guarantees 7 72 7 78 7 78 79 7 7 79 8 81 8 82 85 8 86 8 8 86 8 87 8 88 90 9 9 93 9 97 98 9 Long-T Commi Legal an Related Income Retirem Accumu Commo Stock-B Other N Earning Fair Va Certain Parent Busines Subsequ ent Liabilities and oceedings ns Term Debt itments, Continge nd Regulatory Pro d Party Transaction e Taxes ment and Benefit P ulated Other Com on, Preferred and Based Compensati Noninterest Incom gs Per Share s alue Measurement irements and Cap n Regulatory Requi ial Statements Company Financi ss Segments uent Events Plans mprehensive Incom Treasury Stock ion me and Other No me e ninterest Expense pital Ratios ORWARD-LOO FO his report may contain Th 33, as amended, and 19 ks and uncertainties. risk usiness of Fifth Third bu pected to,” “is anticip exp emain,” or similar exp “re use future results to d cau onomic conditions an eco mpany do business, a com her economic conditi oth ) Fifth Third’s ability (6) owth; (8) changes an gro 0) competitive pressur (10 required by the Fina be hird, one or more acq Th e recently enacted Do the hird’s stock price; (16 Th areholders’ ownership sha hird; (21) loss of inco Th formation through th inf neration and retention gen OKING STATE n forward-looking sta Rule 175 promulgate This report may con d Bancorp and/or the pated,” “estimate,” “ pressions, or future or differ materially from nd weakening in the e are less favorable than ons; (4) changes in th to maintain required nd trends in capital res among depository ancial Accounting Sta quired entities and/or odd-Frank Wall Stree 6) ability to attract a p of Fifth Third; (19) ome from any sale o he use of computer s n, funding and liquidi EMENTS atements about Fifth ed thereunder, and Se ntain certain forward e combined company “forecast,” “projected r conditional verbs su historical performan conomy, specifically t n expected; (2) deterio he interest rate enviro d capital levels and ad markets; (9) problem y institutions increase andards Board (FASB the combined compa et Reform and Consu and retain key person effects of accounting or potential sale of b systems and telecomm ty. Third Bancorp and/o ection 21E of the Sec d-looking statements y including statement d,” “intends to,” or m uch as “will,” “would, nce and these forward the real estate market orating credit quality; ( onment reduce interes dequate sources of fu ms encountered by l significantly; (11) effe B) or other regulatory any or the businesses umer Protection Act ( nnel; (17) ability to r g or financial results o businesses that could munications network or the company as co curities Exchange Act with respect to the ts preceded by, follow may include other sim ,” “should,” “could,” d-looking statements. t, either nationally or i (3) political developm st margins; (5) prepay unding and liquidity; ( larger or similar fina ects of critical accoun y agencies; (13) legisl in which Fifth Third (Dodd-Frank Act); (1 receive dividends fro of one or more acquir have an adverse eff ks; and (23) the impa ombined acquired ent t of 1934, as amende financial condition, r wed by or that includ milar words or phrase “might,” “can,” or si Factors that might ca in the states in which ments, wars or other ho yment speeds, loan ori (7) maintaining capita ancial institutions ma nting policies and judg ative or regulatory ch , one or more acquire 14) ability to maintain om its subsidiaries; (1 red entities; (20) diffi fect on Fifth Third’s act of reputational ris tities within the mean ed, and Rule 3b-6 pro results of operations, de the words or phras es such as “believes,” imilar verbs. There ar ause such a difference Fifth Third, one or m ostilities may disrupt igination and sale vol al requirements may l ay adversely affect t gments; (12) changes i hanges or actions, or ed entities and/or the n favorable ratings fro 18) potentially dilutiv culties in separating F earnings and future sk created by these d ning of Section 27A o omulgated thereunder plans, objectives, fu ses such as “will likel ” “plans,” “trend,” “o re a number of impor e include, but are not more acquired entities or increase volatility i lumes, charge-offs an limit Fifth Third’s op the banking industry in accounting policies significant litigation, e combined company om rating agencies; (1 ve effect of future ac Fifth Third Processin growth; (22) ability developments on suc of of the Securities Act o nt r, that involve inheren nd uture performance an re ly result,” “may,” “ar ,” objective,” “continue, ld rtant factors that coul t limited to: (1) gener al ed s and/or the combine or in securities markets o ns; nd loan loss provision al perations and potentia y and/or Fifth Third d; ay s or procedures as ma th , adversely affect Fift ng are engaged, includin th 15) fluctuation of Fift nt cquisitions on curren th g Solutions from Fift al to secure confidentia ss ch matters as busines 14 15 16 19 20 23 29 35 41 43 48 63 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 99 101 104 104 105 108 110 111 112 115 116 117 124 125 126 128 129 145 146 GLOSSARY OF TERMS Fifth Third Bancorp provides the following list of acronyms as a tool for the reader. The acronyms identified below are used in Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. ALCO: Asset Liability Management Committee ALLL: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ARM: Adjustable Rate Mortgage ASC: Accounting Standards Codification BOLI: Bank Owned Life Insurance bp: Basis Point(s) C&I: Commercial and Industrial CARD: Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure CDC: Fifth Third Community Development Corporation CPP: Capital Purchase Program DCF: Discounted Cash Flow DIF: Deposit Insurance Fund EESA: Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act ERM: Enterprise Risk Management ERMC: Enterprise Risk Management Committee EVE: Economic Value of Equity FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating) FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association FRB: Federal Reserve Bank FTAM: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. FTE: Fully Taxable Equivalent FTP: Funds Transfer Pricing FTPS: Fifth Third Processing Solutions FTS: Fifth Third Securities GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association IPO: Initial Public Offering IRS: Internal Revenue Service LAPA: Liquid Asset Purchase Agreement LIBOR: London InterBank Offered Rate LTV: Loan-to-Value MD&A: Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations MSR: Mortgage Servicing Right NII: Net Interest Income OCI: Other Comprehensive Income OREO: Other Real Estate Owned OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment PMI: Private Mortgage Insurance QSPE: Qualifying Special-Purpose Entity RSA: Restricted Stock Award SAR: Stock Appreciation Right SEC: United States Securities and Exchange Commission SCAP: Supervisory Capital Assessment Program TAG: Transaction Account Guarantee TARP: Troubled Asset Relief Program TLGP: Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring TSA: Transition Service Agreement U.S.: United States of America U.S. GAAP: Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America VIE: Variable Interest Entity VRDN: Variable Rate Demand Note 14 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following is MD&A of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries. TABLE 1: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data) Income Statement Data Net interest income (a) Noninterest income Total revenue (a) Provision for loan and lease losses Noninterest expense Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Common Share Data Earnings per share, basic Earnings per share, diluted Cash dividends per common share Market value per share Book value per share Financial Ratios Return on assets Return on average common equity Average equity as a percent of average assets Tangible equity (b) Tangible common equity (b) Net interest margin (a) Efficiency (a) Credit Quality Net losses charged off Net losses charged off as a percent of average loans and leases ALLL as a percent of loans and leases Allowance for credit losses as a percent of loans and leases (c) Nonperforming assets as a percent of loans, leases and other assets, including other real estate owned (d)(e) 2010 $3,622 2,729 6,351 1,538 3,855 753 503 $.63 .63 .04 14.68 13.06 .67 % 5.0 12.22 10.42 7.04 3.66 60.7 $2,328 3.02 % 3.88 4.17 2.79 2009 3,373 4,782 8,155 3,543 3,826 737 511 .73 .67 .04 9.75 12.44 .64 5.6 11.36 9.71 6.45 3.32 46.9 2,581 3.20 4.88 5.27 4.22 2008 3,536 2,946 6,482 4,560 4,564 (2,113) (2,180) (3.91) (3.91) .75 8.26 13.57 (1.85) (23.0) 8.78 7.86 4.23 3.54 70.4 2,710 3.23 3.31 3.54 2.38 2007 3,033 2,467 5,500 628 3,311 1,076 1,075 1.99 1.98 1.70 25.13 17.18 1.05 11.2 9.35 6.05 6.14 3.36 60.2 462 .61 1.17 1.29 1.25 2006 2,899 2,012 4,911 343 2,915 1,188 1,188 2.13 2.12 1.58 40.93 18.00 1.13 12.1 9.32 7.79 7.95 3.06 59.4 316 .44 1.04 1.14 .61 Average Balances Loans and leases, including held for sale Total securities and other short-term investments Total assets Transaction deposits (f) Core deposits (g) Wholesale funding (h) Bancorp shareholders’ equity Regulatory Capital Ratios Tier I capital Total risk-based capital Tier I leverage Tier I common equity (b) (a) Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments for years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $18, $19, $22, $24 and $26, respectively. (b) The tangible equity, tangible common equity and Tier I common equity ratios are non-GAAP measures. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A. (c) The allowance for credit losses is the sum of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. (d) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale. (e) The Bancorp modified its nonaccrual policy in 2009 to exclude consumer TDR loans less than 90 days past due as they were performing in accordance with restructuring terms. For comparability 85,835 14,045 114,296 52,680 63,815 36,261 10,038 83,391 18,135 114,856 55,235 69,338 28,539 13,053 78,348 12,034 102,477 50,987 61,765 27,254 9,583 73,493 21,288 105,238 49,678 60,178 31,691 9,811 $79,232 19,699 112,434 65,662 76,188 18,917 13,737 13.94 % 18.14 12.79 7.50 10.59 14.78 10.27 4.37 8.39 11.07 8.44 8.22 7.72 10.16 8.50 5.72 13.30 17.48 12.34 6.99 purposes, prior periods were adjusted to reflect this reclassification. (f) Includes demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits. (g) Includes transaction deposits plus other time deposits. (h) Includes certificates $100,000 and over, other foreign office deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. TABLE 2: QUARTERLY INFORMATION (unaudited) For the three months ended ($ in millions, except per share data) Net interest income (FTE) Provision for loan and lease losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Earnings per share, basic Earnings per share, diluted 2010 2009 12/31 $919 166 656 987 333 270 .34 .33 9/30 916 457 827 979 238 175 .22 .22 6/30 887 325 620 935 192 130 .16 .16 3/31 901 590 627 956 (10) (72) (.09) (.09) 12/31 $882 776 651 967 (98) (160) (.20) (.20) 9/30 874 952 851 876 (97) (159) (.20) (.20) 6/30 836 1,041 2,583 1,021 882 856 1.35 1.15 3/31 781 773 697 962 50 (26) (.04) (.04) Fifth Third Bancorp 15 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OVERVIEW Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp had $111 billion in assets and operated 15 affiliates with 1,312 full-service Banking Centers including 103 Bank Mart® locations open seven days a week inside select grocery stores and 2,445 Jeanie® ATMs in 12 states throughout the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. The Bancorp also has a 49% interest in Fifth Third Processing Solutions, LLC. This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp believes that banking is first and foremost a relationship business where the strength of the competition and challenges for growth can vary in every market. The Bancorp believes its affiliate operating model provides a competitive advantage by emphasizing individual relationships. Through its affiliate operating model, individual managers at all levels within the affiliates are given the opportunity to tailor financial solutions for their customers. The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2010, net interest income, on an FTE basis, and noninterest income provided 58% and 42% of total revenue, respectively. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of losses on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by loan defaults and inadequate collateral due to a weakened economy within the Bancorp’s footprint. Net interest income, net interest margin and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to 16 Fifth Third Bancorp be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. Noninterest income is derived primarily from mortgage banking net revenue, service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue, fiduciary and investment management fees and card and processing revenue. Noninterest expense is primarily driven by personnel costs and occupancy expenses, costs incurred in the origination of loans and leases, and insurance expenses paid to the FDIC. On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale (hereinafter the “Processing Business Sale”) of a majority interest in its merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing business. As a result of the sale, the Bancorp recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $1.8 billion. Under the terms of the sale, Advent International acquired an approximate 51% interest in the business. The Bancorp accounts for the retained noncontrolling interest in the business under the equity method of accounting. Common Stock and Senior Notes Offerings On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwriting offering at an initial price of $14.00 per share. On January 24, 2011, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 12,142,857 shares at the offering price of $14.00 per share. In connection with this exercise, the Bancorp entered into a forward sale agreement which resulted in a final net payment of 959,821 shares on February 4, 2011. On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp issued $1.0 billion of senior notes to third party investors, and entered into a Supplemental Indenture dated January 25, 2011 with Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, which modifies the existing Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated April 30, 2008 between the Bancorp and the Trustee. The Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture define the rights of the Senior Notes, which Senior Notes are represented by Global Securities dated as of January 25, 2011. The senior notes bear a fixed rate of interest of 3.625% per annum. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Bancorp. Payment of the full principal amount of the notes will be due upon maturity on January 25, 2016. The notes will not be subject to the redemption at the Bancorp’s option at any time prior to maturity. Repurchase of Outstanding TARP Preferred Stock As further discussed in Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, on December 31, 2008, the Bancorp issued $3.4 billion of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, and related warrants to the U.S. Treasury under the U.S. Treasury’s CPP. On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp redeemed all 136,320 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury. As discussed above, the net proceeds from the Bancorp’s January 2011 common stock and senior notes offerings and other funds were used to redeem the $3.4 billion of Series F Preferred Stock. In connection with the redemption of the Series F preferred Stock, the Bancorp accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series F Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $153 million. This resulted in a one-time, noncash reduction in net income available to common shareholders and related basic and diluted earnings per share. This transaction will be reflected in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Dividends of $15 million were paid on February 2, 2011 when the Series F Preferred Stock was redeemed. The Bancorp paid total dividends of $356 million to the U.S. Treasury while the Series F Preferred Stock was outstanding. The Bancorp notified the U.S. Treasury on February 17, 2011, of its intention to negotiate for the purchase of the warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the CPP preferred stock investment. Recent Legislative Developments On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. This act significantly changes the financial services industry and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The legislation establishes a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, changes the base for deposit insurance assessments, gives the Federal Reserve the ability to regulate and limit interchange rates charged to merchants for the use of debit cards, and excludes certain instruments currently included in determining Tier I regulatory capital. This act calls for federal regulatory agencies to adopt hundreds of new rules and conduct multiple studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions. While the total impact of this legislation on Fifth Third is not currently known, the impact is expected to be substantial and may have an adverse impact on Fifth Third’s financial performance and growth opportunities. Earnings Summary The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for 2010 was $503 million, or $0.63 per diluted share, which was net of $250 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders was $511 million, or $0.67 per diluted share, for 2009, which was net of $226 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s results for both years reflect a number of significant items. Such items affecting 2010 include: • • • $152 million of noninterest income from the settlement of litigation associated with one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies and $25 million of noninterest expense from related legal fees; $110 million of noninterest expense from charges to to related representation and warranty residential mortgage loans sold to third-parties; and $68 million of net interest income due to the accretion of purchase accounting adjustments related to loans and deposits from acquisitions during 2008. reserves For comparison purposes, such items affecting 2009 include: • • • • • • $1.8 billion of noninterest income from the Processing Business Sale to Advent International; $244 million of noninterest income from the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa, Inc. Class B common shares and a $73 million reduction to noninterest expense from the release of Visa litigation reserves; $136 million of net interest income due to the accretion of purchase accounting adjustments related to loans and deposits from acquisitions during 2008; $106 million income tax benefit from the decision to surrender one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies and the determination that previously recorded losses on the policy are tax deductible; $31 million of noninterest expense from charges to representation and warranty to residential mortgage loans sold to third-parties; $55 million of noninterest expense from a special assessment by the FDIC; reserves related • • • $55 million income tax benefit from an agreement with the IRS to settle all of the Bancorp’s disputed leverage leases for all open years; $53 million in charges to other noninterest income reflecting reserves recorded in connection with the intent to surrender one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies as well as losses related to market value declines; and $35 million increase to net income available to common shareholders from the exchange of 63% of outstanding Series G preferred shares for approximately 60 million common shares and $230 million in cash. Net interest income increased to $3.6 billion, from $3.4 billion in 2009. The primary reason for the seven percent increase in net interest income was a 39 bp increase in the net interest rate spread due to the runoff of higher priced term deposits in 2010 and the benefit of lower rates offered on new term deposits, as well as improved pricing on commercial loans. These benefits were partially offset by a decrease in the accretion of purchase accounting adjustments related to the 2008 acquisition of First Charter, which were $68 million in 2010, compared to $136 million in 2009. Net interest margin was 3.66% in 2010, an increase of 34 bp from 2009. Noninterest income decreased 43% to $2.7 billion in 2010 compared to $4.8 billion in 2009, driven primarily by the Processing Business Sale in the second quarter of 2009, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $1.8 billion, as well as a $244 million gain related to the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $94 million as a result of strong net servicing revenue and higher margins on sold loans, partially offset by a decline in mortgage originations. Card and processing revenue decreased 49% due to the Processing Business Sale in the second quarter of 2009. Service charges on deposits decreased $58 million primarily due to the impact of new overdraft regulation and policies which resulted in a decrease in overdraft occurrences. Investment advisory revenue increased $35 million as the result of improved market performance and sales production that drove an increase in brokerage activity and assets under care. Corporate banking revenue decreased two percent largely due to decreases in international income and lease remarketing fees, partially offset by growth in syndication and business lending fees. Noninterest expense increased $29 million, or one percent, compared to 2009. Noninterest expense in 2010 included $25 million in legal fees associated with the settlement of claims with the insurance carrier on one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies while noninterest expense in 2009 included a $73 million reduction in the Visa litigation reserve as well as a $55 million FDIC special assessment charge. Total personnel costs increased $94 million, or six percent in 2010 compared to 2009, due primarily to investments in the sales force in 2010. In addition, charges to to residential representation and warranty reserves related mortgage loans sold to third-parties totaled $110 million in 2010, compared to $31 million in 2009 due to a higher volume of repurchase demands. Partially offsetting these negative impacts was a $123 million decrease in the provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit due to lower estimates of inherent losses as the result of a decrease in delinquent loans driven by moderation in economic conditions during 2010. In addition, card and processing expense decreased $85 million compared to 2009 due to the Processing Business Sale in June of 2009. Noninterest expense in 2010 and 2009 included $242 million and $269 million, respectively, of FDIC insurance and other taxes. The Bancorp does not originate subprime mortgage loans, does not hold credit default swaps and does not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its securities Fifth Third Bancorp 17 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS portfolio. However, the Bancorp has exposure to disruptions in the capital markets and weakened economic conditions. Throughout 2010, the Bancorp continued to be affected by high unemployment rates, weakened housing markets, particularly in the upper Midwest and Florida, and a challenging credit environment. Credit trends, however, continued to show signs of moderation in 2010 and, as a result, the provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $3.5 billion during 2009. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 3.02% in 2010 compared to 3.20% in 2009. In the third quarter of 2010, the Bancorp took significant actions to reduce credit risk. Residential mortgage loans in the Bancorp’s portfolio with a carrying value of $228 million were sold for $105 million, generating $123 million in net charge-offs. Additionally, commercial loans with a carrying value prior to transfer of $961 million were transferred to held-for-sale, generating $387 million in net charge-offs. Including the impact of these actions, nonperforming assets as a percent of loans, leases and other assets, including other real estate owned (excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale) decreased to 2.79% at December 31, 2010, from 4.22% at December 31, 2009. Refer to the Credit Risk Management section in MD&A for more information on credit quality. The Bancorp took a number of actions to strengthen its capital position in 2009. On June 4, 2009, the Bancorp completed an at-the-market offering resulting in the sale of $1 billion of its common shares at an average share price of $6.33. In addition, on June 17, 2009, the Bancorp completed its offer to exchange shares of its common stock and cash for shares of its Series G convertible preferred stock. As a result, the Bancorp recognized an increase in net income available to common shareholders of $35 million based upon the difference in carrying value of the Series G preferred shares and the fair value of the common shares and cash issued. See the Capital Management section of MD&A for further information on the Bancorp’s capital transactions. The Bancorp’s capital ratios exceed the “well-capitalized” guidelines as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As of December 31, 2010, the Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.94%, the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 12.79% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 18.14%. 18 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio, tangible common equity ratio and tier I common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. Tier I common equity is not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, is considered to be a non- GAAP financial measure. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bancorp’s capital adequacy using these ratios, the Bancorp believes they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess its capital adequacy on the same basis. TABLE 3: NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES ($ in millions) Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP) Less: Goodwill Intangible assets Accumulated other comprehensive income Tangible equity (1) Less: preferred stock Tangible common equity (2) Total assets (U.S. GAAP) Less: Goodwill Intangible assets Accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax Tangible assets, excluding unrealized gains / losses (3) Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP) Goodwill and certain other intangibles Unrealized gains Qualifying trust preferred securities Other Tier I capital Less: Preferred stock Qualifying trust preferred securities Qualified noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries Tier I common equity (4) unexpected market The Bancorp believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of the Bancorp’s capitalization to other organizations. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, the Bancorp’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations, and the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited. As a result, the Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP as of December 31: 2010 $14,051 2009 $13,497 (2,417) (62) (314) 11,258 (3,654) 7,604 (2,417) (106) (241) 10,733 (3,609) 7,124 111,007 113,380 (2,417) (62) (483) $108,045 14,051 (2,546) (314) 2,763 11 13,965 (3,654) (2,763) (30) 7,518 (2,417) (106) (370) $110,487 $13,497 (2,565) (241) 2,763 (26) 13,428 (3,609) (2,763) - 7,056 Risk-weighted assets (5) (a) 100,193 100,933 Ratios: 9.71% Tangible equity (1) / (3) 6.45% Tangible common equity (2) / (3) Tier I common equity (4) / (5) 6.99% (a) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate 10.42% 7.04% 7.50% dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together, resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets. RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standards adopted by the Bancorp during 2010 and 2009 and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted. Fifth Third Bancorp 19 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES The Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the value of the Bancorp’s assets or liabilities and results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp's critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, income taxes, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements and goodwill. No material changes were made to the valuation techniques or models described below during the year ended December 31, 2010. ALLL The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage, and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. Classes within include commercial & industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial commercial mortgage construction, and commercial leasing. The residential mortgage portfolio segment is also considered a class. Classes within the consumer segment include home equity, automobile, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. the commercial portfolio segment nonowner-occupied, in a TDR, are subject to Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loans that have been modified individual review for impairment. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. Other factors may include the industry of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow, leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. When individual loans are impaired, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, as well as evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, fair value of the underlying collateral or readily observable secondary market values. The Bancorp evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Historical credit loss rates are applied to commercial loans that are not impaired or are impaired, but smaller than the established threshold of $1 million and thus not subject to specific allowance allocations. The loss rates are derived from a migration analysis, which tracks the historical net charge-off experience sustained on loans according to their internal risk grade. The risk grading system currently utilized for allowance analysis purposes encompasses ten categories. Homogenous loans and leases in the residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments are not individually risk graded. Rather, standard credit scoring systems and delinquency monitoring are used to assess credit risks, and allowances are established based on the expected net charge-offs. Loss rates are based on the average net charge-off history by loan category. Historical loss rates may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, are necessary to reflect losses inherent in 20 Fifth Third Bancorp the portfolio. Factors that management considers in the analysis include the effects of the national and local economies; trends in the nature and volume of delinquencies, charge-offs and nonaccrual loans; changes in loan mix; credit score migration comparisons; asset quality trends; risk management and loan administration; changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards; collection practices; and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Bancorp’s internal credit reviewers. The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the ALLL is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on TDRs and impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and other qualitative adjustments. Allowances on individual commercial loans and historical loss rates are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience. An unallocated allowance is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring losses when evaluating allowances for individual loans or pools of loans. Loans acquired by the Bancorp through a purchase business combination are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. The Bancorp does not carry over the acquired company’s ALLL, nor does the Bancorp add to its existing ALLL as part of purchase accounting. The Bancorp’s primary market areas for lending are the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is given to these the closely associated effect changing economic conditions have on the Bancorp’s customers. regional geographic concentrations and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of including an the unfunded credit facilities, assessment of historical commitment utilization experience, credit risk grading and historical loss rates based on credit grade the reserve for unfunded to migration. Net adjustments commitments are included in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Income Taxes The Bancorp estimates income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the various tax jurisdictions in which the Bancorp conducts business. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of its effective tax rate based upon its current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year. The estimated income tax expense is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method and are reported in other assets and accrued taxes, interest and expenses, respectively in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and recognizes enacted changes in tax rates and laws. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent they exist and are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment that realization is more-likely-than-not. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis and includes an evaluation of all positive and negative evidence to determine whether realization is more-likely- than-not. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in accrued taxes, interest and expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp evaluates and assesses the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintains tax accruals consistent with its evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impact the relative risks of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to the operating results of the Bancorp. For additional information on income taxes, see Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Valuation of Servicing Rights When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it often obtains servicing rights. Servicing rights resulting from loan sales are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. Servicing rights are assessed for impairment monthly, based on fair value, with temporary impairment recognized through a valuation allowance and permanent impairment recognized through a write-off of the servicing asset and related in valuation allowance. Key economic assumptions used measuring any potential impairment of the servicing rights include the prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, the weighted- average life, the discount rate, the weighted-average coupon and the weighted-average default rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. The Bancorp monitors risk and adjusts its valuation allowance as necessary to adequately reserve for impairment in the servicing portfolio. For purposes of measuring impairment, the mortgage servicing rights are stratified into classes based on the financial asset type and interest rates. Fees received for servicing loans owned by investors are based on a percentage of the outstanding monthly principal balance of such loans and are included in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income as loan payments are received. Costs of servicing loans are charged to expense as incurred. For additional information on servicing rights, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Fair Value Measurements The Bancorp measures fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques the Bancorp uses to measure fair value include the market approach, income approach and cost approach. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset. U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An instrument’s categorization liabilities (Level 1) and the that within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows: is significant instrument’s the to Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Bancorp has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Level 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect the Bancorp’s own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Bancorp’s own internally developed pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment. financial data such as The Bancorp's fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available, and include the following significant instruments: available-for-sale and trading securities, residential mortgage loans held for investment and held for sale and certain derivatives. The following is a summary of valuation techniques utilized by the Bancorp for its significant assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. other securities, Available-for-sale and trading securities Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include agency and non-agency mortgage-backed asset-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds. Agency mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds are generally valued using a market approach based on observable prices of securities with similar characteristics. Non-agency mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities are generally valued using an income approach based on discounted cash speeds, performance of underlying collateral and specific tranche-level attributes. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Trading securities classified as Level 3 consist of auction rate securities. Due to the illiquidity in the market for these types of securities at December incorporating prepayment flows, Fifth Third Bancorp 21 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 31, 2010, the Bancorp measured fair value using a discount rate based on the assumed holding period. Residential mortgage loans held for sale and held for investment For residential mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, discounted cash flow models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities with similar collateral, and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effect of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are valued based on mortgage-backed securities prices are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as the valuation is based on external pricing for similar instruments. ARM loans classified as held for sale are also classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy due to the use of observable inputs in the discounted cash flow model. These observable inputs include interest rate spreads from agency mortgage- backed securities market rates and observable discount rates. For residential mortgage loans reclassified from held for sale to held for investment, the fair value estimation is based primarily on the underlying collateral values. Therefore, these loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Derivatives Exchange-traded derivatives valued using quoted prices and certain over-the-counter derivatives valued using active bids are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Most of the Bancorp’s derivative contracts are valued using discounted cash flow or other models that incorporate current market interest rates, credit spreads assigned to the derivative counterparties, and other market parameters and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives include basic and structured interest rate swaps and options. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. At December 31, 2010, derivatives classified as Level 3, which are valued using an option-pricing model containing unobservable inputs, consisted primarily of warrants and put rights associated with the Processing Business Sale and a total return swap associated with the Bancorp’s sale of its Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Level 3 derivatives also include interest rate lock commitments, which utilize internally generated loan closing rate assumptions as a significant unobservable input in the valuation process. Valuation techniques and parameters used for measuring assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Bancorp on a quarterly basis. Additionally, the Bancorp monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing runs and exception 22 Fifth Third Bancorp reports based on certain analytical criteria, comparison to previous trades and overall review and assessments for reasonableness. In addition to the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the Bancorp measures servicing rights, certain loans and long-lived assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on fair value measurements. Goodwill Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the acquisition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the Bancorp’s reporting unit level on an annual basis, which for the Bancorp is September 30, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. The Bancorp has determined that its segments qualify as reporting units under U.S. GAAP. Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, which is determined through a two-step impairment test. The first step (Step 1) compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step (Step 2) of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the impairment loss amount, if any. The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Since none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. To determine the fair value of a reporting unit, the Bancorp employs an income-based approach, utilizing the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp's stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and allocates this market-based fair value measurement to the Bancorp's reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. When required to perform Step 2, the Bancorp compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to that excess amount is recognized. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of that goodwill and cannot be reversed even if the fair value of the reporting unit recovers. During Step 2, the Bancorp determines the implied fair value of goodwill for a reporting unit by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. This assignment process is only performed for purposes of testing goodwill for impairment. The Bancorp does not adjust the carrying values of recognized assets or liabilities (other than goodwill, if appropriate), nor recognize previously unrecognized intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a result of this assignment process. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS RISK FACTORS The risks listed here are not the only risks that Fifth Third faces. Additional risks that are not presently known or that Fifth Third presently deems to be immaterial could also have a material, adverse impact on its financial condition, the results of its operations, or its business. RISKS RELATING TO ECONOMIC AND MARKET CONDITIONS Weakness in the economy and in the real estate market, including specific weakness within Fifth Third’s geographic footprint, has adversely affected Fifth Third and may continue to adversely affect Fifth Third. If the strength of the U.S. economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which Fifth Third conducts operations declines or does not improve in a reasonable time frame, this could result in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit, including a resultant effect on Fifth Third’s loan portfolio and ALLL and in the receipt of lower proceeds from the sale of loans and foreclosed properties. A significant portion of Fifth Third’s residential mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios are comprised of borrowers in Michigan, Northern Ohio and Florida, which markets have been particularly adversely affected by job losses, declines in real estate value, declines in home sale volumes, and declines in new home building. These factors could result in higher delinquencies, greater charge-offs and increased losses on the sale of foreclosed real estate in future periods, which could materially adversely affect Fifth Third’s financial condition and results of operations. Changes in interest rates could affect Fifth Third’s income and cash flows. Fifth Third’s income and cash flows depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned on interest- earning assets such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond Fifth Third’s control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies (in particular, the FRB). Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the prepayment speed of loans, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits or other sources of funding. The impact of these changes may be magnified if Fifth Third does not effectively manage the relative sensitivity of its assets and liabilities to changes in market interest rates. Fluctuations in these areas may adversely affect Fifth Third and its shareholders. Changes and trends in the capital markets may affect Fifth Third’s income and cash flows. Fifth Third enters into and maintains trading and investment positions in the capital markets on its own behalf and manages investment positions on behalf of its customers. These investment positions include derivative financial instruments. The revenues and profits Fifth Third derives from managing proprietary and customer trading and investment positions are dependent on market prices. If Fifth Third does not correctly anticipate market changes and trends, Fifth Third may experience a decline in investment advisory revenue or investment or trading losses that may materially affect Fifth Third. Losses on behalf of its customers could expose Fifth Third to litigation, credit risks or loss of revenue from those customers. Additionally, substantial losses in Fifth Third’s trading and investment positions could lead to a loss with respect to those investments and may adversely affect cash flows and funding costs. The removal or reduction in stimulus activities sponsored by the Federal Government and its agents may have a negative impact on Fifth Third’s results and operations. The Federal Government has intervened in an unprecedented manner to stimulate economic growth. Some of these activities have included the following: • Target fed funds rates which have remained close to zero percent; • Mortgage rates that have remained at historical lows in part due to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s $1.25 trillion mortgage-backed securities purchase program; • Bank funding that has remained stable through an increase in FDIC deposit insurance to a covered limit of $250,000 per account from the previous coverage limit of $100,000; and • Housing demand that has been stimulated by homebuyer tax credits. The expiration or rescission of any of these programs may have an adverse impact on Fifth Third’s operating results by increasing interest rates, increasing the cost of funding, and reducing the demand for loan products, including mortgage loans. Problems encountered by financial institutions larger than or similar to Fifth Third could adversely affect financial markets generally and have indirect adverse effects on Fifth Third. The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships between the institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges, with which the Bancorp interacts on a daily basis, and therefore could adversely affect Fifth Third. Fifth Third’s stock price is volatile. Fifth Third’s stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include: • Actual or anticipated variations in earnings; • Changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections; • Fifth Third’s announcements of developments related to its businesses; • Operating and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers; • Actions by government regulators; • New technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors; and • News reports of trends, concerns and other issues related to the financial services industry. The price for shares of Fifth Third’s common stock may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to Fifth Third’s performance. General market price declines or market volatility in the future could adversely affect the price for shares of Fifth Third’s common stock, and the current market price of such shares may not be indicative of future market prices. 23 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS RISKS RELATING TO FIFTH THIRD’S GENERAL BUSINESS Deteriorating credit quality, particularly in real estate loans, has adversely impacted Fifth Third and may continue to adversely impact Fifth Third. Fifth Third has experienced a downturn in credit performance and credit conditions and the performance of its loan portfolio could deteriorate in the future. The downturn caused Fifth Third to increase its ALLL, driven primarily by higher allocations related to residential mortgage and home equity loans, commercial real estate loans and loans of entities related to or dependent upon the real estate industry. If the performance of Fifth Third’s loan improve and/or stabilize, portfolio does not continue to additional increases in the ALLL may be necessary in the future. Accordingly, a decrease in the quality of Fifth Third’s credit portfolio could have a material adverse effect on earnings and results of operations. Fifth Third must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity. Fifth Third must maintain adequate funding sources in the normal course of business to support its operations and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as meet regulatory expectations. Fifth Third’s ability to maintain sources of funding and liquidity could be impacted by changes in the capital markets in which it operates. Additionally, if Fifth Third sought additional sources of capital, liquidity or funding, those additional sources could dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests. If Fifth Third does not adjust to rapid changes in the financial services industry, its financial performance may suffer. Fifth Third’s ability to deliver strong financial performance and returns on investment to shareholders will depend in part on its ability to expand the scope of available financial services to meet the needs and demands of its customers. In addition to the challenge of competing against other banks in attracting and retaining customers for traditional banking services, Fifth Third’s competitors also include securities dealers, brokers, mortgage bankers, investment advisors, specialty finance and insurance companies who seek to offer one-stop financial services that may include services that banks have not been able or allowed to offer to their customers in the past or may not be currently able or allowed to offer. This increasingly competitive environment is primarily a result of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, as well as the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service providers. If Fifth Third is unable to grow its deposits, it may be subject to paying higher funding costs. The total amount that Fifth Third pays for funding costs is dependent, in part, on Fifth Third’s ability to grow its deposits. If Fifth Third is unable to sufficiently grow its deposits, it may be subject to paying higher funding costs. This could materially adversely affect Fifth Third’s earnings and results of operations. Fifth Third’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries accounts for most of its revenue and could affect its liquidity and ability to pay dividends. Fifth Third Bancorp is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. Fifth Third Bancorp typically receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on Fifth Third Bancorp’s stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that Fifth 24 Fifth Third Bancorp Third’s bank and certain nonbank subsidiaries may pay. Also, Fifth Third Bancorp’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors. Limitations on Fifth Third’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on Fifth Third’s liquidity and ability to pay dividends on stock or interest and principal on its debt. The financial services industry is highly competitive and creates competitive pressures that could adversely affect Fifth Third’s revenue and profitability. The financial services industry in which Fifth Third operates is highly competitive. Fifth Third competes not only with commercial banks, but also with insurance companies, mutual funds, hedge funds, and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and over the internet. Fifth Third competes on the basis of several factors, including capital, access to capital, revenue generation, products, services, transaction execution, innovation, reputation and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms. Recently, this trend accelerated considerably, as several major U.S. financial institutions consolidated, were forced to merge, received substantial government into conservatorship by the U.S. Government. These developments could result in Fifth Third’s competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. Fifth Third may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of its competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices. assistance or were placed Fifth Third and/or the holders of its securities could be adversely affected by unfavorable ratings from rating agencies. Fifth Third’s ability to access the capital markets is important to its overall funding profile. This access is affected by the ratings assigned by rating agencies to Fifth Third, certain of its subsidiaries and particular classes of securities they issue. The interest rates that Fifth Third pays on its securities are also influenced by, among other things, the credit ratings that it, its subsidiaries and/or its securities receive from recognized rating agencies. A downgrade to Fifth Third or its subsidiaries’ credit rating could affect its ability to access the capital markets, increase its borrowing costs and negatively impact its profitability. A ratings downgrade to Fifth Third, its subsidiaries or their securities could also create obligations or liabilities to Fifth Third under the terms of its outstanding securities that could increase Fifth Third’s costs or otherwise have a negative effect on the Bancorp’s results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, a downgrade of the credit rating of any particular security issued by Fifth Third or its subsidiaries could negatively affect the ability of the holders of that security to sell the securities and the prices at which any such securities may be sold. On November 1, 2010, citing their view that the likelihood of government support in the future for larger regional banks had declined, Moody’s downgraded ten large regional banks, including Fifth Third’s subsidiary bank, Fifth Third Bank. Fifth Third Bank’s credit ratings for short-term obligations, long-term deposit and senior debt were downgraded to P2, A3 and A3, respectively, from P1, A2 and A2, respectively. During 2010, DBRS Investors Service downgraded Fifth Third’s issuer rating to “AL” from “A” and downgraded the long term debt rating and deposit ratings for Fifth Third’s bank subsidiary to “A” from “AH.” MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS its business strategies and may Fifth Third could suffer if it fails to attract and retain skilled personnel. As Fifth Third continues to grow, its success depends, in large part, on individuals. its ability to attract and retain key Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that Fifth Third serves is great and Fifth Third may not be able to hire these candidates and retain them. If Fifth Third is not able to hire or retain these key individuals, Fifth Third may be unable to execute suffer adverse consequences to its business, operations and financial condition. Pursuant to the standardized terms of the CPP, among other things, Fifth Third has agreed to institute certain restrictions on the compensation of certain senior management positions, which could have an adverse effect on Fifth Third’s ability to hire or retain the most qualified senior management. It is possible that the U.S. Treasury may, as it is permitted to do, impose further requirements on Fifth Third. In June 2010, the federal banking joint guidance on executive compensation agencies incentive intended compensation policies don’t encourage excessive risk taking. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires those agencies to adopt guidance or rules to enhance the reporting of incentive compensation and to prohibit certain compensation arrangements. Also in 2010, the FDIC issued a request for comments on whether banks with compensation plans that encourage excessive risk taking should be charged at higher deposit assessment rates than such banks would otherwise be charged. If Fifth Third is unable to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain its competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, Fifth Third’s performance, including its competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. that a bank organization’s issued to ensure Fifth Third’s mortgage banking revenue can be volatile from quarter to quarter. Fifth Third earns revenue from the fees it receives for originating mortgage loans and for servicing mortgage loans. When rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall, reducing the revenue Fifth Third receives from loan originations. At the same time, revenue from MSRs can increase through increases in fair value. When rates fall, mortgage originations tend to increase and the value of MSRs tends to decline, also with some offsetting revenue effect. Even though they can act as a “natural hedge,” the hedge is not perfect, either in amount or timing. For example, the negative effect on revenue from a decrease in the fair value of residential MSRs is immediate, but any offsetting revenue benefit from more originations and the MSRs relating to the new loans would accrue over time. It is also possible that, because of the recession and deteriorating housing market, even if interest rates were to fall, mortgage originations may also fall or any increase in mortgage originations may not be enough to offset the decrease in the MSRs value caused by the lower rates. Fifth Third typically uses derivatives and other instruments to hedge its mortgage banking interest rate risk. Fifth Third generally does not hedge all of its risks, and the fact that Fifth Third attempts to hedge any of the risks does not mean Fifth Third will requiring be successful. Hedging sophisticated models and constant monitoring, and is not a perfect science. Fifth Third may use hedging instruments tied to U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR or Eurodollars that may not perfectly correlate with the value or income being hedged. Fifth Third could incur significant losses from its hedging activities. There may be periods where Fifth Third elects not to use derivatives and other instruments to hedge mortgage banking interest rate risk. is a complex process, financial statements The preparation of Fifth Third’s financial statements requires the use of estimates that may vary from actual results. The preparation of consolidated in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. Two of Fifth Third’s most critical estimates are the level of the ALLL and the valuation of mortgage servicing rights. Due to the uncertainty of estimates involved, Fifth Third may have to significantly losses that are increase the ALLL and/or sustain credit significantly higher than the provided allowance and could recognize a significant provision for impairment of its mortgage servicing rights. If Fifth Third’s ALLL is not adequate, Fifth Third’s business, financial condition, including its liquidity and capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. its Fifth Third regularly reviews its litigation reserves for adequacy considering litigation risks and probability of incurring losses related to litigation. However, Fifth Third cannot be certain that its current litigation reserves will be adequate over time to cover its losses in litigation due to higher than anticipated settlement costs, prolonged litigation, adverse judgments, or other factors that are largely outside of Fifth Third’s control. If Fifth Third’s litigation reserves are not adequate, Fifth Third’s business, financial condition, including its liquidity and capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Additionally, in the future, Fifth Third may increase its litigation reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on its capital and results of operations. Changes in accounting standards could impact Fifth Third’s reported earnings and financial condition. The accounting standard setters, including the FASB, the SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of Fifth Third’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how Fifth Third its financial condition and results of records and reports operations. In some cases, Fifth Third could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, which would result in the recasting of Fifth Third’s prior period financial statements. the Future acquisitions may dilute current shareholders’ ownership of Fifth Third and may cause Fifth Third to become more susceptible to adverse economic events. Future business acquisitions could be material to Fifth Third and it may issue additional shares of stock to pay for those acquisitions, which would dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests. Acquisitions also could require Fifth Third to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt. In those events, Fifth Third could become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures. Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with Fifth Third’s own operations may prevent Fifth Third from achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions. Inherent uncertainties exist when integrating the operations of an acquired entity. Fifth Third may not be able to fully achieve its strategic objectives and planned operating efficiencies in an acquisition. In addition, the markets and industries in which Fifth Third and its potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. Fifth Third may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. Future acquisition and integration activities may require Fifth Third to devote substantial time and resources and as a result Fifth Third may not be able to pursue other business opportunities. After completing an acquisition, Fifth Third may find certain items are not accounted for properly in accordance with financial Fifth Third Bancorp 25 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS accounting and reporting standards. Fifth Third may also not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition due to lower financial results pertaining to the acquired entity. For example, Fifth Third could experience higher charge offs than originally anticipated related to the acquired loan portfolio. Fifth Third may sell or consider selling one or more of its businesses. Should it determine to sell such a business, it may not be able to generate gains on sale or related increase in shareholders’ equity commensurate with desirable levels. Moreover, if Fifth Third sold such businesses, the loss of income could have an adverse effect on its earnings and future growth. Fifth Third owns several non-strategic businesses that are not significantly synergistic with its core financial services businesses. Fifth Third has, from time to time, considered the sale of such businesses. If it were to determine to sell such businesses, Fifth Third would be subject to market forces that may make completion of a sale unsuccessful or may not be able to do so within a desirable time frame. If Fifth Third were to complete the sale of non-core businesses, it would suffer the loss of income from the sold businesses, and such loss of income could have an adverse effect on its future earnings and growth. Material breaches in security of Fifth Third’s systems may have a significant effect on Fifth Third’s business. Fifth Third collects, processes and stores sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by both Fifth Third and third party service providers. Fifth Third has security, backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity plan to ensure the system will not be inoperable. Fifth Third also has security to prevent unauthorized access to the system. In addition, Fifth Third requires its third party service providers to maintain similar controls. However, Fifth Third cannot be certain that the measures will be successful. A security breach in the system and loss of confidential information such as credit card numbers and related information could result in losing the customers’ confidence and thus the loss of their business as well as additional significant costs for privacy monitoring activities. Fifth Third is exposed to operational and reputational risk. Fifth Third is exposed to many types of operational risk, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, environmental risks from its properties, the risk of fraud or theft by employees, customers or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees, operating system disruptions or operational errors. Negative public opinion can result from Fifth Third’s actual or alleged conduct in activities, such as lending practices, data security, corporate governance and acquisitions, and may damage Fifth Third’s reputation. Negative public opinion has been observed in relation to banks participating in the U.S. Treasury’s in which Fifth Third was a participant. TARP program, Additionally, actions taken by government regulators and community organizations may also damage Fifth Third’s reputation. This negative public opinion can adversely affect Fifth Third’s ability to attract and keep customers and can expose it to litigation and regulatory action. Fifth Third’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process its transaction volume poses the risk that tampering or technical system flaws or employee errors, manipulation of those systems will result in losses and may be difficult to detect. Fifth Third may also be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are beyond its control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages). Fifth Third is further exposed to the risk that its third party service providers may be unable to 26 Fifth Third Bancorp fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors as Fifth Third). These disruptions may interfere with service to Fifth Third’s customers and result in a financial loss or liability. to provide FTPS certain services during The inability of FTPS to succeed as a stand-alone entity could have a negative impact on Fifth Third’s operating results and financial condition. During the second quarter of 2009, Fifth Third sold an approximate 51% interest in FTPS to Advent International. Prior to the sale, FTPS relied on Fifth Third to support its operating and administrative functions. Fifth Third has entered into agreements the deconversion period. Fifth Third’s operating results may suffer if the cost of providing these services exceeds the amount received from FTPS. As part of the sale, FTPS also assumed loans owed Fifth Third. Repayment of these loans is contingent on future cash flows and profitability at FTPS. In connection with the sale, Fifth Third provided Advent International with certain put rights that are exercisable in the event of three unlikely circumstances. Based on Fifth Third’s current ownership share in FTPS of approximately 49%, FTPS is accounted for under the equity method and is not consolidated. The exercise of the put rights would result in FTPS becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Fifth Third. As a result, FTPS would be consolidated and would subject Fifth Third to the risks inherent in integrating a business. Additionally, such a change in the accounting treatment for FTPS may adversely impact Fifth Third’s capital. Weather related events or other natural disasters may have an effect on the performance of Fifth Third’s loan portfolios, especially in its coastal markets, thereby adversely impacting its results of operations. Fifth Third’s footprint stretches from the upper Midwestern to lower Southeastern regions of the United States. This area has experienced weather events including hurricanes and other natural disasters. The nature and level of these events and the impact of global climate change upon their frequency and severity cannot be predicted. If large scale events occur, they may significantly impact its loan portfolios by damaging properties pledged as collateral as well as impairing its borrower’s ability to repay their loans. RISKS RELATED TO THE LEGAL AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT As a regulated entity, Fifth Third must maintain certain capital requirements that may limit its operations and potential growth. Fifth Third is a bank holding company and a financial holding company. As such, Fifth Third is subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the FRB, including risk-based and leverage capital requirements. Fifth Third must maintain certain risk-based and leverage capital ratios as required by its banking regulators and which can change depending upon general economic conditions and Fifth Third’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. Compliance with the capital limit operations that require the intensive use of capital and could adversely affect Fifth Third’s ability to expand or maintain present business levels. requirements, ratios, may including leverage Fifth Third’s subsidiary bank must remain well-capitalized, well-managed and maintain at least a “Satisfactory” CRA rating for Fifth Third to retain its status as a financial holding company. Failure to meet these requirements could result in the FRB placing limitations or conditions on Fifth Third’s activities (and the commencement of new activities) and could ultimately result in MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS the loss of financial holding company status. In addition, failure by Fifth Third’s bank subsidiary to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject the bank to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities. These include limitations on the ability to pay dividends, the issuance by the regulatory authority of a capital directive to increase capital, and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC. to financial Fifth Third’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by new or changed regulations and by the manner in which such regulations are applied by regulatory authorities. Current economic conditions, particularly in the financial markets, have resulted in government regulatory agencies placing increased focus on and scrutiny of the financial services industry. The U.S. Government has intervened on an unprecedented scale, responding to what has been commonly referred to as the financial crisis. In addition to the Bancorp’s participation in U.S. Treasury’s CPP and Capital Assistance Program, the U.S. Government has taken steps that include enhancing the liquidity support available institutions, establishing a commercial paper funding facility, temporarily guaranteeing money market funds and certain types of debt issuances, and increasing insured deposits. These programs subject the Bancorp and other financial institutions who have participated in these programs to additional restrictions, oversight and/or costs that may have an impact on the Bancorp’s business, financial condition, results of operations or the price of its common stock. regulation and scrutiny may significantly increase the Bancorp’s costs, impede the efficiency of its internal business processes, require it to increase its regulatory capital and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. The Bancorp also may be required to pay significantly because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The increased costs associated with anticipated regulatory and political scrutiny could adversely impact the Bancorp’s results of operations. Compliance with such higher FDIC premiums New proposals for legislation continue to be introduced in the U.S. Congress that could further substantially increase regulation of the financial services industry. The Bancorp cannot predict whether any pending or future legislation will be adopted or the substance and impact of any such new legislation on the Bancorp. Additional regulation could affect the Bancorp in a substantial way and could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Fifth Third is subject to various regulatory requirements that limit its operations and potential growth. Under federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions and their holding companies, the FRB and the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions have the authority to compel or restrict certain actions by Fifth Third and its subsidiary bank. Fifth Third and its subsidiary bank are subject to such supervisory authority and, more generally, must, in certain instances, obtain prior regulatory approval before engaging in certain activities or corporate decisions. There can be no assurance that such approvals, if required, would be forthcoming or that such approvals would be granted in a timely manner. Failure to receive any such approval, if required, could limit or impair Fifth Third’s operations, restrict its growth and/or affect its dividend policy. Such actions and activities subject to prior approval include, but are not limited to, increasing dividends paid by Fifth Third or its subsidiary bank, purchasing or redeeming any shares of its stock, entering into a merger or acquisition transaction, acquiring or establishing new branches, and entering into new businesses. In addition, Fifth Third, as well as other financial institutions more generally, have recently been subjected to increased scrutiny from regulatory authorities stemming from broader systemic regulatory concerns, including with respect to stress testing, capital levels, asset quality, provisioning and other prudential matters, arising as a result of the recent financial crisis and efforts to ensure that financial institutions take steps to improve their risk management and prevent future crises. In some cases, regulatory agencies may take supervisory actions that are considered to be confidential supervisory information which may not be publicly disclosed. Finally, as part of Fifth Third’s regular examination process, Fifth Third’s and its subsidiary bank’s respective regulators may advise it and its subsidiary bank to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. Such supervisory actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, could have a material adverse effect on Fifth Third’s business and results of operations. in to time requests, Fifth Third and/or its affiliates are or may become involved from time to time in information-gathering requests, investigations and proceedings by government and self- regulatory agencies which may lead to adverse consequences. Fifth Third and/or its affiliates are or may become involved from time reviews, information-gathering investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies, including the SEC, regarding their respective businesses. Such matters may result in material adverse consequences, including without limitation, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other actions, amendments and/or restatements of Fifth Third’s SEC filings and/or financial statements, as applicable, and/or determinations of material weaknesses in its disclosure controls and procedures. The SEC is investigating and has made several requests for information, including by subpoena, concerning issues which Fifth Third understands relate to accounting and reporting matters involving certain of its commercial loans. This could lead to an enforcement proceeding by the SEC which, in turn, may result in one or more such material adverse consequences. Deposit insurance premiums levied against Fifth Third may increase if the number of bank failures do not subside or the cost of resolving failed banks increases. The FDIC maintains a DIF to resolve the cost of bank failures. The DIF is funded by fees assessed on insured depository institutions including Fifth Third. The magnitude and cost of resolving an increased number of bank failures have reduced the DIF. In 2009, the FDIC collected a special assessment to replenish the DIF. In addition, a prepayment of an estimated amount of future deposit insurance premiums was made on December 30, 2009. Future deposit premiums paid by Fifth Third depend on the level of the DIF and the magnitude and cost of future bank failures. Legislative or regulatory compliance, changes or actions or significant litigation, could adversely impact the Bancorp or the businesses in which the Bancorp is engaged. The Bancorp is subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of its operations and limit the businesses in which the Bancorp may engage. These laws and regulations may change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds. The impact of any changes to laws and regulations or other actions by regulatory agencies may negatively impact the Bancorp or its ability to Fifth Third Bancorp 27 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Fifth Third and other financial institutions have been the subject of increased litigation which could result in legal liability and damage to its reputation. Fifth Third and certain of its directors and officers have been named from time to time as defendants in various class actions and other litigation relating to Fifth Third’s business and activities. Past, present and future litigation have included or could include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. Fifth Third is also involved from time to time in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self- regulatory agencies regarding its business. These matters also could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. Like other large financial institutions and companies, Fifth Third is also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against Fifth Third could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations and/or cause significant reputational harm to its business. Fifth Third’s ability to pay or increase dividends on its common stock or to repurchase its capital stock is restricted. Fifth Third’s ability to pay dividends or repurchase stock is subject to regulatory requirements and the need to meet regulatory expectations. increase the value of its business. Additionally, actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against the Bancorp could cause it to devote significant time and resources to defending itself and may lead to penalties that materially affect the Bancorp and its shareholders. Future changes in the laws, including tax laws, or, as a participant in the CPP under the EESA, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or regulations or their interpretations or enforcement may also be materially adverse to the Bancorp and its shareholders or may require the Bancorp to expend significant time and resources to comply with such requirements. On July 21, 2010 the President of the United States signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act will have material implications for Fifth Third and the entire financial services industry. Among other things it will or potentially could: • Result in Fifth Third being subject to enhanced oversight and scrutiny as a result of being a bank holding company with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets; • Result in the appointment of the FDIC as receiver of Fifth Third in an orderly liquidation proceeding, if the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, upon recommendation of two-thirds of the FRB and the FDIC and in consultation with the President of the United States, finds Fifth Third to be in default or danger of default; • Affect the levels of capital and liquidity with which Fifth Third must operate and how it plans capital and liquidity levels (including a phased-in elimination of Fifth Third’s existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital); • Subject Fifth Third to new and/or higher fees paid to various regulatory entities, including but not limited to deposit insurance fees to the FDIC; • Impact Fifth Third’s ability to invest in certain types of entities or engage in certain activities; • Impact a number of Fifth Third’s business and risk management strategies; • Restrict the revenue that Fifth Third generates from interchange fee revenue certain businesses, generated by Fifth Third’s credit card business; including • Subject Fifth Third to a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will have very broad rule-making and enforcement authorities; and • Subject Fifth Third to oversight and regulation by a new and different litigation and regulatory regime. As the Dodd-Frank Act requires that many studies be conducted and that hundreds of regulations be written in order to fully implement it, the full impact of this legislation on Fifth Third, its business strategies and financial performance cannot be known at this time, and may not be known for a number of years. However, these impacts are expected to be substantial and some of them are likely to adversely affect Fifth Third and its financial performance. The extent to which Fifth Third can adjust its strategies to offset such adverse impacts also is not known at this time. 28 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS Net Interest Income Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans and leases (including yield-related fees) and other interest-earning assets less the interest paid for core deposits (includes transaction deposits and other time deposits) and wholesale funding (includes certificates $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by non-interest-bearing liabilities, or free-funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity. in the average Table 5 presents the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest spread for 2010, 2009 and 2008. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans held for sale have been included lease balances. Average loan and outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities included in other assets. Table 6 provides the relative impact of changes in the balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Net interest income was $3.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $3.4 billion in 2009. Net interest income was affected by the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits, primarily from the acquisition of First Charter that increased net interest income by $68 million during 2010, compared to an increase of $136 million during 2009. Excluding this impact, net interest income increased $317 million, or 10%, in 2010 compared to 2009. The purchase accounting accretion reflects the high discount rate in the market at the time of the acquisition; the total loan discounts are being accreted into net interest income over the remaining period to maturity of the loans acquired. Based upon the remaining period to maturity, and excluding the impact of prepayments, the Bancorp anticipates recognizing approximately $41 million in additional net interest income during 2011 as a result of the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2010, net interest income was positively impacted by a decrease of $5.6 billion in average interest-bearing liabilities as well as a mix shift to lower cost core deposits from 2009. This was primarily a result of runoff of higher priced term deposits as well as the benefit of lower rates offered on new term deposits. In addition, 2010 benefitted from a $3.2 billion increase in the free funding position. This benefit was partially offset by a $2.6 billion decrease in average interest earning assets from 2009. The shift in funding position, as well as improved pricing on commercial loans, led to a 39 bp increase in the net interest rate spread to 3.39% in 2010 compared to 2009. Net interest margin was 3.66% in 2010, compared to 3.32% in 2009. For 2010 and 2009, the accretion of the discounts on acquired loans and deposits increased the net interest margin by 7 bp and 14 bp, respectively. Excluding the accretion of discounts on acquired loans and deposits, net interest margin was up 41 bp from 2009, driven by improved pricing on new commercial loan originations, the shift in funding composition to lower cost core deposits, an increase in free-funding balances and a decrease in the average rates paid on interest bearing liabilities. Average interest-earning assets decreased three percent from 2009. Average commercial loans decreased $3.9 billion due to decreases across all commercial loan categories, and average consumer loans decreased $239 million due primarily to decreases in average residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans and leases, partially offset by an increase in average automobile loans. In addition, average investment securities decreased $729 million, or four percent, compared to 2009. The declines in average loans and investment securities were partially offset by a $2.3 billion increase in average other short-term investments, which includes interest bearing cash held at the Federal Reserve. For further discussion on the Bancorp’s loan and lease and investment securities portfolios, see the Loan and Lease and Investment Securities sections, respectively, of MD&A. Interest income from loans and leases decreased $112 million compared to 2009. Excluding the accretion of discounts on acquired loans in 2010 and 2009, interest income from loans and leases decreased $46 million, or one percent, compared to the prior year. The year-over-year decrease in interest income from loans and leases is a result of a five percent decline in average balances, partially offset by an 11 bp increase in the average yield. Interest income from investment securities decreased nine percent compared to 2009 due to a 68 bp decrease in the weighted- average yield and a four percent decline in average balances. Average interest-bearing core deposits increased $4.0 billion, or eight percent, compared to 2009, primarily due to increased interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits, partially offset by a decline in other time deposits. The cost of interest-bearing core deposits was 0.83% in 2010; a decrease of 45 bp from 2009. The decrease is a result of a mix TABLE 4: CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data) Interest income (FTE) Interest expense Net interest income (FTE) Provision for loan and lease losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses (FTE) Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect (FTE) Fully taxable equivalent adjustment Applicable income tax expense (benefit) Income (loss) before cumulative effect Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax Net income (loss) Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Dividends on preferred stock Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Earnings per share Earnings per diluted share Cash dividends declared per common share 2010 $4,507 885 3,622 1,538 2,084 2,729 3,855 958 18 187 753 - 753 - 753 250 $503 $0.63 0.63 0.04 2009 4,687 1,314 3,373 3,543 (170) 4,782 3,826 786 19 30 737 - 737 - 737 226 511 0.73 0.67 0.04 2008 5,630 2,094 3,536 4,560 (1,024) 2,946 4,564 (2,642) 22 (551) (2,113) - (2,113) - (2,113) 67 (2,180) (3.91) (3.91) 0.75 2007 6,051 3,018 3,033 628 2,405 2,467 3,311 1,561 24 461 1,076 - 1,076 - 1,076 1 1,075 1.99 1.98 1.70 2006 5,981 3,082 2,899 343 2,556 2,012 2,915 1,653 26 443 1,184 4 1,188 - 1,188 - 1,188 2.13 2.12 1.58 Fifth Third Bancorp 29 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS shift to lower cost core deposits and a decrease in rates on average time deposits of 71 bp compared to 2009. Interest expense on wholesale funding decreased 35% compared to the prior year due to a 34% decrease in average balances and a 45 bp decrease in average rates. In 2010, wholesale funding represented 25% of interest-bearing liabilities, down from 35% in 2009. Impacting this change was a decrease of $4.8 billion in average other short term borrowings due to the repayment of Term Auction Facility funds and FHLB advances which had an average balance of $3.7 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, in 2009. In addition, average certificates of deposit over $100,000 decreased $4.3 billion from 2009 due to maturities throughout 2010. The decreased reliance on wholesale funding in 2010 was a result of the growth of core deposits and a decline in average interest earning assets. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Market Risk Management section of MD&A. . TABLE 5: CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME 2010 For the years ended December 31 Revenue/ Cost 2009 Revenue/ Cost Average Yield/Rate Average Yield/Rate Average Balance Average Balance Average Balance ($ in millions) Assets Interest-earning assets: Loans and leases (a): 2008 Revenue/ Cost Average Yield/Rate $26,334 11,585 3,066 3,343 44,328 9,868 11,996 10,427 1,870 743 34,904 79,232 16,054 317 3,328 98,931 2,245 14,841 (3,583) $112,434 $1,238 476 93 147 4.70 % 4.11 3.01 4.40 1,954 4.41 4.84 4.00 5.83 10.73 15.58 5.39 4.84 478 479 608 201 116 1,882 3,836 650 13 8 4,507 4.05 3.92 0.25 4.56 $27,556 12,511 4,638 3,543 48,248 10,886 12,534 8,807 1,907 1,009 35,143 83,391 16,861 239 1,035 101,526 2,329 14,266 (3,265) $114,856 $1,162 545 134 150 4.22 % 4.35 2.90 4.24 1,991 4.13 5.53 4.15 6.31 10.10 8.49 5.57 4.73 602 520 556 193 86 1,957 3,948 $28,426 12,776 5,846 3,680 50,728 10,993 12,269 8,925 1,708 1,212 35,107 85,835 $1,520 866 342 18 5.35 % 6.78 5.85 0.49 2,746 5.41 6.41 5.71 6.34 9.77 5.28 6.27 5.77 705 701 566 167 64 2,203 4,949 721 17 1 4,687 4.28 7.19 0.14 4.62 13,082 342 621 99,880 2,490 13,411 (1,485) $114,296 643 25 13 5,630 4.91 7.35 2.15 5.64 $18,218 19,612 4,808 3,355 10,526 56,519 6,083 6 291 1,635 10,902 75,436 19,669 3,580 98,685 13,749 $112,434 $52 107 19 12 276 466 125 - 1 3 290 885 0.29 % 0.55 0.40 0.35 2.62 0.83 2.06 0.13 0.17 0.21 2.65 1.17 $40 127 26 10 470 673 280 - 1 42 318 1,314 $15,070 16,875 4,320 2,108 14,103 52,476 10,367 157 517 6,463 11,035 81,015 16,862 3,926 101,803 13,053 $114,856 0.26 % 0.75 0.60 0.45 3.33 1.28 2.70 0.20 0.20 0.64 2.89 1.62 $14,191 16,192 6,127 2,153 11,135 49,798 9,531 2,067 2,975 7,785 13,903 86,059 14,017 4,182 104,258 10,038 $114,296 Total interest-bearing liabilities Demand deposits Other liabilities Total liabilities Equity Total liabilities and equity Net interest income Net interest margin Net interest rate spread Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets (a) The FTE adjustments included in the above table are $18, $19 and $22 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 3.66 % 3.39 76.25 3.00 79.80 3.32 % $3,622 $3,373 $128 224 118 34 411 915 324 50 70 178 557 2,094 0.91 % 1.38 1.92 1.60 3.69 1.84 3.40 2.42 2.34 2.29 4.01 2.43 $3,536 3.54 % 3.21 86.16 Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage Commercial construction Commercial leases Subtotal - commercial Residential mortgage Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Subtotal - consumer Total loans and leases Securities: Taxable Exempt from income taxes (a) Other short-term investments Total interest-earning assets Cash and due from banks Other assets Allowance for loan and lease losses Total assets Liabilities and Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing core deposits: Interest checking Savings Money market Foreign office deposits Other time deposits Total interest-bearing core deposits Certificates - $100,000 and over Other foreign office deposits Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt 30 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 6: CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME ATTRIBUTED TO VOLUME AND YIELD/RATE (a) For the years ended December 31 2010 Compared to 2009 2009 Compared to 2008 Volume Yield/Rate Total Volume Yield/Rate Total ($ in millions) Assets Increase (decrease) in interest income: Loans and leases: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage Commercial construction Commercial leases Subtotal - commercial Residential mortgage Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Subtotal - consumer Total loans and leases Securities: Taxable Exempt from income taxes Other short-term investments Total interest-earning assets Cash and due from banks Other assets Allowance for loan and lease losses Total change in interest income Liabilities and Equity Increase (decrease) in interest expense: Interest-bearing core deposits: Interest checking Savings Money market Foreign office deposits Other time deposits Total interest-bearing core deposits Certificates - $100,000 and over Other foreign office deposits Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt ($53) (39) (46) (8) (146) (53) (22) 97 (4) (27) (9) (155) (34) 6 5 (178) 129 (30) 5 5 109 (71) (19) (45) 12 57 (66) 43 (37) (10) 2 (2) 76 (69) (41) (3) (37) (124) (41) 52 8 30 (75) (112) (71) (4) 7 (180) ($178) (2) (180) ($45) (17) (60) (1) (123) (7) 15 (7) 20 (12) 9 (114) 169 (7) 5 53 $53 $8 18 2 4 (105) (73) (98) - - (21) (3) (195) 4 (38) (9) (2) (89) (134) (57) - - (18) (25) (234) 12 (20) (7) 2 (194) (207) (155) - - (39) (28) (429) $8 9 (28) (1) 102 90 27 (25) (33) (26) (101) (68) (313) (304) (148) 133 (632) (96) (196) (3) 6 34 (255) (887) (91) (1) (17) (996) (358) (321) (208) 132 (755) (103) (181) (10) 26 22 (246) (1,001) 78 (8) (12) (943) (996) (943) (96) (106) (64) (23) (43) (332) (71) (25) (36) (110) (138) (712) (88) (97) (92) (24) 59 (242) (44) (50) (69) (136) (239) (780) (712) (780) (284) (163) Total interest-bearing liabilities Demand deposits Other liabilities Total change in interest expense Equity Total liabilities and equity Total change in net interest income (a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute amount of change in volume or yield/rate. (234) (429) (195) 232 249 $17 (68) $121 Provision for Loan and Lease Losses The Bancorp provides as an expense an amount for probable loan and lease losses within the loan and lease portfolio that is based on factors previously discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses inherent in the portfolio. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans actually removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets is referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases. The provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $1.5 billion in 2010 compared to $3.5 billion in 2009. The decrease in provision expense from the prior year was due to decreases in nonperforming assets and delinquencies in commercial and consumer loans. In addition to these trends, signs of moderation in general economic conditions during 2010 further contributed to a decrease in expected loss rates. As of December 31, 2010, the ALLL as a percent of loans and leases decreased to 3.88%, from 4.88% at December 31, 2009. Refer to the Credit Risk Management section for more detailed information on the provision for loan and lease losses including an analysis of the loan portfolio composition, non- performing assets, net charge-offs, and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and the ALLL. Fifth Third Bancorp 31 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 7: NONINTEREST INCOME For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Mortgage banking net revenue Service charges on deposits Corporate banking revenue Investment advisory revenue Card and processing revenue Gain on sale of processing business Other noninterest income Securities gains (losses), net Securities gains, net – non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights Total noninterest income 2010 $647 574 364 361 316 - 406 47 14 $2,729 2009 553 632 372 326 615 1,758 479 (10) 57 4,782 2008 199 641 431 366 912 - 363 (86) 120 2,946 2007 133 579 367 382 826 - 153 21 6 2,467 2006 155 517 318 367 717 - 299 (364) 3 2,012 Noninterest Income Total noninterest income decreased $2.1 billion, or 43%, in 2010 compared to 2009, due primarily to the Processing Business Sale in the second quarter of 2009 as well as decreases in service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue and card and processing revenue, partially offset by strong growth in mortgage banking net revenue and investment advisory revenue. The components of noninterest income are shown in Table 7. Mortgage banking net revenue increased to $647 million in 2010 from $553 million in 2009. The components of mortgage banking net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are shown in Table 8. TABLE 8: COMPONENTS OF MORTGAGE BANKING NET REVENUE For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Origination fees and gains on loan sales Servicing revenue: Servicing fees Servicing rights amortization Net valuation adjustments on servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge MSR 221 (137) 2010 $490 197 (146) 2009 485 2008 260 164 (107) 73 157 $647 17 68 553 (118) (61) 199 Net servicing revenue (expense) Mortgage banking net revenue Origination fees and gains on loan sales increased $5 million compared to 2009 as higher margins on loans sold were largely offset by a decline in mortgage originations due to the homebuyer tax credit expiring in the second quarter of 2010, as well as tighter underwriting standards and declining home values. Mortgage originations were $20.3 billion in 2010 compared to $21.7 billion in 2009. Mortgage net servicing revenue increased $89 million compared to 2009. Net servicing revenue is comprised of gross servicing fees and related servicing rights amortization as well as valuation adjustments on mortgage servicing rights and mark-to- market adjustments on both settled and outstanding free-standing derivative financial instruments. The increase in net servicing revenue was driven by an increase of $24 million in servicing fees due to an increase in residential mortgage loans serviced and a $9 million decrease in servicing rights amortization due to a decline in prepayments. The Bancorp’s total residential mortgage loans serviced at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $63.2 billion and $58.5 billion, respectively, with $54.2 billion and $48.6 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others. Also impacting the increase in net servicing revenue were improvements in net valuation adjustments on MSRs and MSR derivatives as gains on the Bancorp’s free-standing MSR derivatives exceeded impairment losses recorded against the hedged MSRs. This was a result of a widening spread between swap rates and primary and secondary market mortgage rates as swap rates declined more than primary and secondary market 32 Fifth Third Bancorp mortgage rates over the year, as well as a positive carry in the net MSR hedge position. These factors led to a net gain of $73 million on the net valuation adjustments on MSRs, compared to a net gain of $17 million in 2009. Servicing rights are deemed temporarily impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Temporary impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Further information on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation on the MSR portfolio. See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to hedge the MSR portfolio. The Bancorp recognized a gain from MSR derivatives of $109 million, offset by a temporary impairment of $36 million, resulting in a net gain of $73 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bancorp recognized a gain from MSR derivatives of $41 million, offset by a temporary impairment of $24 million, resulting in a net gain of $17 million. In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. A gain on these non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights of $14 million and $57 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, was included in noninterest income within the Consolidated Statements of Income, but is shown separate from mortgage banking net revenue. Service charges on deposits decreased $58 million, or nine percent, to $574 million in 2010 compared to 2009. Consumer deposit revenue decreased $56 million from 2009 as the impact of Regulation E and new overdraft policies resulted in a decrease in overdraft occurrences. Regulation E is a Federal Reserve Board rule that prohibits financial institutions from charging customers fees for paying overdrafts on ATMs and one-time debit card transactions unless a customer consents to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Regulation E became effective on July 1, 2010 for new accounts and August 15, 2010 for existing accounts. Commercial deposit revenue was flat compared to 2009 as a two percent increase in service fees for treasury management services was largely offset by an increase in earnings credits paid on customer balances. Commercial customers receive earnings credits to offset the fees charged for banking services on their deposit accounts, such as account maintenance, lockbox, ACH transactions, wire transfers and other ancillary corporate treasury management services. Earning credits are based on the customer’s average balance in qualifying deposits multiplied by the crediting rate. Qualifying deposits include demand deposits and interest- bearing checking accounts. The Bancorp has a standard crediting rate that is adjusted as necessary based on competitive market conditions and changes in short-term interest rates. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Corporate banking revenue decreased $8 million, or two percent, in 2010, largely due to decreases in international income and in lease remarketing fees, partially offset by growth syndication and business lending fees. Foreign exchange derivative income of $63 million decreased 17% driven by volume declines. Loan syndication fees were $28 million in 2010, compared to $8 million in 2009. Investment advisory revenue increased $35 million, or 11%, from 2009 as the result of improved market performance and sales production that drove an increase in brokerage activity and assets under care. Brokerage fee income, which includes Fifth Third Securities income, increased $23 million in 2010 as investors migrated balances to stock and bond funds due to improved market performance, which commission-based transactions. As of December 31, 2010, the Bancorp had $266 billion in assets under care and managed $25 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations. increased in interest On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of a its merchant acquiring and financial majority institutions processing businesses. The Processing Business Sale generated a pre-tax gain of $1.8 billion ($1.1 billion after-tax). As part of the transaction, the Bancorp retained certain debit and credit card interchange revenue and sold the financial institutions and merchant processing portions of the business, which historically comprised approximately 70% of total card and processing revenue. As a result of the sale, card and processing revenue decreased $299 million, or 49%, compared to 2009. Card issuer interchange, which was retained by the Bancorp, increased eight percent, to $284 million, compared to 2009 due to strong growth in debit and credit card transaction volumes. Other noninterest income decreased $73 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The components of other noninterest income are shown in Table 9. The decrease was primarily due a $244 million gain relating to the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009 and a $27 million decrease in revenue in 2010 related to the TSA entered into as part of the Processing Business Sale, partially offset by an increase of $196 million in BOLI income. The year ended December 31, 2010 includes a $152 million litigation settlement related to one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies while 2009 includes $53 million in charges to record a reserve in connection with the intent to surrender one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies as well as losses related to market value declines. Net securities gains totaled $47 million in 2010 compared to $10 million of net securities losses during 2009. Noninterest Expense in 2010 Total noninterest expense remained relatively flat compared to 2009 as increases in salaries, wages and incentives and the expense for representation and warranties were largely offset by a decrease in the provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit, lower FDIC insurance and other taxes and a decrease in card and processing expense. The components of noninterest expense are shown in Table 10. Noninterest expense in 2010 included $49 million of expenses related to the TSA and $25 million in legal fees associated with the settlement of claims TABLE 10: NONINTEREST EXPENSE For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Salaries, wages and incentives Employee benefits Net occupancy expense Technology and communications Equipment expense Card and processing expense Goodwill impairment Other noninterest expense Total noninterest expense Efficiency ratio TABLE 9: COMPONENTS OF OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) BOLI income (loss) Operating lease income Gain (loss) on loan sales TSA revenue Insurance income Cardholder fees Consumer loan and lease fees Banking center income Loss on sale of OREO Gain on sale/redemption of Visa, Inc. ownership interests 2010 194 62 51 49 38 36 32 22 (78) 2009 (2) 59 38 76 47 48 43 22 (70) Litigation settlement Other, net Total other noninterest income - - - $406 244 - (26) $479 2008 (156) 47 (11) - 36 58 51 31 (60) 273 76 18 363 with the insurance carrier on one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies Noninterest expense in 2009 included $76 million of expense related to the TSA and a $55 million FDIC special assessment charge, partially offset by a $73 million reduction in the Visa litigation reserve. Total personnel costs (salaries, wages and incentives plus employee benefits) increased $94 million, or six percent in 2010 compared to 2009 due primarily to increased base, variable and incentive compensation, partially offset by lower deferred compensation. Base and incentive compensation increased due primarily to investments in the sales force and expanded banking center hours during 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the Bancorp employed 21,613 employees, of which 6,742 were officers and 2,519 were part-time employees. Full-time equivalent employees totaled 20,838 as of December 31, 2010 compared to 20,998 as of in full-time equivalent December 31, 2009. The decrease employees is primarily due to the transfer of employees on January 1, 2010 from the Processing Business Sale, partially offset by an increase in the sales force in 2010. Card and processing expense includes third-party processing expenses, card management fees and other bankcard processing expenses. Card and processing expense decreased $85 million, or 44%, in 2010 compared to 2009 due to the Processing Business Sale in June of 2009. Total other noninterest expense increased $23 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The components of other noninterest expense are shown in Table 11. The increase from 2009 was primarily due to increased charges to representation and warranty reserves related to residential mortgage loans sold to third-parties, as well as higher impairment on affordable housing investments, higher marketing expense due to increased consumer marketing campaigns and an increase in professional services fees primarily due to legal expenses related to the settlement of one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies. The increase in affordable housing investment impairment was due to an increase in the volume of investments. These impacts were partially offset by a decrease in the provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit, lower FDIC insurance and other taxes and a decrease in intangible asset amortization due to certain customer deposit intangibles 2010 $1,430 314 298 189 122 108 - 1,394 $3,855 60.7% 2009 1,339 311 308 181 123 193 - 1,371 3,826 46.9 2008 1,337 278 300 191 130 274 965 1,089 4,564 70.4 2007 1,239 278 269 169 123 244 - 989 3,311 60.2 2006 1,174 292 245 141 116 184 - 763 2,915 59.4 Fifth Third Bancorp 33 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 11: COMPONENTS OF OTHER NONINTEREST EXPENSE For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) FDIC insurance and other taxes Loan and lease Losses and adjustments Affordable housing investments 2009 269 234 110 2010 $242 211 187 impairment Marketing Professional services fees Travel Postal and courier Intangible asset amortization Insurance expense Operating lease OREO Recruitment and education Supplies Data processing Visa litigation reserve Provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit Other Total other noninterest expense 2008 73 188 95 67 102 102 54 54 56 30 32 11 33 31 14 (99) 100 98 77 51 48 43 42 41 33 31 24 24 - 83 79 63 41 53 57 50 39 24 30 25 21 (73) (24) 166 $1,394 99 167 1,371 98 148 1,089 income, tax-advantaged investments and general business tax credits, partially offset by the effect of nondeductible expenses. The effective tax rate for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily impacted by $133 million in tax credits, a $26 million tax benefit resulting from the settlement of certain uncertain tax positions with the IRS and $25 million of non-cash charges relating to previously recognized tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation that will not be realized. The effective tax rate for the tax year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily impacted by $112 million in tax credits, a $106 million tax benefit related to the decision to surrender one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies and the determination that losses on the policy recorded in prior periods are now tax deductible, and a $55 million reduction in income tax expense related to the Bancorp’s leveraged lease litigation settlement with the IRS. See Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on income taxes. 2010 $940 187 19.8% 2009 767 30 3.9 2008 (2,664) (551) 20.7 2007 1,537 461 30.0 2006 1,627 443 27.2 from previous acquisitions being fully amortized. Additionally, the Bancorp recorded a $73 million reversal of the Visa litigation reserve in 2009. The expense for representation and warranties, which is included in losses and adjustments, totaled $110 million and $31 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, with the increase resulting primarily from a higher volume of repurchase demands. The decrease in the provision for unfunded commitments was due to lower estimates of inherent losses resulting from a decrease in delinquent loans as general economic conditions began to show signs of moderation in 2010. The Bancorp incurred $242 million of expense for FDIC insurance and other taxes in 2010 compared to $269 million in 2009. Effective June 30, 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on each insured depository institution calculated as 5 bp of total assets less Tier 1 capital which resulted in the Bancorp incurring a $55 million special assessment charge in the second quarter of 2009. Due to the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC was required to redefine the deposit insurance assessment base, make changes to assessment rate methodology and implement new DIF dividend provisions. The FDIC adopted the final rule on February 7, 2011, that revises the risk-based assessment system for all large insured depository institutions. The Bancorp anticipates a decline in FDIC insurance for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to levels incurred for the year ended December 31, 2010. The efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income) was 60.7% and 46.9% for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase from 2009 was driven by the Processing Business Sale which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $1.8 billion in 2009. Excluding the gain from the Processing Business Sale, the efficiency ratio was 60.0% for 2009. The Bancorp continues to focus on efficiency initiatives, as part of its core emphasis on operating leverage and on expense control. Applicable Income Taxes The Bancorp’s income (loss) before income taxes, applicable income tax expense (benefit) and effective tax rate for each of the periods indicated are shown in Table 12. Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the benefit from tax-exempt TABLE 12: APPLICABLE INCOME TAXES For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect Applicable income tax expense (benefit) Effective tax rate 34 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Additional detailed financial information on each business segment is included in Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management accounting practices are improved and businesses change. On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp completed the Processing Business Sale, which represented the sale of a majority interest in the Bancorp’s merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses. Financial data for the merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses was originally reported in the former Processing Solutions segment through June 30, 2009. As a result of the sale, the Bancorp no longer presents Processing Solutions as a segment and therefore, historical financial information for the merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses has been reclassified under General Corporate and Other for all periods presented. Interchange revenue previously recorded in the Processing Solutions segment and associated with cards currently included in Branch Banking is now included in the Branch Banking segment for all periods presented. Additionally, the Bancorp retained its retail credit card and commercial multi-card service businesses, which were also originally reported in the former Processing Solutions segment through June 30, 2009, and are now included in the Consumer Lending and Commercial Banking segments, respectively, for all periods presented. Revenue from the remaining ownership interest in the Processing Business is recorded in General Corporate and Other as noninterest income. The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the level by employing a FTP methodology. This corporate methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the LIBOR swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan growth and changes in factors in the ALLL are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as independent entities. they existed as Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit. Net income (loss) by business segment is summarized in the following table. if TABLE 13: BUSINESS SEGMENT NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Income Statement Data Commercial Banking Branch Banking Consumer Lending Investment Advisors General Corporate and Other Net income (loss) Less: Net income attributable to (733) 632 (148) 98 (1,962) (2,113) (120) 324 23 53 457 737 $165 201 (40) 29 398 753 2008 2009 2010 noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Dividends on preferred stock Net income (loss) available to common - 753 250 - 737 226 - (2,113) 67 shareholders $503 511 (2,180) Fifth Third Bancorp 35 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Commercial Banking Commercial Banking offers banking, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance. The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment. TABLE 14: COMMERCIAL BANKING For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Income Statement Data Net interest income (FTE) (a) Provision for loan and lease 2010 $1,545 2009 2008 1,383 1,567 1,159 1,360 1,864 losses Noninterest income: Corporate banking revenue Service charges on deposits Other noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, incentives and benefits Goodwill impairment Other noninterest expense Income (loss) before taxes Applicable income tax benefit Net income (loss) Average Balance Sheet Data Commercial loans Demand deposits Interest checking Savings and money market Certificates $100,000 and over and other time 346 199 90 254 - 736 31 (134) $165 353 196 60 221 - 768 (357) (237) (120) $38,304 10,872 8,432 2,823 41,341 8,581 6,018 2,457 3,014 2,017 4,376 1,275 401 186 91 243 750 675 (1,287) (554) (733) 43,198 6,206 4,632 4,046 2,293 1,835 Foreign office deposits (a) Includes FTE adjustments of $14 for 2010, $13 for 2009 and $15 for 2008 Comparison of 2010 with 2009 Commercial Banking realized net income of $165 million in 2010 compared to a net loss of $120 million in 2009. This improvement was primarily due to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in provision for loan and lease losses partially offset by growth in salaries, incentives and benefits. Net interest income increased $162 million, or 12%, primarily due to a mix shift from higher cost term deposits to lower cost deposit products which resulted in a decrease to interest expense of 34% during 2010. This improvement was partially offset by the negative impact to net interest income of a decrease in average commercial loans during 2010 and a decrease of $35 million in the accretion of discounts on loans associated with the acquisition of First Charter in 2008. Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $201 million, or 15%, from 2009. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased from 329 bp in 2009 to 302 bp in 2010. These decreases are primarily due to actions taken by the Bancorp to address problem loans which resulted in significant net charge- offs recorded in 2008 and 2009, as well as the impact of loss mitigation activities such as suspending home builder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in 2007 and 2008, respectively, and tighter underwriting standards across commercial loan product offerings. Noninterest income increased $26 million, or four percent, from 2009 primarily as a result of $24 million increase in gains on private equity investments, included in other noninterest income, and a $5 million increase in card and processing revenue due to an 36 Fifth Third Bancorp increase in commercial credit card activity, partially offset by a $7 million decrease in corporate banking revenue. Corporate banking revenue decreased from the prior year primarily as a result of a $6 million decrease in fees on letters of credit. Noninterest expense was flat compared to 2009 due to an increase in salaries, incentives and benefits offset by a decrease in other noninterest expense. Salaries, incentives and benefits increased $33 million, or 15%, due to compensation related to improved performance in the segment and an increase in headcount during 2010. Loan and lease expense decreased $32 million, or four percent, as a result of lower loan demand during 2010, a decrease in collection related expenses and a decrease in FDIC expenses due to a special assessment in the second quarter of 2009. Average commercial loans and leases decreased $3.0 billion, or seven percent, compared to the prior year due to decreases across all commercial loan categories. Commercial construction loans decreased $1.5 billion, commercial and industrial loans decreased $655 million, commercial mortgage loans decreased $631 million and commercial leases decreased $209 million. These decreases were the result of lower customer demand for new originations, lower utilization rates on corporate lines and tighter underwriting standards applied to both new commercial loan originations and renewals. These impacts were partially offset by the consolidation of $724 million of commercial and industrial loans on January 1, 2010, which had a remaining balance of $372 million at December 31, 2010. Average core deposits increased $5.8 billion, or 32%, compared to 2009 due to the migration of higher priced certificates of deposit into transaction accounts, as well as the impact of historically low interest rates and excess customer liquidity. Comparison of 2009 with 2008 Commercial Banking reported a net loss of $120 million in 2009 compared to a net loss of $733 million in 2008. This improvement was due to a $750 million goodwill impairment charge taken in 2008 and a $504 million decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses in 2009, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income of $184 million. The decrease in net interest income compared to 2008 was primarily due to a decrease in the accretion of loans and deposits which contributed $204 million to net interest income in 2008 compared to $60 million in 2009. Average commercial loans and leases decreased $1.9 billion, or four percent, due to lower utilization rates on corporate lines, net charge-offs and tighter lending standards implemented in the second half of 2008 and continued throughout 2009. loan discounts on acquired Provision expense decreased from $1.9 billion in 2008 to $1.4 billion in 2009. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 329 bp from 432 bp in 2008 due primarily to $800 million in net charge-offs in 2008 resulting from the sale or transfer to held-for-sale of $1.3 billion in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage loans in the fourth quarter of 2008. Noninterest income decreased $69 million compared to 2008 due to a decrease in corporate banking revenue of $48 million and a $31 million decline in other noninterest income, partially offset by a $10 million increase in service charges on deposits. Noninterest expense decreased $679 million compared to 2008 primarily due to goodwill impairment of $750 million in 2008. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, noninterest expense increased $71 million due to increases in FDIC and loan and leases expenses. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Branch Banking Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan and lease products to individuals and small businesses through 1,312 full-service banking centers. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and loans for automobiles and other personal financing needs, as well as products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services. The following table contains selected financial data for the Branch Banking segment. TABLE 15: BRANCH BANKING For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Net interest income Provision for loan and lease losses Noninterest income: Service charges on deposits Card and processing revenue Investment advisory revenue Other noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, incentives and benefits Net occupancy and equipment expense Card and processing expense Other noninterest expense Income before taxes Applicable income tax expense Net income Average Balance Sheet Data Consumer loans Commercial loans Demand deposits Interest checking Savings and money market Other time 2010 $1,501 2009 1,559 2008 1,714 542 369 303 106 115 552 223 102 664 311 110 $201 585 428 264 84 122 502 217 68 585 500 176 324 352 447 246 84 130 517 203 45 528 976 344 632 $12,944 4,815 6,936 7,332 19,963 12,712 13,096 5,335 6,363 7,395 17,010 16,995 12,665 5,600 6,008 7,845 16,184 13,749 Comparison of 2010 with 2009 Net income decreased $123 million, or 38%, compared to 2009 driven by an increase in noninterest expense and a decrease in net interest income partially offset by a decrease in provision for loan and lease losses. Net interest income decreased $58 million, or four percent, compared to 2009 as the impact of lower loan balances more than offset a favorable shift in the segment’s deposit mix towards lower cost transaction deposits. Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $43 million, or seven percent, from 2009. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased from 317 bp in 2009 to 305 bp in 2010 as a result of a 36 bp decrease in consumer net charge-offs as a percent of average consumer loans partially offset by a 52 bp increase in commercial net charge-offs as a percent of average commercial loans. The decrease in consumer net charge-offs was primarily the result of a decrease in delinquencies, tighter underwriting standards and signs of improvement in economic conditions during 2010. The increase in commercial net charge- offs was primarily due to $24 million of charge-offs taken on $60 million of commercial loans which were sold or moved to held for sale during the third quarter of 2010. Noninterest income decreased $5 million, or one percent, from 2009 as decreases in service charges on deposits and other noninterest income were partially offset by increases in card and processing revenue and investment advisory revenue. Service charges on deposits decreased $59 million, or 14%, compared to 2009 as a result of new regulations in 2010 that decreased income on overdrafts. Card and processing revenue increased $39 million, or 15%, from 2009 primarily due to an increase in debit and credit card transactions that resulted in a 13% increase in both credit and debit card interchange revenue. Investment advisory revenue increased $22 million, or 26%, compared to 2009 primarily due to an increase in retail brokerage transactions. Other noninterest income decreased $7 million, or six percent, primarily due to the CARD Act of 2009, which resulted in the reduction of certain credit card fees. Noninterest expense increased $169 million, or 12%, from 2009 due to increases in each category. Salaries, incentives and benefits increased $50 million, or 10%, from the prior year due primarily to additional branch personnel related to expanded branch hours of operation and greater incentive accruals attributable to success in opening new deposit and brokerage accounts. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $6 million, or three percent, as a result of increases to rent expenses during 2010. Card and processing expense increased $34 million, or 50%, from 2009 due to increased costs associated with an increase in credit and debit card transaction volumes during 2010. Other noninterest expense increased $79 million, or 14%, due to increases in loan and lease expense, marketing expense and other allocated shared service expenses. Average consumer loans decreased $152 million, or one percent, and average commercial loans decreased $520 million, or 10%. The decrease in average consumer loans was the result of a $311 million decrease in home equity loans due to a decrease in demand and tighter underwriting standards that limited allowable loan to value ratios, partially offset by a $254 million increase in residential mortgage loans due to management’s decision to retain certain residential mortgage loans in portfolio upon origination. The decrease in average commercial loans was due to lower customer demand for new originations, lower utilization rates on corporate lines and tighter underwriting standards applied to both new commercial loan originations and renewals. Average core deposits were flat compared to 2009 as runoff of higher priced consumer certificates of deposit, included in other time deposits, was replaced with growth in transaction accounts due to excess customer liquidity and low interest rates. Comparison of 2009 with 2008 Net income decreased $308 million, or 49%, in 2009 compared to 2008 driven by decreases in net interest income and service fees combined with a higher provision for loan and lease losses. Net interest income decreased nine percent compared to 2008 due to a $27 million decline in the accretion of discounts on acquired loans and deposits combined with an increase in interest expense due to higher average balances in other time deposits. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loan and leases increased to 317 bp in 2009, from 194 bp in 2008. Net charge-offs increased compared to 2008 as the segment experienced higher charge-offs on home equity lines and loans, commercial loans and credit cards reflecting borrower stress and a decrease in home values primarily within the Bancorp’s footprint. Noninterest income was relatively flat compared to 2008 as decreases in deposit fees and retail service fees, included in other noninterest income, were offset by an increase in card and processing revenue. Noninterest expense increased $80 million, or six percent, compared to 2008 primarily due to an increase in FDIC related expenses of $86 million as a result of a special assessment charged in 2009 coupled with an increase in assessment rates. Average loans and leases increased one percent compared to 2008 as a three percent growth in consumer loans was partially offset by a five percent decrease in commercial loans. In addition, credit card balances grew $211 million, or 14%. Average core deposits were up eight percent compared to 2008 primarily due to growth in short term consumer certificates. Fifth Third Bancorp 37 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Consumer Lending Consumer Lending includes the Bancorp’s mortgage, home equity, automobile and other indirect lending activities. Mortgage and home equity lending activities include the origination, retention and servicing of mortgage and home equity loans or lines of credit, sales and securitizations of those loans or pools of loans or lines of credit and all associated hedging activities. Other indirect lending activities include loans to consumers through mortgage brokers and automobile dealers. The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer Lending segment. TABLE 16: CONSUMER LENDING For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Income Statement Data Net interest income Provision for loan and lease losses Noninterest income: Mortgage banking net revenue Other noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, incentives and benefits Goodwill impairment Other noninterest expense Income (loss) before taxes Applicable income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Average Balance Sheet Data Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Consumer leases 2010 2009 2008 $418 582 619 43 200 - 359 (61) (21) ($40) $9,384 851 9,713 384 494 574 526 101 187 - 324 36 13 $23 481 441 184 167 137 215 268 (229) (81) (148) 10,650 995 8,024 629 10,698 1,142 7,984 797 Comparison of 2010 with 2009 Consumer Lending reported a net loss of $40 million in 2010 compared to net income of $23 million in 2009 due to a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense partially offset by an increase in noninterest income. Net interest income decreased $76 million, or 15%, from 2009 primarily due to a decrease in yields on average interest earning assets, which includes the impact of a $21 million decrease in the accretion of discounts on loans associated with the acquisition of First Charter in 2008, partially offset by a decrease in funding costs during 2010. Provision for loan and lease losses increased $8 million, or one percent, from 2009. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased from 313 bp in 2009 to 309 bp in 2010. The increase in provision for loan and lease losses from the prior year was the result of a 23% increase in net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans primarily due to $123 million in charge- offs taken on $228 million of portfolio loans which were sold during the third quarter of 2010. Automobile loan net charge-offs decreased $44 million compared to 2009 as a result of tighter underwriting standards implemented in 2008, maturation of the automobile portfolio and higher resale values on automobiles sold at auction. Home equity net charge-offs decreased $24 million from 2009 due to run off of brokered home equity loans, the origination of which were discontinued in 2007. Noninterest income increased $35 million, or six percent, as the result of an increase in mortgage banking net revenue partially offset by a decrease in other noninterest income. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $93 million, or 18%, from 2009 primarily due to an $89 million increase in net servicing revenue. The increase in net servicing revenue was driven by a $56 million increase in net valuation adjustments on MSRs and MSR derivatives and a $24 million increase in servicing fees. Residential mortgage loans serviced for others at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $54.2 billion and $48.6 billion, respectively. Other 38 Fifth Third Bancorp noninterest income decreased $58 million, or 57%, primarily due to decreases in securities gains related to mortgage servicing rights hedging activities and an increase in bankcard rewards program costs recognized within fee income. Noninterest expense increased $48 million, or nine percent, due to increases in salaries, incentives and benefits and other noninterest expense. Salaries, incentives and benefits increased $13 million, or seven percent, from 2009 due to the continued in 2010. Other high noninterest expense increased $35 million, or 11%, from 2009 primarily as a result of a $48 million increase in the representation and warranty reserve partially offset by a $13 million decrease in loan and lease expense. levels of mortgage loan originations Average consumer loans were flat compared to 2009 as a $1.7 billion increase in automobile loans was offset by decreases in all other consumer loan and lease products. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $1.3 billion from 2009 due to a decrease in origination activity during the first half of 2010. Average home equity loans decreased $144 million from 2009 due to the previously mentioned run off of brokered home equity loans. The increase in automobile loans was due to a change in U.S. GAAP that required the Bancorp to consolidate certain automobile loans on January 1, 2010 and a strategic focus to increase automobile lending during 2010 through consistent and competitive pricing, enhanced customer service with our dealership network and disciplined sales execution. The automobile loans consolidated due to the change in U.S. GAAP had an average balance of $920 million during 2010. Average consumer leases decreased $245 million due to run off of consumer leases which were discontinued in the fourth quarter of 2008. Comparison of 2009 with 2008 Consumer Lending reported net income of $23 million in 2009 compared to a net loss of $148 million in 2008 primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge of $215 million taken in 2008. In addition, increases in net interest income and mortgage banking net revenue in 2009 more than offset the growth in provision for loan and lease losses. Net interest income increased $13 million in 2009 primarily due to a decrease in funding costs driven by low interest rates throughout 2009 partially offset by a decrease of $17 million on the accretion of discounts on loans and deposits associated with the acquisition of First Charter in 2008. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $342 million due to an increase in residential mortgage originations from $11.2 billion in 2008 to $20.7 billion in 2009 due to lower interest rates and government incentive programs offered to home buyers as well as higher sales margins on sold loans. The decrease in other noninterest income to $101 million in 2009 is attributable to decreases in securities gains related to mortgage servicing rights hedging activities. The increase in salaries, incentives and benefits compared to 2008 was driven by employee costs that were necessary to manage the increase in residential mortgage originations. The $56 million increase in other noninterest expense compared to 2008 is attributed to a $20 million increase in loan processing costs as a result of increased mortgage originations and $36 million in other credit related expenses and an increase in FDIC insurance expenses. Average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans remained relatively flat compared to 2008. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loan and leases increased from 223 bp in 2008 to 313 bp in 2009. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS for Investment Advisors investment Investment Advisors provides a full range of alternatives individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Investment Advisors is made up of four main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; FTAM, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker dealer services to the institutional marketplace. Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. provides asset management services and also advises the Bancorp’s proprietary family of mutual funds. Fifth Third Private Banking offers holistic strategies to affluent clients investing, insurance and wealth protection. Fifth Third Institutional Services provide advisory services for institutional clients including states and municipalities. The following table contains selected financial data for the Investment Advisors segment. in wealth planning, TABLE 17: INVESTMENT ADVISORS For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Income Statement Data Net interest income Provision for loan and lease losses Noninterest income: Investment advisory revenue Other noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, incentives and benefits Other noninterest expense Income before taxes Applicable income tax expense Net income Average Balance Sheet Data Loans and leases Core deposits 2010 2009 2008 $138 44 346 10 156 249 45 16 $29 157 57 315 21 140 214 82 29 $53 191 49 354 32 159 217 152 54 98 $2,574 5,897 3,112 4,939 3,527 4,666 Comparison of 2010 with 2009 Net income decreased $24 million, or 45%, compared to 2009 as a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense were partially offset by a decrease in provision for loan and lease losses and an increase in investment advisory revenue. Net interest income decreased $19 million, or 12%, from 2009 due to a decrease in average loans and leases partially offset by an increase in the yield on interest earning assets. Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $13 million, or 23%, from 2009. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased from 183 bp in 2009 to 171 bp in 2010 reflecting moderation of general economic conditions during 2010. Noninterest income increased $20 million, or six percent, compared to 2009 due to an increase in investment advisory revenue partially offset by a decrease in other noninterest income. Investment advisory revenue increased $31 million, or 10%, compared to 2009 due to increases in securities and broker income, private client service income and institutional income. Securities and broker income increased $18 million, or 17%, from 2009 due to continued expansion of the sales force and effective sales management, resulting in strong net asset and account growth. Private client service income increased $11 million, or eight percent, and institutional income increased $5 million, or seven percent, from 2009 due to increases in the market value of managed assets and an increase in transaction activity. Assets under care increased from $182 billion at December 31, 2009 to $266 billion at December 31, 2010 and managed assets increased from $24 billion at December 31, 2009 to $25 billion at December 31, 2010. Noninterest expense increased $51 million, or 14%, compared to 2009 due to an increase in salaries, incentives and benefits and other noninterest expense. Salaries, incentives and benefits increased $16 million, or 11%, primarily due to the expansion of the sales force and compensation related to improved performance in investment advisory revenue related fees. Other noninterest expense increased $35 million, or 16%, primarily due to an increase in expenses associated with the revenue sharing agreement between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking. Average loans and leases decreased $538 million, or 17%, from 2009 primarily due to a $418 million decrease in commercial loans as a result of a decrease in demand and decrease in line utilization rates among the Bancorp’s high net worth customers due to excess liquidity. Average core deposits increased $958 million, or 19%, compared to 2009 primarily due to growth in interest checking and foreign deposits as customers have opted to maintain excess funds in liquid transaction accounts as rates remained near historic lows. Comparison of 2009 with 2008 Net income decreased $45 million in 2009, or 46%, compared to 2008 as decreases in net interest income and investment advisory revenue were only partially offset by lower salaries and benefit expenses. Noninterest income decreased $50 million in 2009 compared to 2008, as investment advisory revenue decreased $39 million, with private client services income declining $14 million and institutional income declining $13 million, driven by lower asset values on assets managed compared to 2008. Also included within investment advisory revenue is securities and brokerage income, which declined $10 million, or nine percent, compared to 2008, reflecting a decline in transaction-based revenue as well as the continued shift in assets from equity products to lower yielding money market funds due to market volatility through much of 2009. Fifth Third Bancorp 39 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS General Corporate and Other General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, provision expense in excess of net charge-offs or income from the reduction of ALLL, the payment of preferred stock dividends, historical financial information for the merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments. Comparison of 2010 with 2009 The results for 2010 were impacted by $789 million in income due to a reduction in the ALLL during 2010 compared to $967 million of provision expense recorded in excess of net charge-offs during 2009. The decrease in provision expense was due to a decrease in nonperforming assets and improvement in credit trends as general economic conditions began to show signs of moderation. The 2010 results were also impacted by $152 million of noninterest income recognized from the settlement of litigation associated with one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies and $25 million of noninterest expense from related legal fees associated with the settlement. The results for 2009 were primarily impacted by a $1.8 billion pre-tax gain ($1.1 billion after tax) resulting from the Processing Business Sale in the second quarter of 2009. Results for 2009 also included a $244 million gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa Inc., Class B shares and a $73 million benefit from the reversal of the Visa litigation reserve, an $18 million benefit in income due to mark-to-market adjustments on noninterest warrants and put options related to the Processing Business Sale and a $106 million tax benefit as a result of the Bancorp’s decision to surrender one of its BOLI policies. These benefits were partially offset by a $54 million BOLI charge reflecting reserves recorded in the connection with the intent to surrender the policy. Additionally, the Bancorp recorded dividends on preferred stock of $226 million during 2009 compared to $250 million during 2010. Comparison of 2009 with 2008 The results for 2009 were primarily impacted by the previously mentioned Processing Business Sale, gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa Inc., Class B shares and benefit from the reversal of the Visa litigation reserve, mark-to-market adjustments on warrants and put options related to the Processing Business Sale, and the tax benefit as a result of the Bancorp’s decision to surrender one of its BOLI policies, partially offset by charges reflecting reserves recorded in the connection with the intent to surrender the policy. The results for 2008 were impacted by $273 million in income related to the redemption of a portion of Fifth Third’s ownership interest in Visa, $99 million in net reductions to noninterest expense to reflect the reversal of a portion of the litigation reserve related to the Bancorp’s indemnification of Visa, $229 million after-tax impact of charges relating to certain leveraged leases, and $215 million in charges related to reduction in the cash surrender value of one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies. Provision expense in excess of net charge-offs decreased from $1.9 billion in 2008 to $967 million in 2009. Dividends on preferred stock increased from $67 million in 2008 to $226 million in 2009. 40 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOURTH QUARTER REVIEW The Bancorp’s 2010 fourth quarter net income available to common shareholders was $270 million, or $0.33 per diluted share, compared to net income available to common shareholders of $175 million, or $0.22 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2010 and a net loss available to common shareholders of $160 million, or $0.20 per diluted share, for the fourth quarter of 2009. Fourth quarter 2010 earnings included the impact of a $17 million charge related to the early extinguishment of $1.0 billion in FHLB borrowings as well as $21 million in net investment securities gains. Third quarter 2010 results included a $127 million benefit, net of expenses, from the settlement of litigation associated with one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies. Fourth quarter 2009 earnings were impacted by the benefit of a $20 million pre-tax, mark-to- market adjustment on warrants related to the Processing Business Sale, offset by a $22 million pre-tax litigation reserve for litigation associated with a bank card association membership. Provision expense was $166 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, down from $457 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $776 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Both the sequential decrease and the decline from the fourth quarter of 2009 reflect improved credit trends, as evidenced by a decrease in net charge-offs and improvements in nonperforming assets and delinquent loans. The allowance to loan and lease ratio was 3.88% as of December 31, 2010, compared to 4.20% as of September 30, 2010 and 4.88% as of December 31, 2009. Fourth quarter 2010 net interest income of $919 million increased $3 million from the third quarter of 2010 and increased $37 million from the same period a year ago. Net interest income was affected by the loan and deposit discount accretion related to the acquisition of First Charter in the second quarter of 2008, which resulted in increases to net interest income of $15 million in the fourth quarter 2010, $14 million in the third quarter 2010 and $23 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Excluding these benefits, net interest income increased $2 million from the third quarter of 2010 and increased $45 million from the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase from the fourth quarter of 2009 was driven by a 20 bp increase in the net interest margin, largely the result of a mix shift from higher cost term deposits to lower cost deposit products throughout 2010. Noninterest income decreased $171 million compared to the third quarter of 2010 and increased $5 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2009. The sequential decline was driven by a $152 million benefit from the settlement of litigation related to one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies in the third quarter of 2010, as well as a 36% decrease in mortgage banking net revenue, partially offset by an increase in corporate banking revenue. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2009, increases in corporate banking revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, investment advisory revenue and card and processing revenue were largely offset by a decrease in service charges on deposits and a $28 million decline in TSA revenue related to the Processing Business Sale. The fourth quarter of 2010 included a benefit of $3 million in mark-to-market adjustments on warrants and put options related to the Processing Business Sale, compared to a negative $5 million adjustment in the third quarter of 2010 and a $20 million benefit in the fourth quarter of 2009. Mortgage banking net revenue was $149 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $232 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $132 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Fourth quarter originations were $7.4 billion, compared to $5.6 billion in the previous quarter and $4.8 billion in the same quarter last year. These originations resulted in gains on mortgage loan sales activity of $158 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $173 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $97 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Gain on sale margins declined compared to record levels in the third quarter of 2010 due to rising mortgage interest rates in the fourth quarter of 2010 but increased compared to the fourth quarter of 2009 due to declining mortgage interest rates in the fourth quarter of 2010 compared with the fourth quarter of 2009. Also impacting mortgage banking net revenue was net valuation adjustments on MSRs and MSR derivatives. In the fourth quarter of 2010, losses on the Bancorp’s free-standing MSR derivatives exceeded impairment reversal recorded against the hedged MSRs. By comparison, in both the third quarter of 2010 and the fourth quarter of 2009, gains on the MSR derivatives exceeded impairment losses recognized against the hedged MSRs. These factors led to a net loss of $20 million on the net valuation adjustments on MSRs in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to net gains of $46 million and $9 million in the third quarter of 2010 and the fourth quarter of 2009, respectively. A net gain on non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights of $14 million in the fourth quarter of 2010 was included in noninterest income within the Consolidated Statements of Income, but shown separate from mortgage banking net revenue. Net gains on non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights were immaterial in both the third quarter of 2010 and the fourth quarter of 2009. Service charges on deposits of $140 million decreased three percent sequentially and decreased 12% compared to the fourth quarter of 2009. Retail service charges declined nine percent from the third quarter of 2010 and 26% from a year ago, largely driven by the impact of Regulation E. Commercial service charges increased three percent sequentially and two percent from the same quarter last year due to an increase in fees for treasury management services. Corporate banking revenue of $103 million increased $17 million, or 21%, from the previous quarter and increased $14 million, or 16%, from the fourth quarter of 2009. The sequential increase was driven primarily by higher loan syndication fee revenue and lease remarketing fees, as well as growth in business lending fees and foreign exchange revenue due primarily to higher loan volumes. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2009, increased loan syndication and lease remarketing fees, as well as revenue from interest rate derivative sales and business lending fees, more than offset a decline in institutional sales. Investment advisory revenue of $93 million increased four percent sequentially and eight percent from the fourth quarter of 2009. The sequential growth was driven by higher private client service revenue, institutional trust revenue and brokerage fees due to market value increases and improved sales production resulting in improved net asset and account growth. Including the previously mentioned impacts, the increase from the fourth quarter of 2009 also reflected an overall increase in equity and bond market values. Card and processing revenue of $81 million increased five percent compared to the third quarter of 2010 and increased seven percent from the fourth quarter of 2009. Both increases were driven by higher transaction volumes. The net gain on investment securities was $21 million in the fourth quarter of 2010 compared to a net gain of $4 million in the third quarter of 2010 and a net gain of $2 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Noninterest expense of $987 million increased $8 million sequentially and increased $20 million from the fourth quarter of 2009. Fourth quarter 2010 results included $17 million of expenses related to the early termination of $1.0 billion in FHLB borrowings as well as $11 million of expenses related to the TSA. Third quarter 2010 results included $25 million in legal expenses associated with the settlement of litigation associated with one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies and $13 million of expenses related to the TSA, while fourth quarter 2009 included a $22 million reserve established for litigation associated with bank card Fifth Third Bancorp 41 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS memberships and $39 million of expenses related to the TSA. Excluding these items, noninterest expense increased $16 million sequentially and $25 million from the fourth quarter of 2009 driven by higher compensation expense due to sales force lower credit-related expenses. expansion, partially offset by Expenses incurred related to problem assets totaled $53 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $67 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $73 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Net charge-offs totaled $356 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $956 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $708 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Third quarter 2010 net charge-offs included $510 million related to the sale or transfer of loans to held-for-sale. Excluding these losses, net charge-offs declined $90 million from the third quarter of 2010. The decreases in net charge-offs from both periods reflects continued improvement in the credit quality of portfolio loans. Commercial net charge-offs were $173 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $627 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $468 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Third quarter 2010 net charge-offs include $387 million from the transfer of commercial loans to held-for-sale. Excluding these losses, commercial net charge-offs declined $67 million from the third quarter of 2010. Consumer net charge-offs were $183 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $329 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $240 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Third quarter 2010 net charge-offs include $123 million in net charge-offs on the sale of portfolio residential mortgage loans during the quarter. Excluding these losses, consumer net charge-offs decreased $23 million from the third quarter of 2010. The provision for loan and lease losses totaled $166 million in the fourth quarter of 2010 compared to $457 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $776 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. The decrease from each quarter was primarily due to a decline in delinquent loans and net charge-offs. COMPARISON OF THE YEAR ENDED 2009 WITH 2008 Net income available to common shareholders for the year ended 2009 was $511 million, or $0.67 per diluted share, compared to a net loss available to common shareholders of $2.2 billion, or $3.91 per diluted share, in 2008. Overall, a $1.8 billion pre-tax gain on the Processing Business Sale and $244 million of noninterest income on the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa, Inc. Class B shares as well as an increase in mortgage banking net revenue and a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses of $1.0 billion compared to 2008, were partially offset by decreases in net interest income and card and processing revenue. In addition, the Bancorp recorded a $965 million goodwill impairment charge in 2008. While to be affected by rising unemployment rates, weakened housing markets, particularly in the upper Midwest and Florida, and a challenging credit environment, credit trends began to show signs of stabilization in late 2009, which led to the decrease in provision expense. The 2008 goodwill impairment charge reflected a decline in estimated fair values of two of the Bancorp’s business reporting units below their carrying values and the determination that the implied fair values of the reporting units were less than their carrying values. the Bancorp continued Net interest income decreased five percent compared to 2008. This was primarily due to a 21 bp decline in the net interest rate spread, as well as a decrease in the benefit from the accretion of purchase accounting adjustments related the 2008 acquisition of First Charter, which added $136 million to net interest income in 2009 compared to $358 million in 2008. Net interest margin decreased to 3.32% in 2009 from 3.54% in 2008. to Noninterest income increased 62% compared to 2008. This was driven primarily by the Processing Business Sale in the second quarter of 2009, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $1.8 billion, as well as a $244 million gain related to the sale of the Bancorp’s Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $354 million as a result of strong growth in originations, which were up 89% to $21.7 billion in 2009. Card and processing revenue decreased 33% compared to 2008 due to the Processing Business Sale in the second quarter of 2009. Corporate banking revenue decreased 10% largely due to a lower volume of interest rate derivatives sales and foreign exchange revenue, partially offset by growth in institutional sales and business lending fees. Noninterest expense decreased $738 million, or 16% compared to 2008. Noninterest expense in 2008 included the previously mentioned goodwill impairment charge of $965 million. Excluding this charge, noninterest expense increased $227 million due primarily to an increase of $196 million of FDIC insurance and other taxes as the result of an increase in deposit insurance and participation in the TLGP, as well as increased loan related expenses from higher mortgage origination volume and expenses incurred from the management of problem assets. In 2009, net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases remained relatively steady at 320 bp, compared to 323 bp in 2008. This was impacted by a decrease of $446 million in commercial loan net charge-offs due primarily to net charge-offs of $800 million on $1.3 billion on loans moved to held-for-sale or sold in the fourth quarter of 2008. These actions were taken to address areas of the loan portfolio exhibiting the most significant credit deterioration. In addition, residential mortgage net charge- offs increased to $357 million in 2009, compared to $243 million in 2008, reflecting increased foreclosure rates in the Bancorp’s key lending markets. At December 31, 2009, nonperforming assets as a percent of loans and leases increased to 4.22% from 2.38% at December 31, 2008. The Bancorp increased its allowance for loan and lease losses as percent of loans and leases from 3.31% as of December 31, 2008 to 4.88% as of December 31, 2009. The Bancorp took a number of actions to strengthen its capital position in 2009. On June 4, 2009, the Bancorp completed an at-the-market offering resulting in the sale of $1 billion of its common shares at an average share price of $6.33. In addition, on June 17, 2009, the Bancorp completed its offer to exchange shares of its common stock and cash for shares of its Series G convertible preferred stock. As a result, the Bancorp recognized an increase in net income available to common shareholders of $35 million based upon the difference in carrying value of the Series G preferred shares and the fair value of the common shares and cash issued. See the Capital Management section of MD&A for further information on the Bancorp’s capital transactions. 42 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS Loans and Leases The Bancorp classifies its loans and leases based upon the primary purpose of the loan. Table 18 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans held for sale, and Table 19 summarizes average total loans and leases, including loans held for sale. At December 31, 2010, total loans and leases, including loans held for sale, increased $861 million, or one percent, compared to December 31, 2009. The increase consisted of a $2.1 billion increase in consumer loans partially offset by a $1.3 billion decrease in commercial loans. In accordance with a change in U.S. GAAP, on January 1, 2010 the Bancorp consolidated certain commercial and industrial, automobile and home equity loans with remaining outstanding balances of $372 million, $648 million and $241 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Excluding the impact of this change in U.S. GAAP, total loans and leases were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2009. For further discussion on this change in U.S. GAAP, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. in commercial construction Total commercial loans and leases decreased $1.3 billion, or three percent, compared to December 31, 2009 primarily as the loans and result of decreases commercial mortgage loans, partially offset by an increase in commercial and industrial loans. Commercial construction loans decreased $1.8 billion, or 45%, from December 31, 2009 primarily due to management’s strategy to suspend new lending on commercial non-owner occupied real estate beginning in 2008 and the outflow of completed construction projects that were transitioned to commercial mortgage loans. Despite the transition of commercial construction loans, commercial mortgage loans decreased $944 million, or eight percent, from December 31, 2009 due to tighter underwriting standards on commercial real estate loans in an overall effort to limit exposure to commercial real estate. Commercial and industrial loans increased $1.6 billion, or six percent, compared to December 31, 2009 as a result of the previously mentioned change in U.S. GAAP and an increase in new loan originations activity, primarily due to an increase in customer demand with continued growth in the manufacturing and healthcare industries. This increase was partially offset by an $856 million decrease in loans originally issued to FTPS in conjunction with the Processing Business Sale; FTPS refinanced the original $1.25 billion in loans into a larger syndicated loan structure in connection with an acquisition. Total consumer loans and leases increased $2.1 billion, or six percent, from December 31, 2009. This increase was primarily the result of increases in automobile loans and residential mortgage loans, partially offset by a decrease in home equity loans. Automobile loans increased $2.0 billion, or 22%, compared to December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of the previously mentioned impact on automobile loans due to the change in U.S. GAAP and a strategic focus to increase automobile lending during 2010 through consistent and competitive pricing, enhanced customer service with our dealership network and disciplined sales execution. Residential mortgage loans increased $1.0 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2009 as a result of a 51% increase in origination activity for the fourth quarter of 2010 compared to the fourth quarter of 2009 and management’s decision in the third quarter of 2010 to retain certain mortgage loans primarily originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Home equity loans decreased $660 million, or five percent, from December 31, 2009 as tighter underwriting standards and a decrease in customer demand were partially offset by the previously mentioned impact on home equity loans due to the change in U.S. GAAP. Credit card loans decreased $94 million, or five percent, as a result of a decrease in new account origination activity throughout 2010. Other consumer loans and leases, primarily made up of student loans designated as held for sale and automobile leases, decreased $110 million, or 14%, due to a decline in new originations driven by tighter underwriting standards. Average commercial loans and leases decreased $3.9 billion, or eight percent, compared to 2009. The decrease in average commercial loans consisted of a decrease of $1.6 billion, or 34%, in average commercial construction loans, $1.2 billion, or four percent, in average commercial and industrial loans and $926 million, or seven percent, in average commercial mortgage loans. These decreases were driven by lower customer line utilization rates, lower demand for new loans and tighter underwriting standards on commercial real estate loans to manage risk, partially offset by the impact of the previously discussed change in U.S. GAAP. Commercial and industrial loans experienced an increase in origination activity primarily during the fourth quarter of 2010 which led to a higher period end balance at December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009 Average consumer loans and leases were relatively flat compared to 2009. An increase in average automobile loans of $1.6 billion, or 18%, was offset by decreases in average residential mortgage loans of $1.0 billion, or nine percent, and average home equity loans of $538 million, or four percent. The impact of the previously mentioned consolidation of automobile and home equity loans was largely offset by a decrease in customer demand and standards. Residential mortgage originations in 2009 were higher than in 2010 resulting in a lower annual average; however volume of new originations during the fourth quarter of 2010 were greater than the fourth quarter of 2009 resulting in a higher period end balance at December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009. tighter underwriting TABLE 18: COMPONENTS OF TOTAL LOANS AND LEASES (INCLUDES HELD FOR SALE) As of December 31 ($ in millions) Commercial: 2009 2010 Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage Commercial construction Commercial leases Subtotal – commercial Consumer: Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Subtotal – consumer Total loans and leases Total loans and leases (excludes held for sale) $27,275 10,992 2,111 3,378 43,756 10,857 11,513 10,983 1,896 702 35,951 $79,707 $77,491 25,687 11,936 3,871 3,535 45,029 9,846 12,174 8,995 1,990 812 33,817 78,846 76,779 2008 29,220 12,731 5,335 3,666 50,952 10,292 12,752 8,594 1,811 1,194 34,643 85,595 84,143 2007 26,079 11,967 5,561 3,737 47,344 11,433 11,874 11,183 1,591 1,157 37,238 84,582 80,253 2006 20,831 10,405 6,168 3,841 41,245 9,905 12,154 10,028 1,004 1,167 34,258 75,503 74,353 Fifth Third Bancorp 43 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 19: COMPONENTS OF AVERAGE TOTAL LOANS AND LEASES (INCLUDES HELD FOR SALE) As of December 31 ($ in millions) 2008 Commercial: 2009 2010 Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage Commercial construction Commercial leases Subtotal – commercial Consumer: Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Subtotal – consumer Total average loans and leases Total average portfolio loans and leases (excludes held for sale) Investment Securities The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing liquidity support and providing collateral for pledging purposes. As of December 31, 2010, total investment securities were $16.1 billion compared to $18.9 billion at December 31, 2009. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Bancorp’s methodology for both classifying investment securities and management’s evaluation of securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio primarily consisted of AAA-rated agency mortgage-backed securities. In 2010, the Bancorp recognized $3 million of OTTI on its investment securities portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OTTI was immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In 2008, the Bancorp recognized OTTI charges of $67 million on FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock and $37 million on certain trust preferred securities. Upon a change in U.S. GAAP in 2009, the Bancorp concluded that the OTTI charges on these trust preferred securities were due to non- credit related factors and therefore, recognized an increase of $37 million to the investment balance and related unrealized losses. The Bancorp did not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its investment portfolio as of, or for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Additionally, there was approximately $137 million of securities classified as below investment grade as of December 31, 2010, compared to $178 million as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis decreased $3.0 billion from December 31, 2009. The decrease included the impact of a change in U.S. GAAP that required the Bancorp to consolidate certain VIEs, resulting in the elimination of $805 million in commercial paper and $236 million of residual interests classified as available-for-sale TABLE 20: COMPONENTS OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES As of December 31 ($ in millions) Available-for-sale and other: (amortized cost basis) U.S. Treasury and Government agencies U.S. Government sponsored agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities Total available-for-sale and other Held-to-maturity (amortized cost basis): Obligations of states and political subdivisions Other bonds, notes and debentures Total held-to-maturity Trading (fair value): Variable rate demand notes Other securities Total trading 44 Fifth Third Bancorp $26,334 11,585 3,066 3,343 44,328 9,868 11,996 10,427 1,870 743 34,904 $79,232 $77,045 27,556 12,511 4,638 3,543 48,248 10,886 12,534 8,807 1,907 1,009 35,143 83,391 80,681 28,426 12,776 5,846 3,680 50,728 10,993 12,269 8,925 1,708 1,212 35,107 85,835 83,895 2007 22,351 11,078 5,661 3,683 42,773 10,489 11,887 10,704 1,276 1,219 35,575 78,348 76,033 2006 20,504 9,797 6,015 3,730 40,046 9,574 12,070 9,570 838 1,395 33,447 73,493 72,447 securities on January 1, 2010. Further impacting the available-for- sale securities were approximately $1.1 billion in sales and paydowns on agency mortgage-backed securities, primarily related to the FNMA and FHLMC delinquent loan buy-back programs in the second quarter of 2010, and management’s decision not to fully reinvest cash flows in securities due to the low market rate environment. In addition, sales of $579 million of FNMA and FHLMC agency debentures, $151 million of commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage obligations and $103 million of trust preferred securities as well as $150 million in paydowns on other asset-backed securities further drove the decline from December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, available-for-sale securities decreased to 15% of interest-earning assets, compared to 18% at December 31, 2009. This was due to a 17% decrease in the available-for-sale portfolio as discussed above, partially offset by the impact of a four percent decline in average interest earning assets. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio was 4.4 years at December 31, 2010 and 2009. At December 31, 2010, the fixed-rate securities within the available-for-sale securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 4.24% compared to 4.48% at December 31, 2009. Information presented in Table 21 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using historical cost balances. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for- sale portfolio exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Market rates declined from 2009, which led to net unrealized gains on agency mortgage-backed securities of $403 million, compared to $323 million as of December 31, 2009. Total net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale securities portfolio were $495 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $334 million at December 31, 2009. 2010 $225 1,564 170 10,570 1,338 1,052 $14,919 $348 5 $353 $106 188 $294 2009 $464 2,143 240 11,074 2,541 1,417 17,879 350 5 355 235 120 355 2008 186 1,651 323 8,529 613 1,248 12,550 355 5 360 1,140 51 1,191 2007 3 160 490 8,738 385 1,045 10,821 351 4 355 - 171 171 2006 1,396 100 603 7,999 172 966 11,236 345 11 356 - 187 187 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 21: CHARACTERISTICS OF AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE AND OTHER SECURITIES As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) U.S. Treasury and Government agencies: Average life of one year or less Average life 1 – 5 years Average life 5 – 10 years Average life greater than 10 years Total U.S. Government sponsored agencies: Average life of one year or less Average life 1 – 5 years Average life 5 – 10 years Average life greater than 10 years Total Obligations of states and political subdivisions (a): Average life of one year or less Average life 1 – 5 years Average life 5 – 10 years Average life greater than 10 years Total Agency mortgage-backed securities: Average life of one year or less Average life 1 – 5 years Average life 5 – 10 years Average life greater than 10 years Total Other bonds, notes and debentures (b): Average life of one year or less Average life 1 – 5 years Average life 5 – 10 years Average life greater than 10 years Total Other securities (c) Total available-for-sale and other securities Amortized Cost Fair Value Weighted- Average Life (in years) Weighted- Average Yield $25 100 100 - 225 80 51 1,433 - 1,564 126 4 8 32 170 264 8,579 1,668 59 10,570 131 801 337 69 1,338 1,052 $14,919 $25 101 104 - 230 81 51 1,513 - 1,645 126 5 9 32 172 270 8,956 1,689 58 10,973 131 812 330 69 1,342 1,052 $15,414 0.3 1.4 8.9 - 4.6 0.2 1.7 5.9 - 5.5 0.1 2.8 9.4 11.0 2.7 0.7 3.8 6.8 10.3 4.2 0.5 2.6 6.0 23.0 4.3 4.4 0.91% 1.20 3.57 - 2.22 3.35 1.54 3.75 - 3.66 4.20 8.21 6.27 5.98 4.73 4.85 4.40 4.30 4.09 4.40 1.11 4.37 3.60 7.21 4.00 4.24% (a) Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 1.45%, 2.83%, 2.16%, 2.06% and 1.63% for securities with an average life of one year or less, 1-5 years, 5-10 years, greater than 10 years and in total, respectively. (b) Other bonds, notes, and debentures consist of non-agency mortgage backed securities, certain other asset backed securities (primarily automobile and commercial loan backed securities) and (c) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings that are carried at par, FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock, certain mutual fund holdings and equity security corporate bond securities. holdings. Trading securities decreased from $355 million at December 31, 2009 to $294 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was driven by the sale of VRDNs which were held by the Bancorp in its trading securities portfolio. These securities were purchased from the market during 2008 and 2009 through FTS who was also the remarketing agent. During the fourth quarter of 2009 and into 2010, the rates on these securities began to decline substantially, and as a result the Bancorp sold a majority of its VRDNs and replaced them with higher-yielding agency mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale. The Bancorp continued to sell the VRDNs throughout 2010, resulting in the decrease from December 31, 2009. For more information on the VRDNs, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Included in trading securities as of December 31, 2010 were $6 million of auction rate securities, which had an unrealized loss of $1 million. The Bancorp held $13 million of auction rate securities in its trading portfolio at December 31, 2009, which had an unrealized loss of $4 million. Fifth Third Bancorp 45 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 22: DEPOSITS As of December 31 ($ in millions) Demand Interest checking Savings Money market Foreign office Transaction deposits Other time Core deposits Certificates - $100,000 and over Other Total deposits TABLE 23: AVERAGE DEPOSITS As of December 31 ($ in millions) Demand Interest checking Savings Money market Foreign office Transaction deposits Other time Core deposits Certificates - $100,000 and over Other Total average deposits Deposits Deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building complete relationships and offering competitive rates. At December 31, 2010, core deposits represented 70% of the Bancorp’s asset funding base compared to 68% at December 31, 2009. Core deposits increased $765 million, or one percent, compared to 2009 due primarily to increases of $3.0 billion in savings and $2.0 billion in demand deposits which was primarily the result of excess customer liquidity. In addition, foreign office deposits increased $1.3 billion due to an increase in commercial customer deposits due to excess customer liquidity, and those customers opting to sweep additional funds into these accounts for the higher interest rates. These increases were partially offset by the continued run-off of higher priced certificates included in other time deposits, which declined $4.7 billion, or 38%, compared to December 31, 2009, as well as a decline in interest 2010 $21,413 18,560 20,903 5,035 3,721 69,632 7,728 77,360 4,287 1 $81,648 2010 $19,669 18,218 19,612 4,808 3,355 65,662 10,526 76,188 6,083 6 $82,277 2009 19,411 19,935 17,898 4,431 2,454 64,129 12,466 76,595 7,700 10 84,305 2009 16,862 15,070 16,875 4,320 2,108 55,235 14,103 69,338 10,367 157 79,862 2008 15,287 14,222 16,063 4,689 2,144 52,405 14,350 66,755 11,851 7 78,613 2008 14,017 14,191 16,192 6,127 2,153 52,680 11,135 63,815 9,531 2,067 75,413 2007 14,404 15,254 15,635 6,521 2,572 54,386 11,440 65,826 6,738 2,881 75,445 2007 13,261 14,820 14,836 6,308 1,762 50,987 10,778 61,765 6,466 1,393 69,624 2006 14,331 15,993 13,181 6,584 1,353 51,442 10,987 62,429 6,628 323 69,380 2006 13,741 16,650 12,189 6,366 732 49,678 10,500 60,178 5,795 2,979 68,952 checking due primarily to rate management actions on single product public funds accounts in the second half of 2010. Included in core deposits are foreign office deposits, which are Eurodollar sweep accounts for the Bancorp’s commercial customers. These accounts bear interest at rates slightly higher than money market accounts, but the Bancorp does not have to pay FDIC insurance nor pledge collateral. The Bancorp uses these deposits, as well as certificates of deposit $100,000 and over, as a method to fund earning asset growth. Certificates $100,000 and over at December 31, 2010 decreased $3.4 billion compared to December 31, 2009 as customers opted to maintain their balances in liquid accounts due to historically low interest rates. On an average basis, core deposits increased $6.9 billion, or 10%, due to increases in interest checking of $3.1 billion, demand deposits of $2.8 billion, savings deposits of $2.7 billion and foreign office deposits of $1.2 billion, partially offset by a decrease in other time deposits of $3.6 billion. This activity was the result of the migration of higher priced certificates included in other time deposits into transaction accounts, as well as the impact of historically low rates and excess customer liquidity. 46 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Borrowings Total borrowings declined $693 million from December 31, 2009, as the result of a decrease in long-term debt partially offset by an increase in federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. Long-term debt at December 31, 2010 decreased $949 million, or nine percent, compared to December 31, 2009 primarily as the result of the repayment of $1.0 billion in FHLB advances during the fourth quarter of 2010 and the maturity of $800 million of long-term debt in the first quarter of 2010. These declines were partially offset by the impact of a change in U.S. GAAP which required the Bancorp to consolidate long-term debt on January 1, 2010 that had an outstanding balance of $692 million as of December 31, 2010. Average borrowings declined $5.2 billion from 2009, primarily as a result of repayment of term auction facility funds and FHLB advances throughout 2009 which contributed $3.7 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, to average balances in 2009. These repayments were made possible by a decrease in loan demand combined with growth in deposits during 2009. See the Capital Management Section for additional information. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is included within the Statements of Income Analysis. Additionally, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management. On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp issued $1.0 billion of senior notes to third party investors, bearing a fixed rate of interest of 3.625% per annum. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Bancorp and mature on January 25, 2016. See Note 32 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement for further information on the debt issuance. TABLE 24: BORROWINGS As of December 31 ($ in millions) Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total borrowings TABLE 25: AVERAGE BORROWINGS As of December 31 ($ in millions) Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total borrowings 2010 $279 1,574 9,558 $11,411 2010 $291 1,635 10,902 $12,828 2009 182 1,415 10,507 12,104 2009 517 6,463 11,035 18,015 2008 287 9,959 13,585 23,831 2008 2,975 7,785 13,903 24,663 2007 4,427 4,747 12,857 22,031 2007 3,646 3,244 12,505 19,395 2006 1,421 2,796 12,558 16,775 2006 4,148 8,670 14,247 27,065 Fifth Third Bancorp 47 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS RISK MANAGEMENT Managing risk is an essential component of successfully operating a financial services company. The Bancorp’s risk management approach includes processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The ERM division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistency and adequacy of the Bancorp’s risk management approach within the structure of the Bancorp’s affiliate operating model. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Bancorp’s internal control structure and related systems and processes. that comprise an The assumption of risk requires robust and active risk integrated and management practices comprehensive set of activities, measures and strategies that apply to the entire organization. The Bancorp has established a Risk Appetite Framework that provides the foundations of corporate risk capacity, risk appetite and risk tolerances. The Bancorp’s risk capacity is represented by its available financial resources. Risk capacity sets an absolute limit on risk-assumption in the Bancorp’s annual and strategic plans. The Bancorp’s policy currently discounts its risk capacity by five percent to provide a buffer; as a result, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is limited by policy to 95% of its risk capacity. Economic capital is the amount of unencumbered financial resources necessary to support the Bancorp’s risks. The Bancorp measures economic capital under the assumption that it expects to maintain debt ratings at strong investment grade levels over time. The Bancorp’s capital policies require that the economic capital necessary in its business not exceed its risk capacity less the aforementioned buffer. Risk appetite is the aggregate amount of risk the Bancorp is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic and financial objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, rating agencies and customers, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is aligned with its priorities and goals. Risk tolerance is the maximum amount of risk applicable to each of the eight specific risk categories included in its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. This is expressed primarily in qualitative terms. The Bancorp’s risk appetite and risk tolerances are supported by risk targets and risk limits. Those limits are used to monitor the amount of risk assumed at a granular level. The risks faced by the Bancorp include, but are not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance, legal, reputational and strategic. Each of these risks is managed through the Bancorp’s risk program. ERM includes the following key functions: • • • soundness within Enterprise Risk Management Programs is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of risk programs and reporting that facilitate a broad integrated view of risk. The department also leads the ongoing development of a strong risk management culture and the framework, policies and committees that support effective risk governance; Commercial Credit Risk Management provides safety and independent portfolio an management framework that supports the Bancorp’s commercial loan growth strategies and underwriting practices, ensuring portfolio optimization and appropriate risk controls; Risk Strategies and Reporting is responsible for quantitative analysis needed to support the commercial dual grading system, ALLL methodology and analytics needed to assess credit risk and develop mitigation strategies related to that risk. The department also 48 Fifth Third Bancorp provides oversight, and monitoring of reporting commercial underwriting and credit administration processes. The Risk Strategies and Reporting department is also responsible for the economic capital program; Consumer Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent management framework loan growth that supports the Bancorp’s consumer strategies, ensuring portfolio optimization, appropriate risk controls and oversight, reporting, and monitoring of underwriting and credit administration processes; Operational Risk Management works with affiliates and lines of business to maintain processes to monitor and manage all aspects of operational risk including ensuring consistency in application of operational risk programs and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance; Bank Protection oversees fraud prevention and detection and provides investigative and recovery services for the Bancorp; Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for instituting, monitoring, and reporting appropriate trading limits, monitoring liquidity, interest rate risk, and risk tolerances within Treasury, Mortgage, and Capital Markets groups and utilizing a value at risk model for Bancorp market risk exposure; Regulatory Compliance Risk Management ensures that processes are in place to monitor and comply with federal fiduciary and regulations, state banking compliance processes. The the responsibility for maintenance of an enterprise-wide compliance framework; and The ERM division creates and maintains other functions, committees or processes as are necessary to effectively manage risk throughout the Bancorp. including function also has and manages • • • • • • through multiple management Risk management oversight and governance is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and committees whose membership includes a broad cross-section of line of business, affiliate and support representatives. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors consists of five outside directors and has the responsibility for the oversight of risk management for the Bancorp, as well as for the Bancorp’s overall aggregate risk profile. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the the formation of key Board of Directors has approved management governance committees that are responsible for evaluating risks and controls. The primary committee responsible for the oversight of risk management is the ERMC. Committees accountable to the ERMC, which support the core risk programs, are the Corporate Credit Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, the Executive Asset Liability Management Committee and the Enterprise Marketing Committee. Other committees accountable to the ERMC oversee the ALLL, capital and community reinvestment act/fair lending functions. There are also new products and initiatives processes applicable to every line of business to ensure an appropriate standard readiness assessment is performed before initiative. Significant risk policies approved by the management governance committees are also reviewed and approved by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors. the Management Compliance Committee, launching a new product or Finally, Credit Risk Review is an independent function responsible for evaluating the sufficiency of underwriting, documentation and approval processes for consumer and commercial credits, the accuracy of risk grades assigned to MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS commercial credit exposure, appropriate accounting for charge- offs, and non-accrual status and specific reserves. Credit Risk Review reports directly to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and administratively to the Director of Internal Audit. the utilization of which CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT The objective of the Bancorp's credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from an individual customer default. The Bancorp's credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices. These practices include conservative exposure and counterparty limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp's credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as regular credit examinations and monthly management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Lending officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts, is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and ERM manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function, which reports to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors, provides objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp's credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to promptly identify potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio, maintain an adequate reserve and take any necessary charge-offs. In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The risk grading system currently utilized for reserve analysis purposes encompasses ten categories. The Bancorp also maintains a dual risk rating system that provides for thirteen probabilities of default grade categories and an additional six grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the ten-grade risk rating system. The Bancorp has completed significant validation and testing of the dual risk rating system. Scoring systems, various analytical tools and delinquency monitoring are used to assess the credit risk in the Bancorp's homogenous consumer and small business loan portfolios. Overview General economic conditions remained weak throughout most of 2009, but showed some signs of moderation during 2010. These conditions negatively impacted the 2009 performance of a majority of the Bancorp's loan and lease products. Geographically, the Bancorp continues to experience the most stress in Michigan and Florida due to the decline in real estate values. Real estate value deterioration, as measured by the Home Price Index, was most prevalent in Florida due to past real estate price appreciation and related over-development, and in Michigan due in part to cutbacks in automobile manufacturing and the state's economic downturn. Among commercial portfolios, the homebuilder and developer and the remaining non-owner occupied commercial real estate portfolios remained under stress throughout 2009 and 2010. Among consumer portfolios, residential mortgage and brokered home equity portfolios exhibited the most stress. Management suspended homebuilder and developer lending in the fourth quarter of 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in the second quarter of 2008, discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007 and tightened underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings. Since the fourth quarter of 2008, in an effort to reduce loan exposure to the real estate and construction industries, the Bancorp has sold certain consumer loans and sold or transferred to held for sale certain commercial loans. Throughout 2009 and 2010, the Bancorp continued to aggressively engage in other loss mitigation strategies such as reducing credit commitments, restructuring certain commercial and consumer loans, tightening underwriting standards on commercial loans and across the consumer loan portfolio, as well as utilizing expanded commercial and consumer loan workout teams. In the financial services industry, there has been heightened focus on foreclosure activity and processes in recent months due to issues concerning documentation supporting foreclosures. Fifth Third actively works with borrowers experiencing difficulties and has modified or provided forbearance to borrowers on approximately $1.8 billion of its own mortgages during the past several years where a workable solution could be found. Foreclosure is a last resort, and the Bancorp undertakes foreclosures only when it believes they are necessary and appropriate and are careful to ensure that customer and loan data are accurate. The Bancorp conducted reviews of its foreclosure processes and procedures in the third quarter of 2010, which did not reveal any material deficiencies, and has continued to expand and extend these reviews and improve its processes as additional aspects of the industry’s foreclosure practices have come under intensified scrutiny and criticism. These reviews are ongoing and the Bancorp may determine to amend its processes and procedures as a result of these reviews. While any impact to the Bancorp that ultimately results from continued reviews cannot yet be determined, management currently believes that such impact will not materially adversely affect the Bancorp's results of operations, liquidity or capital resources. Commercial Portfolio The Bancorp’s credit includes minimizing concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment and credit product type. risk management strategy The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, the monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting. The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner occupied, non-owner occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTV, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable) and sensitivity and pro-forma analysis requirements. The Bancorp requires an appraisal of collateral be performed at origination and on an as-needed basis, in conformity with market conditions and regulatory requirements. It is the Bancorp’s policy to obtain an “as is value” appraisal annually on all criticized assets. Independent reviews are performed on appraisals to ensure the appraiser is qualified and consistency in the evaluation process exists. Fifth Third Bancorp 49 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Table 26 provides detail on total commercial loan and leases, excluding held-for-sale, by major industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases. TABLE 26: COMMERCIAL LOAN AND LEASE PORTFOLIO EXPOSURE As of December 31 ($ in millions) By industry: Real estate Manufacturing Financial services and insurance Healthcare Business services Wholesale trade Construction Retail trade Transportation and warehousing Other services Communication and information Accommodation and food Mining Entertainment and recreation Individuals Public administration Utilities Agribusiness Other Total By loan size: Less than $200,000 $200,000 to $1 million $1 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million Greater than $25 million Total By state: Ohio Michigan Illinois Florida Indiana Kentucky North Carolina Tennessee Pennsylvania All other states Total Outstanding 2010 Exposure Nonaccrual Outstanding 2009 Exposure Nonaccrual $8,295 7,202 3,830 3,402 3,314 2,926 2,789 2,548 2,074 1,062 1,004 953 851 788 690 616 595 483 40 $43,462 3 % 10 21 13 25 28 100 % 25 % 15 8 8 6 5 3 3 2 25 100 % 9,532 14,979 8,184 5,421 5,379 5,689 4,124 5,377 2,566 1,473 1,668 1,476 1,443 1,012 830 848 1,600 621 119 72,341 2 8 17 11 25 37 100 29 13 8 7 6 4 3 3 2 25 100 378 149 78 35 50 18 242 48 15 35 7 26 19 7 10 9 - 85 3 1,214 8 25 34 8 19 6 100 17 22 8 17 7 5 4 1 1 18 100 10,091 6,289 4,354 3,004 2,643 2,248 3,759 2,678 2,503 1,127 792 1,019 765 740 737 681 473 585 317 44,805 3 12 26 13 24 22 100 28 16 8 9 6 5 3 2 2 21 100 11,622 13,093 8,702 4,921 4,595 4,632 5,281 5,552 3,003 1,558 1,346 1,505 1,182 949 905 877 1,310 742 679 72,454 2 9 20 11 26 32 100 31 14 9 7 6 5 3 2 2 21 100 915 204 40 67 49 48 700 104 51 33 8 58 16 15 19 - - 59 6 2,392 4 18 39 18 17 4 100 15 18 9 26 6 4 1 4 - 17 100 The Bancorp has identified certain categories of commercial loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk, as compared to the rest of the Bancorp’s commercial loan portfolio, due to economic or market conditions in the Bancorp’s key lending areas. Tables 27 – 30 provide analysis of each of the categories of commercial loans, excluding loans held for sale, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. TABLE 27: NON-OWNER OCCUPIED COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Michigan Florida Illinois North Carolina Indiana All other states Total 50 Fifth Third Bancorp Outstanding $2,332 1,695 935 568 392 387 751 $7,060 Exposure 2,565 1,809 1,022 654 438 419 823 7,730 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 2 2 1 - - - - 5 90 85 120 39 37 19 39 429 119 123 180 65 58 32 48 625 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 28: NON-OWNER OCCUPIED COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE As of December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Michigan Florida Illinois North Carolina Indiana All other states Total Outstanding $2,917 2,003 1,517 820 716 531 1,037 $9,541 Exposure 3,250 2,193 1,611 935 768 553 1,345 10,655 TABLE 29: HOME BUILDER AND DEVELOPER (a) As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 14 16 7 4 3 - 3 47 204 173 384 109 146 49 154 1,219 111 153 229 48 54 27 99 721 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 By State: Ohio Michigan Florida North Carolina Indiana All other states Total 39 65 81 33 13 43 274 (a) Home Builder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $134 and a total exposure of $319 are also included in Table 27: Non-Owner 35 23 44 10 8 20 140 - 1 - - - - 1 Outstanding $202 151 103 68 67 108 $699 Exposure 331 212 117 80 85 159 984 Occupied Commercial Real Estate . TABLE 30: HOME BUILDER AND DEVELOPER (a) As of December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 By State: Ohio Michigan Florida North Carolina Indiana All other states Total 34 77 98 49 9 91 358 (a) Home Builder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $200 and a total exposure of $461 are also included in Table 28: Non-Owner 73 63 136 95 12 94 473 2 7 4 3 - 3 19 Outstanding $346 278 318 229 108 284 $1,563 Exposure 542 351 336 260 133 383 2,005 Occupied Commercial Real Estate Consumer Portfolio The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of three categories of loans: residential mortgage, home equity, and automobile loans. The Bancorp has identified certain categories within these loan types which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio due to high loan amount to collateral value. Residential Mortgage Portfolio The Bancorp manages credit risk in the mortgage portfolio through conservative underwriting and documentation standards and geographic and product diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio or may purchase mortgage insurance for the loans sold in order to mitigate credit risk. The Bancorp does not originate mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans. Resets of rates on adjustable rate mortgages are not expected to have a material impact on credit costs in the current interest rate environment, as approximately $1.3 billion of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans will have rate resets in 2011, with less than one percent of those resets expected to experience an increase in monthly payments. Certain residential mortgage products have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Bancorp in the event of a decline in housing prices. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTV ratios, multiple loans on the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% (80/20 loans) and interest-only loans. The Bancorp monitors residential mortgages loans with greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance as it believes these loans represent a higher level of risk. Tables 31 and 32 provide analysis of the residential mortgage loans outstanding with a greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Fifth Third Bancorp 51 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 31: RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS OUTSTANDING, LTV GREATER THAN 80%, NO MORTGAGE INSURANCE As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Michigan Florida North Carolina Indiana Kentucky Illinois All other states Total 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 3 2 4 1 1 1 - 3 15 24 20 31 7 4 3 1 5 95 22 21 56 12 6 2 4 8 131 Outstanding $569 294 294 131 111 78 67 122 $1,666 TABLE 32: RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS OUTSTANDING, LTV GREATER THAN 80%, NO MORTGAGE INSURANCE As of December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Michigan Florida North Carolina Indiana Kentucky Illinois All other states Total Home Equity Portfolio The home equity portfolio is managed in two categories, loans outstanding with a LTV greater than 80% and those loans with a LTV of less than 80%. The carrying value of the greater than 80% LTV home equity loans and less than 80% LTV home equity loans were $4.6 billion and $6.9 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. Of the total $11.5 billion of outstanding home equity loans, 82% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Illinois. The portfolio has an average FICO score at loan origination of 734 at December 31, 2010 compared to 730 at December 31, 2009. 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 4 3 9 5 1 1 1 2 26 25 13 50 9 7 3 6 8 121 18 21 68 8 4 2 2 5 128 Outstanding $673 350 388 169 145 92 62 141 $2,020 The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp believes that home equity loans with a greater than 80% LTV ratio present a higher level of risk. The following tables provide analysis of these loans as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. TABLE 33: HOME EQUITY LOANS OUTSTANDING WITH LTV GREATER THAN 80% As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Michigan Illinois Indiana Kentucky Florida All other states Total Outstanding $1,576 998 482 451 421 172 466 $4,566 Exposure 2,288 1,317 662 638 614 218 568 6,305 For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs 9 9 5 4 3 8 7 45 7 5 3 2 2 4 4 27 35 50 22 10 9 21 28 175 TABLE 34: HOME EQUITY LOANS OUTSTANDING WITH LTV GREATER THAN 80% As of December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Michigan Illinois Indiana Kentucky Florida All other states Total 52 Fifth Third Bancorp Outstanding $1,727 1,091 505 499 471 198 523 $5,014 Exposure 2,465 1,417 689 691 672 248 618 6,800 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 13 14 5 5 4 8 9 58 6 6 3 2 2 3 5 27 43 61 32 13 12 35 37 233 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Automobile Portfolio The automobile portfolio is characterized by direct and indirect lending products to consumers. As of December 31, 2010, the automobile loan portfolio was comprised of approximately 48% in new automobile loans. It is a common practice to advance on automobile loans an amount in excess of the automobile value due to the inclusion of taxes, title, and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk accounts. The following tables provide analysis of the Bancorp’s automobile loans with a LTV at origination greater than 100% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. TABLE 35: AUTOMOBILE LOANS OUTSTANDING WITH LTV GREATER THAN 100% As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Illinois Michigan Indiana Florida Kentucky All other states Total 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 1 1 - 1 - - 4 7 - - - - - - 2 2 5 5 4 3 5 3 33 58 Outstanding $447 375 269 208 199 181 2,451 $4,130 TABLE 36: AUTOMOBILE LOANS OUTSTANDING WITH LTV GREATER THAN 100% As of December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) By State: Ohio Illinois Michigan Indiana Florida Kentucky All other states Total loans restructuring; immediately upon Analysis of Nonperforming Assets A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 37. Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms and credit card restructured commercial loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; and other assets, including OREO and repossessed equipment. Typically, commercial loans, home equity, automobile and other consumer loans and leases are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 90 days or more unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage loans are typically placed on nonaccrual status when principal and interest payments have become past due 150 days unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premiums, accretion of loan discounts and amortization or accretion of deferred net loan fees or costs are discontinued and previously accrued, but unpaid interest is reversed. Commercial loans on nonaccrual status are reviewed for level of impairment at least quarterly. If the principal or a portion of the principal is deemed a loss, the loss amount is charged off to the ALLL. Total nonperforming assets were $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010, compared to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, $294 million of nonaccrual commercial loans were held-for-sale, a significant portion of which were real estate secured loans in Michigan and Florida. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO and nonaccrual loans held for sale, was 3.08% and 4.38% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Excluding the held- for-sale nonaccrual loans, nonperforming assets as a percentage of 90 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Net Charge-offs For the Year Ended December 31, 2009 1 1 1 - 1 - 6 10 - - - - - - 1 1 9 9 6 5 11 4 46 90 Outstanding $422 357 252 215 193 177 2,067 $3,683 total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO, as of December 31, 2010 was 2.79% compared to 4.22% as of December 31, 2009. The composition of nonaccrual loans and leases continues to be concentrated in real estate as 66% of nonaccrual loans were secured by real estate as of December 31, 2010 compared to approximately 77% as of December 31, 2009. in the general Commercial nonperforming loans and leases decreased to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010 from $2.6 billion at December 31, 2009 due to the impact of previous loss mitigation actions and moderation conditions. Excluding economic nonperforming loans held-for-sale, commercial nonperforming loans and leases decreased from $2.3 billion at December 31, 2009 to $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2010. These decreases were due to the previously discussed factors and the impact of commercial nonperforming loans transferred to held for sale during the third quarter of 2010. The Bancorp transferred commercial loans with a carrying value prior to transfer of $961 million to held for sale during third quarter, of which $694 million were nonperforming. Of those loans transferred in the third quarter of 2010, 52% were secured by non-owner occupied real estate, including 22% secured by developed and undeveloped land. Approximately 40% of those transferred loans were in Florida or Michigan. The remaining balance of the loans transferred during the third quarter of 2010 was $223 million at December 31, 2010. Consumer nonperforming loans and leases decreased to $466 million as of December 31, 2010, compared to $555 million at December 31, 2009, driven primarily by a $144 million decrease in residential mortgage loans on nonaccrual, partially offset by an $84 million increase in other consumer loans. The decrease in residential mortgage loans was primarily the result of $205 million of nonperforming residential mortgage loans sold during the third quarter of 2010. The increase in other consumer loans was the Fifth Third Bancorp 53 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS charge-offs in the commercial loan product portfolio in 2010 compared to 44% in 2009. The ratio of consumer loan net charge-offs to average consumer in 2010 loans outstanding decreased to 2.92% compared to 3.10% in 2009. Compared to 2009, total consumer net charge-offs decreased $54 million to $964 million in 2010. Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs increased $82 million to $439 million during 2010. The ratio of residential mortgage net charge-offs to average residential mortgage loans increased from 4.15% in 2009 to 5.49% in 2010. These increases were primarily due to $123 million in charge-offs taken on $228 million of portfolio residential mortgage loans sold during the third quarter of 2010. The Bancorp’s Florida and Michigan markets continue to experience the most stress as residential mortgage loan charge-offs in these states accounted for 72% of residential mortgage net charge-offs during 2010. Home equity net charge-offs decreased $58 million to $264 million during 2010. The ratio of home equity net charge-offs to average home equity loans decreased from 2.57% in 2009 to 2.20% in 2010. These decreases are primarily due to a $33 million decrease in net charge-offs on the brokered home equity portfolio and a $20 million decrease in net charge-offs in the Florida and Michigan markets on home equity products originated by the Bancorp. Management responded to the performance of the brokered home equity portfolio by eliminating this channel of origination at the end of 2007. In addition, management actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. Automobile loan net charge offs decreased $60 million to $88 million in 2010. The ratio of automobile loan net charge-offs to average automobile loans was .85% for 2010, a decrease of 83 bp result of compared improvements in delinquencies and loss severity as well as improvements made in underwriting over the past three years. to 2009. These decreases are the Credit card net charge-offs decreased $15 million to $155 million in 2010. The net charge-off ratio on credit card balances decreased from 8.87% in 2009 to 8.28% in 2010. The decreases from the prior year are primarily due to the Bancorp actively managing open credit card balances and a decrease in delinquency trends throughout 2010 as general economic conditions began to show signs of improvement. Management expects trends in the charge-off ratio on credit card balances to be consistent with general economic trends, such as unemployment and personal bankruptcy filings. The Bancorp employs a risk-adjusted pricing methodology to help ensure adequate compensation is received for those products that have higher credit costs. result of the Bancorp’s foreclosure, during the fourth quarter of 2010, on a commercial loan collateralized by individual consumer loans with a carrying value of $78 million that were classified as nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010. Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $1.6 billion and $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, driven by an increased volume of restructured loans. As of December 31, 2010, redefault rates on restructured residential mortgage, home equity loans and credit card loans were 27%, 18% and 20%, respectively. Repossessed personal property and OREO increased from $297 million at December 31, 2009 to $494 million at December 31, 2010, driven by higher levels of foreclosures on commercial mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010 OREO totaled $467 million and included $351 million of commercial assets and $116 million of consumer assets. Properties in Michigan and Florida accounted for 49% of foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2010. In 2010 and 2009, approximately $10 million and $20 million, respectively, of interest income was recognized on a cash basis for loans on nonaccrual. In 2010 and 2009, additional interest income of approximately $206 million and $236 million, respectively, would have been recorded if the nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with the original terms. Although this value helps demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest. Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs Net charge-offs were 302 bp of average loans and leases for 2010, compared to 320 bp for 2009. Table 39 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding by loan category. The ratio of commercial loan net charge-offs to average commercial loans outstanding decreased to 3.10% in 2010 compared to 3.27% in 2009. This improvement was primarily due to actions taken by the Bancorp to address problem loans, reflected by significant net charge-offs recorded in 2008 and 2009 and the impact of loss mitigation activities such as suspending home builder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in 2007 and 2008, respectively, and tighter underwriting standards implemented on commercial loan products over the past three years. Net charge-offs for 2010 included $625 million related to non-owner occupied commercial real-estate, a decrease from $721 million in 2009. Charge-offs on these loans represented 46% of all commercial net charge-offs in 2010 and 2009. Florida and Michigan continued to experience the most stress, accounting for approximately 48% of the total net 54 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 37: SUMMARY OF NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND DELINQUENT LOANS As of December 31 ($ in millions) Nonaccrual loans and leases: 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 Commercial and industrial loans (a) Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Other consumer loans and leases (a) Restructured loans and leases: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans (b) Home equity (b) Automobile loans (b) Credit card Total nonperforming loans and leases Repossessed personal property and other real estate owned Total nonperforming assets (c) Nonaccrual loans held for sale Total nonperforming assets including loans held for sale Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans(d) Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Total 90 days past due loans and leases Nonperforming assets as a percent of total loans, leases and other assets, $473 407 182 11 152 23 1 84 95 28 10 8 116 33 2 55 1,680 494 2,174 294 $2,468 $16 11 3 - 100 89 13 42 - $274 734 898 646 67 275 21 1 - 35 4 8 - 137 33 1 87 2,947 297 3,244 224 3,468 118 59 17 4 189 99 17 64 - 567 541 482 362 21 259 26 5 - - - - - 20 29 1 30 1,776 230 2,006 473 2,479 76 136 74 4 198 96 21 56 1 662 175 243 249 5 92 45 3 1 - - - - 27 11 - 5 856 171 1,027 - 1,027 44 73 67 4 186 72 13 31 1 491 127 84 54 6 38 40 3 - - - - - - - - - 352 103 455 - 455 38 17 6 2 68 51 11 16 1 210 including other real estate owned (c) .61 Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming assets (b) 170 (a) Nonaccrual loans and leases reflect a reclassification of $84 million in nonperforming loans from commercial and industrial loans to other consumer loans and leases which occurred after the Bancorp’s Form 8-K was filed on January 19, 2011. This reclassification was primarily a result of the determination that consumer loans obtained in the foreclosure of a commercial loan were more appropriately categorized as other consumer loans and leases in accordance with regulatory guidance. 2.79 % 138 2.38 139 1.25 93 4.22 116 (b) During 2009, the Bancorp modified its consumer nonaccrual policy to exclude TDR loans that were less than 90 days past due because they were performing in accordance with the restructured terms. For comparability purposes, prior periods were adjusted to reflect this reclassification. (c) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale. (d) Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, these advances were $279, $130, $40, $25 and $14, respectively. Troubled Debt Restructurings If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Typically, these modifications reduce the loan interest rate, extend the loan term, or in limited circumstances, reduce the principal balance of the loan. These modifications are classified as TDRs. At the time of modification, the Bancorp maintains certain consumer loan TDRs (including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans) on accrual status, TABLE 38: PERFORMING AND NONPERFORMING TDRs provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well-documented credit evaluation. Commercial loan TDRs and credit card TDRs are classified as nonaccrual loans and are typically returned to accrual status upon a six month period of sustained performance under the restructured terms. These from approaches are consistent with published guidance regulatory agencies. The following table summarizes TDRs by loan type and delinquency status. Performing 30-89 Days Past 90 Days or More As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) $369 Commercial 1,182 Residential mortgages(a) 444 Home equity 101 Credit card 37 Other consumer Total $2,133 (a) Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the $227 950 364 46 32 $1,619 141 116 33 55 2 347 - 67 47 - 3 117 1 49 - - - 50 Nonaccrual Past Due Current Total Due Department of Veterans Affairs. As of December 31, 2010, these advances represented $44 of current loans, $17 of 30-89 days past due loans and $22 of 90 days or more past due loans. Fifth Third Bancorp 55 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 39: SUMMARY OF CREDIT LOSS EXPERIENCE For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Losses charged off: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Total losses Recoveries of losses previously charged off: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Total recoveries Net losses charged off: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases 2010 ($631) (541) (265) (7) (441) (276) (132) (164) (28) (2,485) 45 17 13 5 2 12 44 9 10 157 (586) (524) (252) (2) (439) (264) (88) (155) (18) ($2,328) Total net losses charged off Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases (excluding held for sale): Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Total commercial loans and leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Total consumer loans and leases Total net losses charged off 2.23 % 4.58 8.48 0.05 3.10 5.49 2.20 0.85 8.28 2.58 2.92 3.02 % 2009 (768) (436) (420) (11) (359) (330) (189) (178) (28) (2,719) 50 14 4 4 2 8 41 8 7 138 (718) (422) (416) (7) (357) (322) (148) (170) (21) (2,581) 2.61 3.43 9.24 0.22 3.27 4.15 2.57 1.68 8.87 2.14 3.10 3.20 2008 (667) (618) (750) - (243) (212) (168) (101) (32) (2,791) 18 5 2 1 - 7 34 7 7 81 (649) (613) (748) 1 (243) (205) (134) (94) (25) (2,710) 2.31 4.80 12.80 (.02) 3.99 2.47 1.67 1.56 5.51 2.10 2.08 3.23 2007 (121) (46) (29) (1) (43) (106) (117) (54) (27) (544) 12 2 - 1 - 9 32 8 18 82 (109) (44) (29) - (43) (97) (85) (46) (9) (462) .49 .40 .51 .01 .43 .48 .82 .83 3.55 .83 .84 .61 2006 (131) (27) (7) (4) (23) (65) (87) (36) (28) (408) 24 3 - 5 - 9 30 5 16 92 (107) (24) (7) 1 (23) (56) (57) (31) (12) (316) .53 .25 .11 (.03) .34 .27 .46 .60 3.65 .91 .55 .44 Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp evaluates the ALLL each quarter to determine its adequacy to cover inherent losses. Several factors are taken into consideration in the determination of the overall ALLL, including an unallocated component. These factors include, but are not limited to, the overall risk profile of the loan and lease portfolios, net charge-off experience, the extent of impaired loans and leases, the level of nonaccrual loans and leases, the level of 90 days past due loans and leases and the overall percentage level of the ALLL. The Bancorp also considers overall asset quality trends, credit administration risk identification practices, credit policy and underwriting practices, overall portfolio growth, portfolio concentrations and current the Critical local economic conditions. See national and Accounting Policies section for more information. and portfolio management practices, In 2010 the Bancorp did not substantively change any material aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the ALLL and there have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance. In addition to 56 Fifth Third Bancorp the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Certain inherent, but unconfirmed losses are probable within the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the level of losses is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on loans modified in a TDR and impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and other qualitative adjustments. Due to the heavy reliance on realized historical losses and the credit grade rating process, the model derived required reserves the deterioration in the portfolio, in a stable or deteriorating credit environment, and tend not to be as responsive when improved conditions have presented these model limitations, the qualitative adjustment factors may be incremental or decremental to the quantitative model results. An unallocated is maintained to recognize the component to the ALLL imprecision in estimating and measuring loss. The unallocated allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases for the themselves. Given to slightly tend lag MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS year ended December 31, 2010 was .19%, or five percent of the total ALLL, compared to .25%, or five percent of the total ALLL, as of December 31, 2009. The unallocated allowance was held consistent to the total ALLL due to many of the impacts of recent economic events being more fully incorporated into the historical loss rates within the portfolio specific models and stabilization in general economic factors including real estate values in certain of the Bancorp’s lending markets. The ALLL as a percent of the total loan and lease portfolio decreased to 3.88% at December 31, 2010, compared to 4.88% at December 31, 2009. Total ALLL was $3.0 billion and $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This decrease is reflective of a number of factors including decreases in net charge- offs and delinquencies and signs of moderation in general economic conditions during 2010. the allowance The Bancorp’s determination of for commercial loans is sensitive to the risk grades it assigns to these loans. In the event that 10% of commercial loans in each risk category would experience a downgrade of one risk category, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $156 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, the Bancorp’s determination of the allowance for residential mortgage loans and consumer loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates. In the event that estimated loss rates would increase 10%, the allowance for residential mortgage loans and consumer loans would increase approximately $31 million and $56 million, respectively at December 31, 2010. As several qualitative and quantitative factors are considered in determining the ALLL, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ALLL. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes to risk grades and estimated loss rates and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Bancorp, management believes the risk grades and estimated loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. Total impaired loans consist of loans and leases that are restructured in a troubled debt restructuring and larger commercial loans included with aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses. Impaired loans are subject to individual review and decreased from $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2009 to $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2010. The Bancorp continually reviews its credit administration and loan and lease portfolio and makes changes based on the performance of its products. Management discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007, suspended homebuilder lending in the fourth quarter of 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in 2008, and raised underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings. TABLE 40: CHANGES IN ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Balance beginning of period Impact of change in accounting principle Net losses charged off Provision for loan and lease losses Balance, end of year Reserve for unfunded commitments: Balance beginning of period Impact of change in accounting principle Provision for unfunded commitments Balance, end of year 2010 $3,749 45 (2,328) 1,538 $3,004 294 (43) (24) $227 2009 2,787 - (2,581) 3,543 3,749 195 - 99 294 2008 937 - (2,710) 4,560 2,787 95 - 100 195 2007 771 - (462) 628 937 76 - 19 95 TABLE 41: ATTRIBUTION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES TO PORTFOLIO LOANS AND LEASES As of December 31 ($ in millions) Allowance attributed to: 2008 2009 2007 2010 Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Consumer leases Unallocated Total ALLL Portfolio loans and leases: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Consumer leases Total portfolio loans and leases Attributed allowance as a percent of respective portfolio loans: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Consumer leases Unallocated (as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases) Total portfolio loans and leases $1,123 597 158 111 310 554 1 150 $3,004 $27,191 10,845 2,048 3,378 8,956 24,801 272 $77,491 4.13 % 5.50 7.71 3.29 3.35 2.23 .37 .19 3.88 % 1,282 734 380 121 375 660 4 193 3,749 25,683 11,803 3,784 3,535 8,035 23,439 500 76,779 4.99 6.22 10.04 3.42 4.67 2.81 .80 .25 4.88 824 363 252 61 388 611 9 279 2,787 29,197 12,502 5,114 3,666 9,385 23,509 770 84,143 2.82 2.90 4.93 1.66 4.13 2.60 1.17 .33 3.31 271 135 98 27 67 287 5 47 937 24,813 11,862 5,561 3,737 10,540 22,943 797 80,253 1.09 1.14 1.77 .72 .63 1.25 .63 .06 1.17 2006 744 - (316) 343 771 70 - 6 76 2006 252 95 49 24 51 247 5 48 771 20,831 10,405 6,168 3,842 8,830 23,204 1,073 74,353 1.21 .91 .80 .62 .58 1.06 .47 .06 1.04 Fifth Third Bancorp 57 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT Market risk arises from the potential for market fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices that may result in potential reductions in net income. Interest rate risk, a component of market risk, is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income or financial position due to changes in interest rates. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk can occur for any one or more of the following reasons: • Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times; • Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts; or • The expected maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change. In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, interest rates can indirectly impact earnings through their effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage originations, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s balance sheet composition and earnings flows and models the interest rate risk, and possible actions to reduce this risk, given numerous possible future interest rate scenarios. Net Interest Income Simulation Model The Bancorp employs a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. The model is based on contractual and assumed cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and liabilities. The model also includes senior management projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies. The Bancorp’s Executive ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, monitors and manages interest rate risk within Board approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a Market Risk Management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of market risk activities. The Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is currently evaluated by measuring the anticipated change in net interest income over 12-month and 24-month horizons assuming a 100 bp parallel ramped increase and a 200 bp parallel ramped increase in interest rates. The Fed Funds interest rate, targeted by the Federal Reserve at a range of 0% to 0.25%, is currently set at a level that would be negative in parallel ramped decrease scenarios; therefore, those scenarios were omitted from the interest rate risk analyses for December 31, 2010. In accordance with the current policy, the rate movements are assumed to occur over one year and are sustained thereafter. At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp’s simulated exposure to a change in interest rates as described above reflects moderate asset sensitivity in year one with increased asset sensitivity in year two. Table 42 shows the Bancorp's estimated net interest income sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of December 31, 2010. 58 Fifth Third Bancorp TABLE 42: ESTIMATED NII SENSITIVITY PROFILE Percent Change in NII (FTE) ALCO Policy Limits Change in Interest Rates (bp) +200 +100 12 Months 1.02% 0.49 13 to 24 Months 4.99 2.73 12 Months (5.00) - 13 to 24 Months (7.00) - Economic Value of Equity The Bancorp employs EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the earnings simulation highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, the EVE analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions. The EVE of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and derivative cash flows less the discounted value of liability cash flows. The sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the growth assumptions used in the earnings simulation model. As with the earnings simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are the assumptions driving prepayments and the expected changes in balances and pricing of the transaction deposit portfolios. The following table shows the Bancorp’s EVE sensitivity profile as of December 31, 2010. TABLE 43: ESTIMATED EVE SENSITIVITY PROFILE Change in Interest Rates (bp) +200 +100 +25 -25 Change in EVE (1.62%) (0.50) (0.09) (0.13) ALCO Policy Limits (15.0) that This EVE profile suggests the Bancorp would experience a slight adverse effect from an initial increase in rates, and that the adverse impact would become greater as rates continue to rise. While an instantaneous shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulation and EVE analyses do not that management may necessarily undertake to manage this risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates. include certain actions The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to LIBOR and Prime basis risks, nonparallel shifts in the yield curve and embedded options risk. In addition, the impact on NII and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates is modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment- specific scenarios. Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, principal only swaps, options and swaptions. for as free-standing derivatives As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted to economically hedge interest rate lock commitments that are also considered free-standing derivatives. Additionally, the Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to mortgage loans held for sale. The Bancorp also establishes derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge significant exposures assumed in commercial customer accommodation derivative contracts. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on these derivatives. Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established. Table 44 displays the expected principal cash flows of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases as of December 31, 2010. Table 45 displays a summary of expected principal cash flows occurring after one year as of December 31, 2010. Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Interest Rate Risk The net carrying amount of the residential MSR portfolio was $822 million and $699 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates. Mortgage rates declined during 2010 and 2009. The decrease in rates caused prepayment assumptions to increase and led to $36 million in temporary impairment of servicing rights during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $24 million in temporary impairment in 2009. Servicing rights are deemed temporarily impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Temporary impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Offsetting the mortgage servicing rights valuation, the Bancorp recognized net gains of $123 million and $98 million on its non-qualifying hedging strategy for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The net gains from the Bancorp’s non- qualifying hedging strategy for 2010 and 2009 include $14 million and $57 million, respectively, of net gains on the sale of securities. See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights. Foreign Currency Risk The Bancorp enters into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $283 million and $272 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. The Bancorp has internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits. TABLE 44: PORTFOLIO LOAN AND LEASE PRINCIPAL CASH FLOWS As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Subtotal – commercial Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Subtotal – consumer Total Less than 1 year $9,755 5,414 1,146 522 16,837 1,437 1,656 4,324 191 517 8,125 $24,962 1-5 years 14,794 4,390 655 1,365 21,204 3,544 4,241 6,399 1,705 160 16,049 37,253 Over 5 years 2,642 1,041 247 1,491 5,421 3,975 5,616 260 - 4 9,855 15,276 Total 27,191 10,845 2,048 3,378 43,462 8,956 11,513 10,983 1,896 681 34,029 77,491 TABLE 45: PORTFOLIO LOAN AND LEASE PRINCIPAL CASH FLOWS OCCURRING AFTER ONE YEAR As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Subtotal - commercial Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Subtotal – consumer Total Fixed $3,350 1,934 259 2,856 8,399 5,127 1,472 6,601 770 128 14,098 $22,497 Interest Rate Floating or Adjustable 14,086 3,497 643 - 18,226 2,392 8,385 58 935 36 11,806 30,032 Fifth Third Bancorp 59 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TABLE 46: AGENCY RATINGS As of February 28, 2011 Fifth Third Bancorp: Short-term Senior debt Subordinated debt Fifth Third Bank: Short-term Long-term deposit Senior debt Subordinated debt Moody’s Standard and Poor’s P-2 Baa1 Baa2 P-2 A3 A3 Baa1 A-2 BBB BBB- A-2 No rating BBB+ BBB Fitch F1 A- BBB+ F1 A A- BBB+ DBRS R-1L AL BBBH R-1L A A A (low) LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that assesses the liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and credit rating downgrades. The plan includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. The Bancorp has approximately $6.8 billion of unsecured long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2010. Long-term debt with a principal balance of $15 million and a carrying value of $14 million will mature during 2011. Sources of Funds The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings. loan and Projected contractual maturities from lease repayments are included in Table 44 of the Market Risk Management section. Of the $15.4 billion of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio at December 31, 2010, $4.0 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $2.5 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s the Investment Securities section of the MD&A. securities portfolio, available-for-sale see fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loan and lease assets. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long- loans term, underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as jumbo fixed- rate residential mortgages, certain commercial loans, home equity lines and loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans totaling $18.2 billion and $21.8 billion, respectively, were sold, securitized or transferred off-balance sheet. For further information on the transfer of financial assets, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 60 Fifth Third Bancorp to funding tools utilized Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and shareholders’ equity funded 80% of its average total assets during 2010 compared to 72% during 2009. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Certificates of deposit carrying a balance of $100,000 or more and deposits in the Bancorp’s foreign branch located in the Cayman Islands are wholesale fund asset growth. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs. The Bancorp previously participated in the FDIC’s TAG program that was adopted on November 21, 2008 under EESA. The TAG program provides insurance to any funds held in qualifying noninterest-bearing transaction accounts without limit. On April 13, 2010, the FDIC adopted an interim final rule extending the TAG program for six months, through December 31, 2010, with the possibility of extending the program an additional twelve months without further rulemaking. As a participant in the TAG program, the Bancorp was required to decide whether to opt out of the program on or before April 30, 2010. The Bancorp opted out of the TAG program effective July 1, 2010. After this date, customer accounts that qualified under the TAG program are no longer guaranteed in full, but are insured up to $250,000 under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules. The Bancorp has a shelf registration in place with the SEC permitting ready access to the public debt markets and qualifies as a “well-known seasoned issuer” under SEC rules. As of December 31, 2010, $8.8 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance from this shelf registration under the current Bancorp’s Board of Directors’ authorizations, however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. The Bancorp also has $19.0 billion of funding available for issuance through private offerings of debt securities pursuant to its bank note program and currently has approximately $25.3 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources including the FHLB and FRB. On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwriting offering at an initial price of $14.00 per share. Additionally, on January 25, 2011, the Bancorp sold $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due January 25, 2016. Note 32 of the Notes to additional Consolidated information regarding the common equity and senior notes offerings. Statements Financial provides Credit Ratings The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures. The Bancorp’s senior debt credit ratings are summarized in Table 46. The ratings reflect the ratings agencies view on the Bancorp’s capacity to meet financial commitments.* Additional information on senior debt credit ratings is as follows: • • Moody’s “Baa1” rating is considered medium-grade obligations and is the fourth highest ranking within its overall classification system; Standard & Poor’s “BBB” rating indicates the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is adequate and is the fourth highest ranking within its overall classification system; Fitch Ratings’ “A-” rating is considered high credit quality and is the third highest ranking within its overall classification system; and • • DBRS Ltd.’s “A (low)” rating is considered satisfactory credit quality and is the third highest ranking within its overall classification system. Additionally, the Bancorp’s subsidiary bank (Fifth Third Bank) also receives independent credit ratings. On November 1, 2010, Moody’s downgraded ten large regional banks, including Fifth Third Bank, due to the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Act signaled the government’s intent to limit support for individual banks, thus reducing Moody’s support assumptions for these banks. Fifth Third Bank’s credit ratings for Short-Term, Long- Term Deposit, Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt were downgraded to P-2, A3, A3 and Baa1, respectively, from P-1, A2, A2 and A3, respectively. Additionally, Moody’s changed Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank’s outlook from negative to stable. During 2010, DBRS Investors Service downgraded the long-term debt rating and deposit ratings for the Bancorp’s subsidiary to “A” from “AH”. * As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT Management, including the Bancorp’s Board of Directors, regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital position to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. 2009 Capital Actions On May 7, 2009, the Bancorp announced its SCAP results which indicated that the Bancorp’s Tier 1 common equity would be required to be augmented to maintain a capital buffer above the newly required four percent threshold of the Tier 1 common equity ratio under the more adverse scenario of the assessment. The total amount required, prior to considering activities by the Bancorp since the end of the fourth quarter of 2008, was $2.6 billion. After considering such activities, primarily the Processing Business Sale, the indicated additional net Tier I common equity required was $1.1 billion. To address the SCAP results the Bancorp undertook a number of capital actions during the second quarter of 2009. The Bancorp completed a $1 billion common stock offering and issued approximately 158 million shares at an average price of $6.33. In addition, the Bancorp completed an exchange of a portion of its Series G preferred stock for 2,158.8272 shares of its common stock, no par value, and $8,250 in cash, for each set of 250 validly tendered and accepted depositary shares. The Bancorp issued approximately 60 million shares of common stock and paid $230 million in cash in exchange for 7 million depositary shares. After settlement of the exchange offer, 4,112,750 depositary shares representing 16,451 shares of Series G preferred stock remained outstanding. As a result of this exchange, the Bancorp increased its common equity by $441 million. The Bancorp also sold its Visa, Inc. Class B common shares resulting in an additional $187 million benefit to equity. 2011 Capital Actions On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwriting offering at an initial price of $14.00 per share. On January 24, 2011, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 12,142,857 shares at the offering price of $14.00 per share. In connection with this exercise, the Bancorp elected that all such additional shares be sold and the Bancorp entered into a forward sale agreement which resulted in a final net payment of 959,821 shares on February 4, 2011. On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp redeemed all 136,320 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury totaling $3.4 billion. The Bancorp used the net proceeds from the common stock and senior notes offerings previously described and other funds to redeem the Series F Preferred Stock. In connection with the redemption of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Bancorp accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series F Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $153 million. Dividends of $15 million were paid on February 2, 2011 when the Series F Preferred Stock was redeemed. The Bancorp notified the U.S. Treasury on February 17, 2011, of its intention to negotiate for the purchase of the warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the CPP preferred stock investment. These transactions will be reflected in the Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Note 32 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional information regarding the redemption of the Series F Preferred Stock and the January 2011 common stock offering. TABLE 47: CAPITAL RATIOS As of December 31 ($ in millions) Average equity as a percent of average assets Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets Tier I capital Total risk-based capital Risk-weighted assets Regulatory capital ratios: Tier I capital Total risk-based capital Tier I leverage Tier I common equity 2010 2009 12.22 % 11.36 9.71 10.42 6.45 7.04 13,428 $13,965 17,648 18,173 100,933 100,193 13.94 % 18.14 12.79 7.50 13.30 17.48 12.34 6.99 2008 8.78 7.86 4.23 11,924 16,646 112,622 10.59 14.78 10.27 4.37 2007 9.35 6.14 6.14 8,924 11,733 115,529 7.72 10.16 8.50 5.72 2006 9.32 7.95 7.95 8,625 11,385 102,823 8.39 11.07 8.44 8.22 Fifth Third Bancorp 61 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Capital Ratios The Federal Reserve Board established quantitative measures that assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements (risk- based capital ratios). Additionally, the guidelines define “well- capitalized” ratios for Tier I and total risk-based capital as 6% and 10%, respectively. The Bancorp exceeded these “well-capitalized” ratios for all periods presented. Additionally, although the assessed companies under SCAP were only required to demonstrate that they met the 4% Tier I common equity ratio requirement for the period evaluated in the SCAP, it is reasonable to assume the supervisory agencies expect the 19 large bank holding companies assessed under the SCAP stress tests to maintain their Tier I common equity ratio above 4%, although no formal requirement exists. On November 17, 2010, the Federal Reserve issued a revised temporary addendum to Supervision and Regulation letter 09-4, "Dividend Increases and Other Capital Distributions for the 19 Supervisory Capital Assessment Program Firms." This letter requires the 19 financial institutions including the Bancorp, to undergo a review of their capital planning processes and plans regarding capital redistribution and absorption activity. As part of this review, the Bancorp was required to submit a comprehensive capital plan by January 7, 2011, that demonstrated its ability to withstand losses under “adverse” economic conditions over the next two years. The Bancorp submitted all of its documents according to the regulatory timeline. The results of this assessment process are not expected to be made public. Current provisions of the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act will phase out the inclusion of certain trust preferred securities as a component of Tier I capital beginning January 1, 2013. At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp’s Tier I capital included $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities representing approximately 276 bp of risk-weighted assets. The Bancorp manages the adequacy of its capital, including Tier I common equity, by conducting ongoing internal stress tests and ensuring the results are properly considered in capital planning. It is the intent of the Bancorp’s capital planning process to ensure that the Bancorp’s capital positions remain in excess of well-capitalized minimums as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the “Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Bank Holding Companies,” and any other regulatory requirements. The Bancorp’s Tier I common equity ratio was 7.50% as of December 31, 2010. Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, alternative investment opportunities and the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory expectations. In each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp paid dividends per common share of $0.04. The Bancorp issued $3.4 billion in senior preferred stock (Series F) and related warrants to the U.S. Treasury as part of the CPP. Upon issuance, the Bancorp agreed to limit dividends to common stock holders to the quarterly dividend rate paid prior to October 14, 2008, which was $0.15. This restriction was in effect until the earlier of December 31, 2011 or the date upon which the Series F senior preferred shares were redeemed in whole or transferred to an unaffiliated third party. On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp repurchased all $3.4 billion of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury. The Bancorp’s repurchase of common stock is shown in Table 48. The Bancorp’s Board of Directors had previously authorized management to purchase 30 million shares of the Bancorp’s common stock through the open market or in any private transaction. The authorization does not include specific price targets or an expiration date. Under the agreement with the U.S. Treasury, as part of the CPP, the Bancorp is restricted in its repurchases of its common stock. This restriction was in effect until the earlier of December 31, 2011 or the date upon which the Series F senior preferred shares were redeemed in whole or transferred to an unaffiliated third party. On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp repurchased all $3.4 billion of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury. TABLE 48: SHARE REPURCHASES For the years ended December 31 19,201,518 Shares authorized for repurchase at January 1 - Additional authorizations - Shares repurchases (a) 19,201,518 Shares authorized for repurchase at December 31 Average price paid per share N/A (a) Excludes 333,808, 265,802 and 63,270 shares repurchased during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in connection with various employee compensation plans. These repurchases are not 19,201,518 - - 19,201,518 N/A 19,201,518 - - 19,201,518 N/A 2009 2008 2010 included in the calculation for average price paid and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization. 62 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS In the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into financial transactions to extend credit and various forms of commitments and guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. include loan criteria, Residential Mortgage Loan Sales Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty recourse provisions. Such provisions loan’s the including certain compliance with applicable documentation standards per agreements with the unrelated third parties. Additional reasons for the Bancorp having to repurchase the loans include appraisal standards with the collateral, fraud related to the loan application and the rescission of mortgage insurance. Under these provisions, the Bancorp is required to repurchase any previously sold loan for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. As of December 31, 2010, and 2009, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with the representation and warranty recourse provisions totaling $85 million and $37 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp paid $47 million and $19 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased approximately $83 million and $61 million, respectively, of loans to satisfy third party representation and warranty claims. Total repurchase demand requests during 2010 were $365 million compared to $210 million during 2009. Total outstanding repurchase demand inventory was $162 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $119 million at December 31, 2009. The Bancorp previously sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were approximately $916 million and $1.1 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of approximately $16 million and $21 million, respectively, recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio. For further information on residential mortgage loans sold with recourse, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Private Mortgage Insurance For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage. During the second quarter of 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the in Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $122 million and $182 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and 2009. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $42 million and $44 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio. The reserve was flat year over year as increases to the reserve resulting from estimated losses outpacing paid claims were offset by a decrease relating to a reinsurance agreement termination. In the third quarter of 2010, the Bancorp allowed one of its third-party insurers to terminate its reinsurance agreement with the Bancorp. This resulted in the Bancorp releasing collateral to the insurer in the form of investment securities and other assets with a carrying value of $19 million, and the insurer assuming the Bancorp’s obligations under the reinsurance agreement, resulting in a decrease to the Bancorp’s reserve liability of $20 million and a decrease to the Bancorp’s maximum exposure of $53 million. Loan Securitizations The Bancorp utilizes securitization trusts, formed by independent third parties to facilitate the securitization process of residential mortgage loans, certain automobile loans and other consumer loans. During 2008, the Bancorp sold $2.7 billion of automobile loans in three separate transactions. Each transaction isolated the related loans through the use of a securitization trust or a conduit, formed as QSPEs, to facilitate the securitization process in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The QSPEs issued asset-backed securities with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. During 2008 and 2009, required repurchases of previously transferred automobile loans from the QSPE were immaterial to the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. For further information on these automobile securitizations, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Upon adoption on January 1, 2010 of the FASB guidance on the accounting for QSPEs and VIEs, the Bancorp determined it was the primary beneficiary (and therefore consolidator) of these QSPEs. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding the guidance and the related impact of adoption by the Bancorp. floating-rate, recourse, certain primarily Commercial Loan Sales to a QSPE Through 2008, the Bancorp had transferred at par, subject to short-term credit investment grade commercial loans to a VIE, which prior to January 1, 2010, was an unconsolidated QSPE that was wholly owned by an independent third-party. Generally, the loans transferred to the VIE provided a lower yield due to their investment grade nature and, therefore, transferring these loans allowed the Bancorp to reduce its interest rate exposure to these lower yielding loan assets while maintaining the customer relationships. The outstanding balance of these loans at December 31, 2009 was $771 million. These loans may have been transferred back to the Bancorp upon the occurrence of certain specified events. These events included borrower default on the loans transferred, ineligible loans transferred by the Bancorp to the VIE, the inability of the VIE to issue commercial paper, and in certain circumstances, bankruptcy preferences initiated against underlying borrowers. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers was approximately equivalent to the total outstanding balance. At December 31, 2009, the Bancorp’s loss reserve related to the credit enhancement provided to the VIE was $45 million and was recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year Fifth Third Bancorp 63 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ended December 31, 2009, the VIE did not transfer any loans back to the Bancorp as a result of a credit event. The VIE issued commercial paper and used the proceeds to fund the acquisition of commercial loans transferred to it by the Bancorp. The ability of the VIE to issue commercial paper was a function of general market conditions and the credit rating of the liquidity provider. In the event the VIE was unable to issue commercial paper, the Bancorp agreed to provide liquidity support in the form of a line of credit to the VIE and the repurchase of assets from the VIE. As of December 31, 2009, the LAPA was $1.4 billion. In addition to the liquidity support options discussed above, the Bancorp also purchased commercial paper issued by the VIE. Beginning in 2008 and continuing through the year ended December 31, 2009, dislocation in the short-term funding market caused the VIE difficulty in obtaining sufficient funding through the issuance of commercial paper. As a result, the Bancorp purchased commercial paper throughout 2009. As of December 31, 2009, the Bancorp held $805 million of asset- backed commercial paper issued by the VIE, representing 87% of the total commercial paper issued by the VIE. Effective January 1, 2010, with the adoption of guidance amending the accounting for QSPEs and the consolidation of VIEs, the Bancorp determined it was the primary beneficiary (and therefore consolidator) of this VIE. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding the guidance and the related impact of adoption by the Bancorp. 64 Fifth Third Bancorp MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS The Bancorp has certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts. The aggregate contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2010 are shown in Table 49. As of December 31, 2010, the Bancorp has unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate in future periods. Due to the uncertainty of the amounts to be ultimately paid as well as the timing of such payments, all uncertain tax liabilities that have not been paid have been excluded from the Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments table. For further detail on the impact of income taxes see Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. TABLE 49: CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) Contractually obligated payments due by period: Deposits without a stated maturity (a) Time deposits (b) Long-term debt (c) Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans (d) Short-term borrowings (e) Noncancelable lease obligations (f) Partnership investment commitments (g) Pension obligations (h) Purchase obligations (i) Capital lease obligations Total contractually obligated payments due by period Other commitments by expiration period: Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years Greater than 5 years $69,632 7,831 14 6,389 1,853 91 154 19 66 14 $86,063 - 308 2,519 - - 170 88 37 29 17 3,168 - 74 599 - - 154 24 33 17 - 901 - 3,803 6,426 - - 454 20 70 - 1 10,774 Total 69,632 12,016 9,558 6,389 1,853 869 286 159 112 32 100,906 Commitments to extend credit (j) Letters of credit (k) $28,442 2,367 $30,809 (a) Includes demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits. For additional information, see the Deposits discussion in the Balance Sheet Analysis section of Total other commitments by expiration period 11,190 2,704 13,894 43,870 5,516 49,386 4,195 229 4,424 43 216 259 MD&A. (b) Includes other time and certificates $100,000 and over. For additional information, see the Deposits discussion in the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. (c) In the banking industry, interest-bearing obligations are principally used to fund interest-earning assets. As such, interest charges on contractual obligations were excluded from reported amounts, as the potential cash outflows would have corresponding cash inflows from interest-earning assets. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these debt instruments. (d) See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on forward contracts to sell residential mortgage loans. (e) Includes federal funds purchased and borrowings with an original maturity of less than one year. For additional information, see Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Includes rental commitments. Includes low-income housing, historic tax investments and market tax credits. (f) (g) (h) See Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on pension obligations. (i) Represents agreements to purchase goods or services and includes commitments to various general contractors for work related to banking center construction. (j) Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend, typically having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. The total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. For additional information, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. (k) Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. For additional information, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Fifth Third Bancorp 65 MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT AS TO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The Bancorp conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Bancorp’s management, including the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act). Based on the foregoing, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Bancorp files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and information is accumulated and communicated to management on a timely basis. The management of Fifth Third Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Bancorp’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Management’s assessment is based on the criteria established in the Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and was designed to provide reasonable assurance that the Bancorp maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Based on this assessment, management believes that the Bancorp maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. The Bancorp’s independent registered public accounting firm, that audited the Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. This report appears on page 67 of the annual report. The Bancorp’s management also conducted an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the year covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, there has been no such change during the year covered by this report. Kevin T. Kabat President and Chief Executive Officer February 28, 2011 Daniel T. Poston Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer February 28, 2011 66 Fifth Third Bancorp To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp: REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Fifth Third Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Bancorp”) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Bancorp's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment as to the Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bancorp's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, the Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 of the Bancorp and our report dated February 28, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Cincinnati, Ohio February 28, 2011 To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fifth Third Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Bancorp”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bancorp's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fifth Third Bancorp and subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Bancorp's internal control over financial reporting. Cincinnati, Ohio February 28, 2011 Fifth Third Bancorp 67 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 2010 2009 $2,159 15,414 353 294 1,515 2,216 2,318 18,213 355 355 3,369 2,067 25,683 11,803 3,784 3,535 8,035 12,174 8,995 1,990 780 76,779 (3,749) 73,030 2,400 499 2,417 106 700 7,551 113,380 27,191 10,845 2,048 3,378 8,956 11,513 10,983 1,896 681 77,491 (3,004) 74,487 2,389 479 2,417 62 822 8,400 $111,007 As of December 31 ($ in millions, except share data) Assets Cash and due from banks (a) Available-for-sale and other securities (b) Held-to-maturity securities (c) Trading securities Other short-term investments (a) Loans held for sale (d) Portfolio loans and leases: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans (a) Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans (e) Home equity (a) Automobile loans (a) Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Portfolio loans and leases Allowance for loan and lease losses (a) Portfolio loans and leases, net Bank premises and equipment Operating lease equipment Goodwill Intangible assets Servicing rights Other assets (a) Total Assets Liabilities Deposits: Demand Interest checking Savings Money market Other time Certificates - $100,000 and over Foreign office and other Total deposits Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Accrued taxes, interest and expenses Other liabilities (a) Long-term debt (a) Total Liabilities Equity 1,779 Common stock (f) 3,609 Preferred stock (g) 1,743 Capital surplus (h) 6,326 Retained earnings 241 Accumulated other comprehensive income (201) Treasury stock 13,497 Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (i) - Noncontrolling interest 13,497 Total Equity Total Liabilities and Equity 113,380 (a) At December 31, 2010, $52 of cash, $7 of other short-term investments, $29 of commercial mortgage loans, $241 of home equity loans, $648 of automobile loans, ($14) of allowance for loan and lease losses, $7 of other assets, $12 of other liabilities and $692 of long-term debt from consolidated VIEs are included in their respective Balance Sheet captions above. See Note 12. $21,413 18,560 20,903 5,035 7,728 4,287 3,722 81,648 279 1,574 889 2,979 9,558 96,927 19,411 19,935 17,898 4,431 12,466 7,700 2,464 84,305 182 1,415 773 2,701 10,507 99,883 1,779 3,654 1,715 6,719 314 (130) 14,051 29 14,080 $111,007 (b) Amortized cost of $14,919 and $17,879 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. (c) Fair value of $353 and $355 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. (d) Includes $1,892 and $1,470 of residential mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. (e) Includes $46 and $26 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. (f) Common shares: Stated value $2.22 per share; authorized 2,000,000,000; outstanding at December 31, 2010 – 796,272,522 (excludes 5,231,666 treasury shares) and December 31, 2009 – 795,068,164 (excludes 6,436,024 treasury shares). (g) 317,680 shares of undesignated no par value preferred stock are authorized of which none had been issued; 5.0% cumulative Series F perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 136,320 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; 8.5% non-cumulative Series G convertible (into 2,159.8272 common shares) perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 46,000 authorized, 16,451 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. (h) Includes ten-year warrants initially valued at $239 to purchase up to 43,617,747 shares of common stock, no par value, related to Series F preferred stock, at an initial exercise price of $11.72 per share. (i) See Note 32 for additional information on capital actions taken by the Bancorp subsequent to December 31, 2010. See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 68 Fifth Third Bancorp CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data) Interest Income Interest and fees on loans and leases Interest on securities Interest on other short-term investments Total interest income Interest Expense Interest on deposits Interest on other short-term borrowings Interest on long-term debt Total interest expense Net Interest Income Provision for loan and lease losses Net Interest Income (Loss) After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses Noninterest Income Mortgage banking net revenue Service charges on deposits Corporate banking revenue Investment advisory revenue Card and processing revenue Gain on sale of processing business Other noninterest income Securities gains (losses), net Securities gains - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights Total noninterest income Noninterest Expense Salaries, wages and incentives Employee benefits Net occupancy expense Technology and communications Equipment expense Card and processing expense Goodwill impairment Other noninterest expense Total noninterest expense Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes Applicable income tax expense (benefit) Net Income (Loss) Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Dividends on preferred stock Net Income (Loss) Available to Common Shareholders Earnings Per Share Earnings Per Diluted Share See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 2010 2009 2008 $3,823 658 8 4,489 3,934 733 1 4,668 4,935 660 13 5,608 591 4 290 885 3,604 1,538 2,066 647 574 364 361 316 - 406 47 14 2,729 953 43 318 1,314 3,354 3,543 (189) 1,289 248 557 2,094 3,514 4,560 (1,046) 553 632 372 326 615 1,758 479 (10) 57 4,782 199 641 431 366 912 - 363 (86) 120 2,946 1,430 314 298 189 122 108 - 1,394 3,855 940 187 753 - 753 250 $503 $0.63 $0.63 1,339 311 308 181 123 193 - 1,371 3,826 767 30 1,337 278 300 191 130 274 965 1,089 4,564 (2,664) (551) 737 (2,113) - (2,113) 67 (2,180) (3.91) (3.91) - 737 226 511 0.73 0.67 Fifth Third Bancorp 69 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity Accumulated Other Common Preferred Stock Stock Capital Surplus $1,295 9 1,779 Retained Comprehensive Income (Loss) Earnings (126) 8,413 (2,113) Treasury Stock (2,209) 224 1,072 3,169 (9) 239 (1,071) 56 (136) 1,295 4,241 41 351 133 (674) (2) 4 (16) (5) 848 635 272 46 (27) 1 (29) 1,779 1 3,609 (3) 1,743 45 $1,779 3,654 45 (62) (10) 1 (2) 1,715 (413) (48) (19) 1 3 5,824 737 (29) (220) (41) 35 (1) 24 (3) 6,326 753 (32) (205) (45) (1) (77) 98 143 241 73 6,719 314 1,841 136 2 1 (229) 27 (1) 2 (201) 62 6 3 (130) Total Bancorp Non- Shareholders’ controlling Interest Equity 9,161 (2,113) 224 (1,889) (413) (48) (19) 1,072 3,408 770 (9) 57 - - 4 (16) (1) 12,077 737 143 880 (29) (220) - 986 35 (269) 45 - - (29) 24 (3) 13,497 753 73 826 (32) (205) - 44 - (4) 1 (77) - 1 14,051 - 29 29 Total Equity 9,161 (2,113) 224 (1,889) (413) (48) (19) 1,072 3,408 770 (9) 57 - - 4 (16) (1) 12,077 737 143 880 (29) (220) - 986 35 (269) 45 - - (29) 24 (3) 13,497 753 73 826 (32) (205) - 44 - (4) 1 (77) 29 1 14,080 ($ in millions, except per share data) Balance at December 31, 2007 Net loss Other comprehensive income Comprehensive loss Cash dividends declared: Common stock at $0.75 per share Preferred stock Dividends on redemption of preferred shares Issuance of preferred shares, Series G Issuance of preferred shares, Series F Shares issued in business combinations Retirement of preferred shares, Series D, E Stock-based compensation expense Restricted stock grants Stock-based awards exercised, including treasury shares issued Loans repaid related to the exercise of stock- based awards, net Change in corporate tax benefit related to stock-based compensation Other Balance at December 31, 2008 Net income Other comprehensive income Comprehensive income Cash dividends declared: Common stock at $0.04 per share Preferred stock Accretion of preferred dividends, Series F Issuance of common shares Dividends on exchange of preferred shares, Series G Exchange of preferred shares, Series G Stock-based compensation expense Restricted stock grants Stock-based awards exercised, including treasury shares issued Change in corporate tax benefit related to stock-based compensation Reversal of OTTI Other Balance at December 31, 2009 Net income Other comprehensive income Comprehensive income Cash dividends declared: Common stock at $0.04 per share Preferred stock Accretion of preferred dividends, Series F Stock-based compensation expense Restricted stock grants Stock-based awards exercised, including treasury shares issued Loans repaid related to the exercise of stock- based awards, net Impact of cumulative effect of change in accounting principle Noncontrolling interest Other Balance at December 31, 2010 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 70 Fifth Third Bancorp CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Operating Activities Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp to net cash provided by operating activities: Provision for loan and lease losses Depreciation, amortization and accretion Stock-based compensation expense Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes Realized securities gains Realized securities gains - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights Realized securities losses Realized securities losses - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights Provision for mortgage servicing rights Net losses (gains) on sales of loans and fair value adjustments on loans held for sale Capitalized mortgage servicing rights Loss on recalculation of the timing of tax benefits on leveraged leases Impairment charges on goodwill Loans originated for sale, net of repayments Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale Dividends representing return on equity method investments Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation Gain on sale of processing business, net of tax Net change in: Trading securities Other assets Accrued taxes, interest and expenses Other liabilities Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities Investing Activities Sales: Available-for-sale securities Loans Disposal of bank premises and equipment Repayments / maturities: Available-for-sale securities Held-to-maturity securities Purchases: Available-for-sale securities Held-to-maturity securities Bank premises and equipment Restricted cash from the initial consolidation of variable interest entities Dividends representing return of equity method investments Proceeds from sale of processing business Net cash (paid) acquired in business combinations Net change in: Other short-term investments Loans and leases Operating lease equipment Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Investing Activities Financing Activities Net change in: Core deposits Certificates - $100,000 and over, including other foreign office Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Repayment of long-term debt Issuance of common shares Issuance of preferred shares, Series G, F Exchange of preferred shares, Series G Dividends on exchange of preferred shares, Series G Dividends paid on common shares Dividends paid on preferred shares Retirement of preferred shares, Series D, E Dividends on redemption of preferred shares, Series D, E Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest Other, net Net Cash (Used In) Provided by Financing Activities (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Due from Banks Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year Cash Payments Interest Income taxes See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 2 contains noncash investing and financing activities. 2010 $753 1,538 457 64 176 (60) (14) 13 - 36 114 (297) - - (18,231) 18,634 31 (4) - 67 9 (63) 82 3,305 2,578 538 10 4,620 1 (5,218) (1) (224) 63 8 - - 1,861 (2,507) (21) 1,708 784 (3,429) 97 38 14 (2,473) - - - - (32) (205) - - 30 4 (5,172) (159) 2,318 $2,159 2009 737 3,543 341 45 184 (27) (64) 37 7 24 116 (373) - - (22,252) 21,504 22 - (1,052) 1,000 826 (1,200) 376 3,794 3,750 331 20 117,901 3 (126,942) - (173) - 9 562 (16) 209 5,497 (75) 1,076 9,550 (4,159) (104) (8,544) 527 (3,065) 986 - (269) 35 (27) (220) - - - (1) (5,291) (421) 2,739 $2,318 $920 79 1,416 109 2008 (2,113) 4,560 8 57 (1,140) (41) (120) 127 - 207 (47) (195) 130 965 (11,527) 11,273 13 - - 134 (478) 925 355 3,093 7,226 5,216 34 67,883 3 (76,317) (11) (410) - 11 - 66 (2,910) (6,553) (142) (5,904) (2,820) 1,927 (4,352) 4,478 2,157 (2,272) - 4,480 - - (639) (48) (9) (19) - 7 2,890 79 2,660 2,739 2,053 416 Fifth Third Bancorp 71 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES Nature of Operations Fifth Third Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, conducts its principal lending, deposit gathering, transaction processing and service its banking and non-banking advisory activities subsidiaries from banking centers the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. throughout through located sell the debt security and will not likely be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its entire amortized cost basis, the Bancorp must evaluate expected cash flows to be received and determine if a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, the credit component of the impairment is recognized within noninterest income and the non-credit component is recognized through other comprehensive income. For equity securities, the Bancorp’s management evaluates the securities in an unrealized loss position in the available-for-sale portfolio for OTTI on the basis of the duration of the decline in value of the security and severity of that decline as well as the Bancorp’s intent and ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market value. If it is determined that the impairment on an equity security is other than temporary, an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying value of the security and its fair value is recognized within noninterest income. into interest Purchased Portfolio Loans and Leases Basis of Accounting Portfolio loans and leases are generally reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees and costs, and any direct principal charge-offs. Direct loan origination fees and costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized over the estimated life of the related loans as a yield adjustment. Interest income is recognized based on the principal balance outstanding computed using the effective interest method. loans are evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition and recorded at their initial fair value. For loans acquired with no evidence of credit deterioration, the fair value discount or premium is amortized over the contractual life of the loan as an adjustment to yield. For loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration, the Bancorp determines at the acquisition date the excess of the loan’s contractually required payments over all cash flows expected to be collected as an amount that should not be accreted income (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount representing the difference in the expected cash flows of acquired loans and the initial investment in the acquired loans is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans (accretable yield). Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in expected cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized prospectively as interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The present value of any decreases in expected cash flows after the purchase date is recognized by recording an ALLL or a direct charge-off. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required ALLL is similar to originated loans. Loans carried at fair value, mortgage loans held for sale and loans under revolving credit agreements are excluded from the scope of this guidance on loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. The Bancorp’s lease portfolio consists of both direct financing and leveraged leases. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Interest income on direct financing leases is recognized over the term of the lease to achieve a constant periodic rate of return on the outstanding investment. Leveraged leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments (less nonrecourse debt payments) plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Interest income on leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the lease to achieve a constant rate of return on the outstanding investment in the lease, net of the related deferred income tax liability, in the years in which the net investment is positive. Basis of Presentation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Bancorp and its majority-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities in which the Bancorp has been determined to be the primary beneficiary. Other entities, including certain joint ventures, in which the Bancorp has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, but upon which the Bancorp does not possess control, are accounted for by the equity method and not consolidated. Those entities in which the Bancorp does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain prior period data has been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Cash and Due From Banks Cash and due from banks consist of currency and coin, cash items in the process of collection and due from banks. Currency and coin includes both U.S. and foreign currency owned and held at Fifth Third offices and that is in-transit to the FRB. Cash items in the process of collection include checks and drafts that are drawn on another depository institution or the FRB that are payable immediately upon presentation in the U.S. Balances due from banks include non-interest bearing balances that are funds on deposit at other depository institutions or the FRB. as are classified available-for-sale when, Securities Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading on the date of purchase. Only those securities which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. Securities in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Available-for-sale and trading securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in other comprehensive income and noninterest income, respectively. The fair value of a security is determined based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on quoted prices of similar instruments or discounted cash flow models that incorporate market inputs and assumptions including discount rates, prepayment speeds, and loss rates. Realized securities gains or losses are reported within noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses are reviewed quarterly for possible OTTI. For debt securities, if the Bancorp intends to sell the debt security or will more likely than not be required to sell the debt security before recovery of the entire amortized cost basis, then an OTTI has occurred. However, even if the Bancorp does not intend to 72 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS income. Commercial Nonaccrual Loans When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest is discontinued and all previously accrued and unpaid interest is charged against loans are placed on nonaccrual status when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due. Such loans are also placed on nonaccrual status when the principal or interest is past due ninety days or more, unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 150 days are placed on nonaccrual status unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Home equity, automobile, and other consumer loans and leases that have principal and interest payments that have become past due ninety days are placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Nonaccrual commercial loans, other than loans modified in a TDR, are accounted for on the cost recovery method. Nonaccrual residential mortgage loans and nonaccrual consumer loans are accounted for on the cash basis method. Nonaccrual loans may be returned to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal payments become current in accordance with the loan agreement or when the loan is both well- secured and in the process of collection. Commercial loans on nonaccrual status, as well as commercial loans above a specified threshold are subject to an individual review to identify charge-offs. Residential mortgage loans and credit card loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 180 days are charged off to the ALLL, unless such loans are both well-secured and in the process of collection. Home equity, automobile and other consumer loans and leases that have principal and interest payments that have become past due one hundred and twenty days are charged off to the ALLL, unless such loans are both well- secured and in the process of collection. Restructured Loans A loan is accounted for as a TDR if the Bancorp, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. A TDR typically involves a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or face amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest, or an extension of the maturity date(s) at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk. The Bancorp measures the impairment loss of a TDR based on the difference between the original loan’s carrying amount and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the original, effective yield of the loan. Beginning with the first quarter of 2009, based on published guidance with respect to TDRs from certain banking regulators and to conform to general practices within the banking industry, the Bancorp determined it was appropriate to maintain consumer loans modified as part of a TDR on accrual status, provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and of performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well- documented credit evaluation. Management believes this policy is reflective of regulatory guidance and provides better comparability to other financial institutions. TDRs on commercial loans remain on nonaccrual status until a six-month payment history is sustained. During the nonaccrual period, TDRs on commercial loans are accounted for using the cash basis method for income recognition, provided that full repayment of principal under the modified terms of the loan is reasonably assured. Impaired Loans A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bancorp will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For loans modified in a TDR, the contractual terms of the loan agreement refer to the terms specified in the original loan agreement. A loan restructured in a TDR is no longer considered impaired in years after the restructuring if the restructuring agreement specifies a rate equal to or greater than the rate the Bancorp was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement. Refer to the ALLL section for discussion regarding the Bancorp’s methodology for identifying impaired loans and determination of the need for a loss accrual. Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale represent conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market, commercial loans and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. Loans held for sale may be carried at the lower of cost or fair value, or carried at fair value where the Bancorp has elected the fair value option of accounting under U.S. GAAP. The Bancorp has elected to measure residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale under the fair value option. For loans in which the Bancorp has not elected the fair value option, the lower of cost or fair value is determined at the individual loan level. Management’s intent to sell residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale may change over time due to such factors as changes in the overall liquidity in markets or changes in characteristics specific to certain loans held for sale. Consequently, these loans may be reclassified to loans held for investment and, thereafter, reported within the Bancorp’s residential mortgages class of portfolio loans and leases. In such cases, the residential mortgage loans will continue to be measured at fair value. The fair value of residential mortgage loans is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, discounted cash flow models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities with similar collateral, and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effects of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. These fair value marks are recorded as a component of noninterest income in mortgage banking net revenue. The Bancorp generally has commitments to sell residential mortgage loans held for sale in the secondary market. Gains or losses on sales are recognized in mortgage banking net revenue upon delivery. Loans held for sale are placed on nonaccrual status consistent with the Bancorp’s nonaccrual policy for portfolio loans and leases. Other Real Estate Owned OREO, which is included in other assets, represents property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings and is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to sell. All OREO property is periodically evaluated and decreases in carrying value are recognized as reductions in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage, and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. include Classes within the commercial portfolio segment Fifth Third Bancorp 73 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS nonowner-occupied, commercial & industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial mortgage commercial construction, and commercial leasing. The residential mortgage portfolio segment is also considered a class. Classes within the consumer segment include home equity, automobile, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, see Note 7. The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb probable loan and lease losses inherent in its portfolio segments. The ALLL is maintained at a level the Bancorp considers to be adequate and is based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectibility and historical loss experience of loans and leases. Credit losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the ALLL. Provisions for loan and lease losses are based on the Bancorp’s review of the historical credit loss experience and such factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration under existing economic conditions in estimating probable credit losses. In determining the appropriate level of the ALLL, the Bancorp estimates losses using a range derived from “base” and “conservative” estimates. The Bancorp’s strategy for credit risk management includes a combination of conservative exposure limits significantly below legal lending limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collections standards. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management reviews of loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality. large credit exposures and The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the ALLL is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on loans modified in a TDR and impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and other qualitative adjustments. Allowances on individual commercial loans, TDRs and historical loss rates are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience. An unallocated allowance is maintained to recognize losses when the evaluating allowances for individual loans or pools of loans. in estimating and measuring imprecision in a TDR, are subject to Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loans that have been modified individual review for impairment. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. Other factors may include the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow, leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. When individual loans are impaired, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, as well as evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, fair value of the underlying collateral or readily observable secondary market values. The Bancorp evaluates the collectibility of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Historical credit loss rates are applied to commercial loans that are not impaired or are impaired, but smaller than the established threshold of $1 million and thus not subject to specific allowance allocations. The loss rates are derived from a migration analysis, which tracks the historical net charge-off experience sustained on loans according to their internal risk grade. The risk grading system currently utilized for allowance analysis purposes 74 Fifth Third Bancorp encompasses ten categories. Homogenous loans and leases in the residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments are not individually risk graded. Rather, standard credit scoring systems and delinquency monitoring are used to assess credit risks, and allowances are established based on the expected net charge-offs. Loss rates are based on the average net charge-off history by loan category. Historical loss rates may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, are necessary to reflect losses inherent in the portfolio. Factors that management considers in the analysis include the effects of the national and local economies; trends in the nature and volume of delinquencies, charge-offs and nonaccrual loans; changes in loan mix; credit score migration comparisons; asset quality trends; risk management and loan administration; changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards; collection practices; and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Bancorp’s internal credit examiners. The Bancorp’s primary market areas for lending are the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the Unites States. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is given to these the closely associated effect changing economic conditions have on the Bancorp’s customers. regional geographic concentrations and In the current year, the Bancorp has not substantively changed any material aspect to its overall approach to determining its ALLL for any of its portfolio segments. There have been no material changes in criteria or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period ALLL for any of the Bancorp’s portfolio segments. Reserve for Unfunded Commitments The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of including an the unfunded credit facilities, assessment of historical commitment utilization experience, credit risk grading and credit grade migration. This process takes into consideration the same risk elements that are analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as discussed above. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Loan Sales and Securitizations When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it is required to assess whether the entity holding the sold or securitized loans is a VIE and whether the Bancorp is the primary beneficiary and therefore consolidator of that VIE. If the Bancorp holds the power to direct activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, then the Bancorp will generally be deemed the primary beneficiary of the VIE. When the Bancorp previously sold loans into isolated trusts or conduits, it obtained one or more subordinated tranches or other residual interests in these trusts or conduits, as well as the servicing rights to the underlying loans. As a result, effective with the January 1, 2010 adoption of the VIE consolidation guidance further discussed in the Accounting and Reporting Developments section below, the Bancorp was required to consolidate these VIEs, and accordingly, the underlying loans and other assets and liabilities of these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010. Prior to the January 1, 2010 adoption of the VIE the subordinated consolidation guidance referenced above, tranches and other residual interests in the trusts and conduits NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS referenced above were carried at fair value and included in available-for-sale securities. The fair value of such interests were based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted prices were not available, fair value was based on the present value of future expected cash flows using management’s best estimates for the key assumptions, including credit losses, prepayment speeds, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Gains or losses recognized on the sale or securitization of such loans prior to January 1, 2010 were reported as a component of noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income and were based on the previous carrying amount of the loans sold or securitized, as well as the fair value of the servicing rights and other interests obtained by the Bancorp at the date of sale or securitization. Adjustments to the fair value of such interests prior to January 1, 2010 were included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets or in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income if the fair value had declined below the carrying amount and such decline was determined to be other- than-temporary. Servicing rights resulting from residential mortgage and commercial loan sales are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing revenues and are reported as a component of mortgage banking net revenue and corporate banking revenue, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Servicing rights are assessed for impairment monthly, based on fair value, with temporary impairment recognized through a valuation allowance and permanent impairment recognized through a write- off of the servicing asset and related valuation allowance. Key economic assumptions used in measuring any potential impairment of the servicing rights include the prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, the weighted-average life, the discount rate, the weighted-average coupon and the weighted-average default rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. The Bancorp monitors risk and adjusts its valuation allowance as necessary to adequately reserve for impairment in the servicing portfolio. For purposes of measuring impairment, the mortgage servicing rights are stratified into classes based on the financial asset type (fixed-rate vs. adjustable-rate) and interest rates. Fees received for servicing loans owned by investors are based on a percentage of the outstanding monthly principal balance of such loans and are included in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income as loan payments are received. Costs of servicing loans are charged to expense as incurred. Bank Premises and Equipment Bank premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the assets for book purposes, while accelerated depreciation income tax purposes. is used for Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the lives of the related leases or useful lives of the related assets, whichever is shorter. The Bancorp tests its long-lived assets for impairment through both a probability- weighted and primary-asset approach whenever events or changes in circumstances dictate. Maintenance, repairs and minor in the improvements are charged to noninterest expense Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Derivative Financial Instruments The Bancorp accounts for its derivatives as either assets or to through adjustments liabilities measured at fair value income and/or current accumulated other comprehensive the Bancorp designates earnings, as appropriate. On the date the Bancorp enters into a derivative contract, the derivative instrument as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or as a free-standing derivative instrument. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in current period net income. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent in accumulated other that comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction impacts net income. For free-standing derivative instruments, changes in fair values are reported in current period net income. is effective, are recorded it Prior to entering into a hedge transaction, the Bancorp formally documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions, along with a formal assessment at both inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis as to the effectiveness of the derivative instrument in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued and the adjustment to fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in net income. Income Taxes The Bancorp estimates income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the various tax jurisdictions in which the Bancorp conducts business. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of its effective tax rate based upon its current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year. The estimated income tax expense is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method and are reported in other assets and accrued taxes, interest and expenses, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and reflects enacted changes in tax rates and laws. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent they exist and are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment that realization is more-likely-than-not. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis and includes an evaluation of all positive and negative evidence to determine whether realization is more-likely- than-not. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in accrued taxes, interest and expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp evaluates and assesses the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintains tax accruals consistent with its evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impact the relative risks of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to the operating results of the Bancorp. For additional information on income taxes, see Note 21. Fifth Third Bancorp 75 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS income available Earnings Per Share In accordance with U.S. GAAP, basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Earnings per diluted share is computed by dividing adjusted net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock the assumed conversion of dilutive equivalents represent convertible preferred stock and the exercise of dilutive stock- based awards and warrants. The Bancorp calculates earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. For purposes of calculating earnings per share under the two-class method, restricted shares that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities until vested. While the dividends declared per share on such restricted shares are the same as dividends declared per common share outstanding, the dividends recognized on such restricted shares may be less because dividends paid on restricted shares that are expected to be forfeited are reclassified to compensation expense during the period when forfeiture is expected. Goodwill Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the acquisition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the Bancorp’s reporting unit level on an annual basis, which for the Bancorp is September 30, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. The Bancorp has determined that its segments qualify as reporting units under U.S. GAAP. Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, which is determined through a two-step impairment test. The first step (Step 1) compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step (Step 2) of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the impairment loss amount, if any. The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Since none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. To determine the fair value of a reporting unit, the Bancorp employs an income-based approach, utilizing the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and allocates this market-based fair value measurement to the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. When required to perform Step 2, the Bancorp compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to that excess amount is recognized. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of that goodwill and cannot be reversed even if the fair value of the reporting unit recovers. During Step 2, the Bancorp determines the implied fair value 76 Fifth Third Bancorp of goodwill for a reporting unit by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. This assignment process is only performed for purposes of testing goodwill for impairment. The Bancorp does not adjust the carrying values of recognized assets or liabilities (other than goodwill, if appropriate), nor recognize previously unrecognized intangible assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a result of this assignment process. Refer to Note 10 for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill. Other Securities and other property held by Fifth Third Investment Advisors, a division of the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary, in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets because such items are not assets of the subsidiaries. Investment advisory revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income is recognized on the accrual basis. Investment advisory service revenues are recognized monthly based on a fee charged per transaction processed and/or a fee charged on the market value of average account balances associated with individual contracts. The Bancorp recognizes revenue from its card and processing services on an accrual basis as such services are performed, recording revenues net of certain costs (primarily interchange fees charged by credit card associations) not controlled by the Bancorp. The Bancorp purchases life insurance policies on the lives of certain directors, officers and employees and is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. The Bancorp invests in these policies, known as BOLI, to provide an efficient form of funding for long- term retirement and other employee benefits costs. The Bancorp records the these BOLI policies within other assets Consolidated Balance Sheets at each policy’s respective cash surrender value, with changes recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. in Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles, customer lists, non-competition agreements and cardholder relationships. Other intangibles are amortized on either a straight- line or an accelerated basis over their useful lives. The Bancorp reviews other intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Securities sold under repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and included in other short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the amounts which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Acquisitions of treasury stock are carried at cost. Reissuance of shares in treasury for acquisitions, exercises of stock-based awards or other corporate purposes is recorded based on the specific identification method. Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred. Accounting and Reporting Developments Transfers of Financial Assets In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance amending the accounting for the transfers of financial assets. This amended guidance removed the concept of a QSPE, changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and measuring gains or losses on the sale of financial assets, and required additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets and a transferor’s continuing involvement in transferred financial assets. The amended guidance was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2010 on a prospective basis and may impact the Bancorp’s structuring of securitizations and other transfers of financial assets, including guaranteed NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS mortgage securitizations, in order to meet the amended sale treatment criteria under the amended guidance. In addition, see the discussion below regarding amended guidance on the impact on the Bancorp’s consolidation of VIEs and the assets previously Consolidated Financial Statements transferred to QSPEs. for Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance amending the accounting for the consolidation of VIEs. This guidance, adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2010, amends the methodology for determining the primary beneficiary (and therefore consolidator) of a VIE and requires such assessment to be performed on an ongoing basis. Under this new guidance, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is defined as the enterprise that has both (1) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Due to the concurrent issuance and effective date of the previously discussed amended guidance for the transfers of financial assets and the removal of the QSPE concept, the Bancorp was required to assess all VIEs, including those formed as QSPEs in transfers that occurred prior to January 1, 2010, to determine whether the Bancorp was the primary beneficiary of the VIE under the amended guidance. The Bancorp is also required under the amended guidance to provide additional disclosures about involvement with both consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs, any significant changes involvement, and how that in risk exposure due to that involvement affects the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 12 for further discussion. its In accordance with the transition guidance for the initial consolidation of VIEs resulting from the adoption of the amended guidance, the Bancorp initially measured the assets and liabilities of newly consolidated VIEs at their carrying amounts, defined as the amounts at which the assets and liabilities would have been carried in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements if the amended guidance had been effective when the Bancorp first met the conditions to be the primary beneficiary under the amended guidance. The difference between the amounts added to the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and the amounts of previously recognized interests in the newly consolidated VIEs was recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings. The consolidation of these VIEs on January 1, 2010 resulted in an increase in total assets of approximately $1.3 billion, a negative adjustment of $1 million to income and a negative accumulated other comprehensive cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of $77 million. The impact of consolidating these VIEs did not have a material effect on the Bancorp’s regulatory capital ratios. In February 2010, the FASB issued guidance deferring the above amendments to the consolidation of VIEs for a reporting entity’s interest in registered money market funds. In addition, the deferral also applies to a reporting entity’s interest in entities meeting either of the following two criteria: (1) the entity has all the attributes of an investment company as specified in ASC Topic 946, “Financial Services - Investment Companies,” or (2) it is an entity for which it is acceptable based on industry practice to apply measurement principles that are consistent with those in ASC Topic 946 (including recognizing changes in fair value currently in the statement of operations) for financial reporting purposes. The deferral does not apply to those entities in situations in which a reporting entity has the explicit or implicit obligation to fund losses of an entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. As a result of this deferral, the Bancorp has determined that its interests in private equity funds, mutual funds and money market funds are not subject to the above amended guidance for the consolidation of VIEs. For entities that meet the deferral criteria, the primary beneficiary of the VIE is the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses or receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns. Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance clarifying current fair value disclosure requirements and also requiring certain additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The disclosure this new guidance were implemented by the Bancorp during the first quarter of 2010 and are included in Note 28. requirements under Embedded Credit Derivatives In March 2010, the FASB issued guidance clarifying the type of embedded credit derivative that is exempt from bifurcation requirements. Under the guidance, the only form of embedded credit derivative that qualifies for the exemption is one that is related only to the subordination of one financial instrument to another. The adoption of this guidance on July 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Modification of a Loan Included in a Pool Accounted for as a Single Asset In April 2010, the FASB issued guidance clarifying that modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool under ASC Subtopic 310-30 do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a TDR. Under the new guidance, an entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. The adoption of this guidance on July 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses In July 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires the Bancorp to disclose a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of its loans and leases and the ALLL. The new guidance defines two levels of disaggregation—portfolio segment and class. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which the Bancorp develops and documents a systematic method for determining its ALLL. Classes generally represent a further disaggregation of a portfolio segment based on certain risk characteristics. The new disclosures relating to information as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and have been included in Note 7. The new disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. In January 2011, the FASB issued guidance that temporarily delayed the effective date of the disclosures about TDR’s that are included in this July 2010 guidance on disclosures about credit quality and the ALLL. The TDR disclosure guidance will be coordinated with the FASB’s proposed guidance for determining what constitutes a TDR and is currently anticipated to be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. Fifth Third Bancorp 77 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2010 2. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION Noncash investing and financing activities are presented in the following table for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Transfers: Portfolio loans to held for sale loans Held for sale loans to portfolio loans Portfolio loans to available-for-sale securities Portfolio loans to trading securities Held for sale loans to trading securities Portfolio loans to OREO Held for sale loans to OREO Acquisitions: Fair value of tangible assets acquired Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets acquired Contingent consideration Liabilities assumed Common stock issued Impact of change in accounting principle: Decrease in available-for-sale securities, net Increase in portfolio loans Decrease in demand deposits Increase in other short-term borrowings Increase in long-term debt $650 160 - - - 662 68 941 2,217 18 122 1,344 - - - - - 2009 2008 $45 47 - - 136 377 36 7 13 (4) - - - - - - - $532 1,692 430 92 268 303 - 4,368 1,194 - (4,858) (770) - - - - - 3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND ASSET ACQUISITIONS First Charter Corporation On June 6, 2008, the Bancorp acquired 100% of the outstanding institution stock of First Charter, a full service financial headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. First Charter operated 57 branches in North Carolina and two in suburban Atlanta, Georgia. The acquisition of First Charter expanded the Bancorp's footprint into the Charlotte, North Carolina market and strengthened the Bancorp's presence in Georgia. The transaction resulted in total intangible assets of $1.2 billion based upon the purchase price, the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and applicable purchase accounting adjustments. Of this total intangibles amount, $56 million was allocated to core deposit intangibles, $9 million was allocated to customer lists and $2 million was allocated to lease intangibles. The remaining $1.1 billion of intangible assets was recorded as goodwill, which is non-deductible for tax purposes. Under the terms of the transaction, the Bancorp paid $31.00 per First Charter share, or $1.1 billion. Consideration was paid in the form of approximately 70% Fifth Third common stock and 30% cash. First Charter common stock shareholders who received shares of Fifth Third common stock in the merger received 1.7412 shares of Fifth Third common stock for each share of First Charter common stock, resulting in the issuance of 42.9 million shares of Fifth Third common stock. The common stock issued to affect the transaction was valued at $17.80 per share, the average closing price of the Bancorp’s common stock on the five previous trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the closing date. The assets and liabilities of First Charter were recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values as of the closing date. The results of First Charter's operations were included in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition. In addition, the Bancorp realized charges against its earnings for acquisition-related expenses of $17 million during 2008. The acquisition-related expenses consisted primarily of consulting, marketing, travel and relocation, and other costs associated with system conversions. The pro forma effect and the financial results of First Charter included in the results of operations subsequent to the date of acquisition were immaterial to the Bancorp’s financial condition or the operating results for the periods presented. Other On October 31, 2008, banking regulators declared Bradenton, Florida-based Freedom Bank insolvent and the FDIC was named receiver. The FDIC approved the assumption of all deposits by the Bancorp, which approximated $257 million. The FDIC retained substantially all of Freedom Bank's loan portfolio for later disposition. As part of the asset acquisition, the Bancorp recorded a core deposit intangible of $3 million. On May 2, 2008, the Bancorp completed its purchase of nine branches located in Atlanta, Georgia from First Horizon National Corporation (First Horizon). Under terms of the deal, the Bancorp acquired the nine branches and assumed the related deposits of $114 million. First Horizon retained all loans held at the branches. As part of the asset acquisition, the Bancorp recorded a core deposit intangible of $1 million. 78 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 4. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DIVIDENDS The FRB requires that banks hold cash in reserve against deposit liabilities, known as the reserve requirement. The amount of the reserve requirement is currently calculated based on net transaction account deposits, and is satisfied with vault cash. When vault cash alone is not sufficient to meet the reserve requirement, the remaining amount must be satisfied with funds held at the FRB. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp’s reserve requirements were satisfied with vault cash. The dividends paid by the Bancorp’s state chartered bank and nonbank subsidiaries are subject to regulations and limitations prescribed by the appropriate state authority. The Bancorp’s state chartered bank paid the Bancorp $1.4 billion in dividends during the year ended December 31, 2010 and did not pay a dividend during the year ended December 31, 2009. Based on retained earnings at December 31, 2010 and 2009, the dividend limitation of the Bancorp’s nonbank subsidiaries under these provisions was $150 million and $87 million, respectively. On December 31, 2008, the Bancorp sold $3.4 billion in senior preferred stock and related warrants to the U.S. Treasury under the terms of the CPP. The terms include restrictions on common stock dividends, which require the U.S. Treasury’s consent to increase common stock dividends for a period of three years from the date of investment unless the preferred shares are redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred shares to a third party. For the Bancorp, approval from the U.S. Treasury will be required for common stock dividends in excess of $0.15 per share of common stock. Also, no dividends can be declared or paid on the Bancorp’s common stock unless all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid on the preferred shares and certain other outstanding securities. Additionally, the Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock is limited by its need to maintain adequate capital levels, comply with safe and sound banking practices and meet regulatory expectations. On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp redeemed all 136,320 shares of its Series F preferred stock held by the U.S Treasury under the CPP totaling $3.4 billion. See Note 32 for further information on the redemption of the preferred shares. 5. SECURITIES The following table provides the amortized cost, fair value and unrealized gains and losses for the major categories of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolio as of December 31: 2010 2009 Amortized Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Fair Value Amortized Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Fair Value $225 1,564 170 10,570 1,338 1,052 $14,919 5 81 2 435 19 - 542 - - - (32) (15) - (47) 230 1,645 172 10,973 1,342 1,052 15,414 464 2,143 240 11,074 2,541 1,417 17,879 2 32 3 315 57 2 411 (8) (33) - (7) (29) - (77) 458 2,142 243 11,382 2,569 1,419 18,213 ($ in millions) Available-for-sale and other: U.S. Treasury and Government agencies U.S. Government sponsored agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities(a) Total Held-to-maturity: Obligations of states and political subdivisions Other debt securities $348 5 $353 - - - - - - 348 5 353 350 5 355 - - - - - - 350 5 355 Total (a) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings of $524 and $344 at December 31, 2010, respectively, and $551 and $342 at December 31, 2009, respectively, that are carried at cost, and certain mutual fund holdings and equity security holdings. The following table presents realized gains and losses recognized in income from available-for-sale securities for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Realized gains Realized losses Net realized gains 2010 $69 (13) $56 2009 91 (34) 57 2008 161 (130) 31 Trading securities totaled $294 million as of December 31, 2010 compared to $355 million at December 31, 2009. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on trading securities were $1 million each for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses on trading securities were $8 million each. for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross realized gains and losses on trading securities were $1 million and $2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Gross unrealized losses on trading securities were $8 million and gross unrealized gains were immaterial to the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009. Gross realized gains on trading securities for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $3 million, while gross realized losses as well as gross unrealized gains and losses were immaterial to the Bancorp. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, securities with a fair value of $11.3 billion and $14.2 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings, public deposits, trust funds, derivative contracts and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. Fifth Third Bancorp 79 The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown in the following table: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ($ in millions) Debt securities: (a) 633 Under 1 year 9,925 1-5 years 3,645 5-10 years 159 Over 10 years 1,052 Other securities Total 15,414 (a) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there exists a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. $626 9,535 3,546 160 1,052 $14,919 Fair Value Available-for-Sale & Other Amortized Cost Held-to-Maturity Amortized Cost Fair Value 21 190 116 26 - 353 21 190 116 26 - 353 The following table provides the fair value and gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of December 31: ($ in millions) 2010 U.S. Treasury and Government agencies U.S. Government sponsored agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities Total 2009 U.S. Treasury and Government agencies U.S. Government sponsored agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities Total Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses $ - - 11 1,555 563 - $2,129 $288 1,024 4 1,583 782 2 $3,683 - - - (32) (10) - (42) (8) (15) - (7) (15) - (45) 1 - 4 - 47 - 52 1 347 3 - 108 - 459 - - - - (5) - (5) - (18) - - (14) - (32) 1 - 15 1,555 610 - 2,181 289 1,371 7 1,583 890 2 4,142 - - - (32) (15) - (47) (8) (33) - (7) (29) - (77) Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (OTTI) If the fair value of an available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security is less than its amortized cost basis, the Bancorp must determine whether an OTTI has occurred. Under U.S. GAAP, the recognition and measurement requirements related to OTTI differ for debt and equity securities. See Note 1 for further information on the Bancorp’s accounting for OTTI. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Bancorp recognized $3 million in OTTI on its available-for-sale debt securities, however, no OTTI was recognized on held-to-maturity debt securities. During the year ended December 31, 2009, OTTI recognized on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities was immaterial to the Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, OTTI recognized on available-for-sale equity securities was immaterial to the Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2010 less than one percent of unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities portfolio were represented by non-rated securities, compared to two percent at December 31, 2009. During 2008, the Bancorp recognized a pre-tax OTTI charge of $67 million on FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock included in other securities as well as a pre-tax OTTI charge of $37 million on certain bank trust-preferred debt securities classified as available- for-sale. Upon a change in U.S. GAAP and adoption by the Bancorp in the second quarter of 2009, the Bancorp concluded that the OTTI charges on the trust preferred securities were due to non-credit related factors. Therefore, the Bancorp recognized an increase of $37 million to the investment balance and related unrealized losses during the year ended December 31, 2009. 80 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 6. LOANS AND LEASES The following table provides a summary of the total loans and leases classified by primary purpose as of December 31: ($ in millions) Loans and leases held for sale: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Residential mortgage loans Other consumer loans and leases Total loans and leases held for sale Portfolio loans and leases: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Total commercial loans and leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Total consumer loans and leases Total portfolio loans and leases 2010 $83 147 63 1,901 22 $2,216 $27,191 10,845 2,048 3,378 43,462 8,956 11,513 10,983 1,896 681 34,029 $77,491 2009 4 134 87 1,811 31 2,067 $25,683 11,803 3,784 3,535 44,805 8,035 12,174 8,995 1,990 780 31,974 76,779 Total portfolio loans and leases were recorded net of unearned income, which totaled $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additionally, unamortized premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and fair value adjustments (associated with acquired loans or loans designated as fair value upon origination), totaled a net discount of $19 million and $106 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Bancorp diversifies its loan and lease portfolio by offering a variety of loan and lease products with various payment terms and rate structures. Lending activities are concentrated within those states in which the Bancorp has banking centers and are primarily located in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp’s commercial loan portfolio consists of lending to various industry types. Management periodically reviews the performance of its loan and lease products to evaluate whether they are performing within acceptable interest rate and credit risk levels and changes are made to underwriting policies and procedures as needed. The Bancorp maintains an allowance to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio. For further information on credit quality and the ALLL, see Note 7. The Bancorp engages in commercial and consumer lease products primarily related to the financing of commercial equipment and automobiles. The Bancorp had $3.0 billion of direct financing leases and $1.7 billion of leveraged leases at December 31, 2010 compared to $3.2 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Pre-tax income from leveraged leases for 2010 was $49 million compared to pre-tax income in 2009 of $57 million and a pre-tax loss in 2008 of $97 million. The tax effect of this income was an expense of $10 million in each of the years ended 2010 and 2009 and a tax benefit of $37 million in 2008. The components of the investment in lease financing at December 31: ($ in millions) Rentals receivable, net of principal and interest on nonrecourse debt Estimated residual value of leased assets Initial direct cost, net of amortization Gross investment in lease financing Unearned income Net investment in lease financing (a) (a) The accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments was $112 and $125 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 2010 $3,775 900 16 4,691 (1,040) $3,651 2009 4,174 1,028 19 5,221 (1,186) 4,035 The Bancorp periodically reviews residual values associated with its leasing portfolio. Declines in residual values that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are recognized as a loss. Residual value write-downs related to consumer automobile leases for the year ended December 31, 2010 were immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp recognized $1 million and $3 in residual value write-downs related to consumer million automobile leases for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Bancorp recognized an immaterial amount of residual value write-downs related to commercial leases in 2010 and 2008 and $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, the minimum future lease payments receivable for each of the years 2011 through 2015 was $860 million, $686 million, $492 million, $457 million and $251 million, respectively. Fifth Third Bancorp 81 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 7. CREDIT QUALITY AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES Effective December 31, 2010, the Bancorp adopted new disclosure requirements that require disaggregation of disclosures related to the ALLL by portfolio segment and disclosures related to credit quality of loans and leases by class. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments represent the level of disaggregation at which the Bancorp determines the ALLL. The Bancorp’s classes represent the level of dissagregation at which the Bancorp monitors the credit quality and risk characteristics of the portfolio segments. The new disclosure requirements do not apply to periods ending before December 15, 2010. Therefore, certain disclosures are presented on a comparative basis in aggregate and then on a disaggregated basis as of December 31, 2010. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses The following table summarizes transactions in the ALLL for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Balance at January 1 Impact of change in accounting principle Losses charged off Recoveries of losses previously charged off Provision for loan and lease losses Balance at December 31 2010 $3,749 45 (2,485) 157 1,538 $3,004 2009 $2,787 - (2,719) 138 3,543 $3,749 2008 $937 - (2,791) 81 4,560 $2,787 The following table provides a summary of the ALLL and related loans and leases classified by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2010: Residential Mortgage Consumer Unallocated Total Commercial ($ in millions) Allowance for loan and lease losses (a): Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Unallocated Total allowance for loan and lease losses Loans and leases (b): Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality Total portfolio loans and leases (a) Includes $15 related to leveraged leases. (b) Excludes $46 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $1,039 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income. $209 1,779 1 - $1,989 $1,076 42,382 4 $43,462 1,180 7,718 12 8,910 119 189 2 - 310 107 448 - - 555 651 24,414 8 25,073 - - - 150 150 - - - - $435 2,416 3 150 $3,004 $2,907 74,514 24 $77,445 Credit Risk Profile For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied, commercial construction and commercial leasing. To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality within the commercial portfolio segment, and for purposes of analyzing historical loss rates used in the determination of the ALLL for the commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp utilizes the following categories of credit grades: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The five categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions, are assigned upon initial approval of credit to borrowers and updated periodically thereafter. Pass ratings, which are assigned to those borrowers that do not have identified potential or well defined weaknesses and for which there is a high likelihood of orderly repayment, are updated periodically based on the size and credit characteristics of the borrower. All other categories are updated on a quarterly basis during the month preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The Bancorp assigns a special mention rating to loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or the Bancorp’s credit position. 82 Fifth Third Bancorp The Bancorp assigns a substandard rating to loans and leases that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. Substandard loans and leases have well defined weaknesses or weaknesses that could jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. Loans and leases in this grade also are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bancorp will sustain some loss if the deficiencies noted are not addressed and corrected. The Bancorp assigns a doubtful rating to loans and leases that have all the attributes of a substandard rating with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit quality of the loan or lease, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceeding, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. Loans and loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off in the period in which they are determined uncollectible. Because loans and leases in this category are fully charged down, they are not included in the following tables. leases classified as NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s commercial portfolio segment, by class, as of December 31, 2010: Credit Grade ($ in millions) Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Commercial & Industrial Loans $23,147 1,406 2,541 97 $27,191 Commercial Mortgage Loans Owner-Occupied 4,034 430 854 22 5,340 Commercial Mortgage Loans Nonowner-Occupied 3,620 647 1,174 64 5,505 Commercial Construction Commercial Leases 1,034 416 540 58 2,048 3,269 60 48 1 3,378 For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its consumer portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: home equity, automobile loans, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. The Bancorp’s residential mortgage portfolio segment is also a separate class. The Bancorp considers repayment performance as the best indicator of credit quality for residential mortgage and consumer loans. Residential mortgage loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due one hundred fifty days are classified as nonperforming unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Home equity, automobile, and other consumer loans and leases that have principal and interest payments that have become past due ninety days are classified as nonperforming unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonperforming unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and are reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. All other loans and leases are classified as performing. Well secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance. The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments, by class, as of December 31, 2010: ($ in millions) Performing Nonperforming Total (a) Excludes $46 of loans measured at fair value. Residential Mortgage Loans(a) $8,642 268 $8,910 Home Equity 11,457 56 11,513 Automobile Loans Credit Card 10,980 3 10,983 1,841 55 1,896 Other Consumer Loans and Leases 597 84 681 Age Analysis of Past Due Loans and Leases The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s recorded investment in portfolio loans and leases by age and class as of December 31, 2010: Portfolio Loans and Leases ($ in millions) Commercial: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage owner-occupied Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied Commercial construction Commercial leasing Residential mortgage loans (a) Consumer: Home equity loans Automobile loans Credit card loans Other consumer loans and leases Total portfolio loans and leases (a) (a) Excludes $46 of loans measured at fair value. (b) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases. 30-89 Days Past Due 90 Days and Greater (b) Total Past Due Current Loans and Leases Total Loans and Leases 90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing $201 50 38 72 10 138 148 96 35 3 $791 303 139 215 145 7 368 145 15 90 6 1,433 504 189 253 217 17 506 293 111 125 9 2,224 26,687 5,151 5,252 1,831 3,361 8,404 11,220 10,872 1,771 672 75,221 $27,191 5,340 5,505 2,048 3,378 8,910 11,513 10,983 1,896 681 $77,445 $16 8 3 3 - 100 89 13 42 - $274 Impaired Loans and Leases Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. The Bancorp also performs an individual review on loans that are restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. Other factors may include the geography and industry of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Fifth Third Bancorp 83 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s recorded investment in impaired loans and leases and related allowance as of December 31: ($ in millions) With a related allowance recorded: Commercial Residential mortgage Consumer Total with a related allowance recorded With no related allowance recorded: Commercial Residential mortgage Consumer Total with no related allowance recorded Total impaired loans and leases 2010 Recorded Investment Allowance 2009 Recorded Investment Allowance $695 1,071 607 $2,373 $385 121 52 558 $2,931 210 121 107 438 - - - - - $1,468 960 519 $2,947 $214 68 59 341 $3,288 510 108 36 654 - - - - - The average balance of impaired loans during 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $3.2 billion, $2.9 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans during 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $74 million, $54 million, and $12 million, respectively. The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s recorded investment in impaired loans and related allowance by class as of December 31, 2010: ($ in millions) With a related allowance recorded: Commercial: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans owner-occupied Commercial mortgage loans nonowner-occupied Commercial construction loans Commercial leasing Restructured residential mortgage loans Restructured consumer loans: Home equity Automobile Credit card Other Total impaired loans with a related allowance With no related allowance recorded: Commercial: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans owner-occupied Commercial mortgage loans nonowner-occupied Commercial construction loans Commercial leasing Restructured residential mortgage loans Restructured consumer loans: Home equity Automobile Total impaired loans with no related allowance Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance Allowance $291 37 202 150 15 1,071 $397 32 100 78 $2,373 $153 99 108 8 17 121 $46 6 $558 404 49 386 240 15 1,126 400 33 100 78 2,831 194 113 126 24 17 146 48 6 674 128 4 40 31 7 121 53 5 18 31 438 - - - - - - - - - Nonperforming Assets The following table summarizes the total nonperforming and delinquent loans and leases as of December 31: ($ in millions) Nonaccrual loans and leases Restructured nonaccrual loans and leases Total nonperforming loans and leases OREO and other repossessed personal property (a) Total nonperforming assets (b) Total loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing (a) Excludes $38 and $15 of OREO related to government insured loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. (b) Excludes $294 and $224 of nonaccrual loans held for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 2010 $1,333 347 1,680 494 $2,174 $274 2009 $2,642 305 2,947 297 $3,244 $567 84 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans on nonaccrual status during 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $25 million, $20 million, and $10 million, respectively. The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s nonperforming loans and leases, by class, as of December 31, 2010: ($in millions) Commercial: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans owner-occupied Commercial mortgage loans nonowner-occupied Commercial construction Commercial leasing Total Commercial Residential mortgage loans Consumer: Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Total Consumer Total nonperforming loans and leases (a) Excludes $294 and $224 of nonaccrual loans held for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Nonperforming Loans & Leases (a) $568 168 267 192 19 $1,214 $268 56 3 55 84 $198 $1,680 accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans (accretable yield). A summary of activity is provided. 8. LOANS WITH DETERIORATED CREDIT QUALITY ACQUIRED IN A TRANSFER The Bancorp has acquired certain loans for which there was evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. These loans were evaluated either individually or segregated into pools based on common risk characteristics and accounted for under U.S. GAAP guidance for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. U.S. GAAP requires acquired loans to be recorded at their initial fair value and prohibits carrying over valuation allowances when applying purchase accounting. Loans carried at fair value, mortgage loans held for sale and loans under revolving credit agreements are excluded from the scope of this guidance on loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Bancorp recorded provision expense for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality of $6 million, $21 million and $35 million, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In addition, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses of $3 million and $21 million, respectively, on these loans. net net ($ in millions) Balance as of December 31, 2007 Additions Accretion Disposals Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable difference, Balance as of December 31, 2008 Additions Accretion Disposals Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable difference, Balance as of December 31, 2009 Additions Accretion Disposals Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable difference, Accretable Yield $6 24 (15) - 13 $28 - (6) - (13) $9 - (2) (2) (3) $2 The following table reflects the outstanding balance of all contractually required payments and carrying amounts of loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality at December 31: ($ in millions) Commercial Consumer Outstanding balance Carrying amount 2010 $15 58 $73 $24 2009 158 58 216 71 At the acquisition date, the Bancorp determines the excess of the loan’s contractually required payments over all cash flows expected to be collected as an amount that should not be accreted into interest income (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount representing the difference in the expected cash flows of acquired loans and the initial investment in the acquired loans is net Balance as of December 31, 2010 The following table reflects loans that were acquired with deteriorated credit quality during the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Contractually required payments receivable at acquisition: Commercial Consumer Total Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition 2010 2009 2008 $ - 23 $23 $8 8 - - - - - 182 34 216 90 66 Fifth Third Bancorp 85 9. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT The following is a summary of bank premises and equipment at December 31: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ($ in millions) Land and improvements Buildings Equipment Leasehold improvements Construction in progress Accumulated depreciation and amortization Total Depreciation and amortization expense related to bank premises and equipment was $225 million in 2010, $227 million in 2009 and $218 million in 2008. Gross occupancy expense for cancelable and noncancelable leases was $98 million in 2010, $102 million in 2009 and $98 million in 2008, which is reduced by rental income from leased premises of $19 million in 2010, $16 million in 2009 and $13 million in 2008. ($ in millions) Year ended December 31, 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter Total minimum lease payments Amounts representing interest Present value of net minimum lease payments Estimated Useful Life 5 to 50 yrs. 3 to 20 yrs. 3 to 40 yrs. 2010 $797 1,593 1,296 393 92 (1,782) $2,389 2009 748 1,539 1,354 401 105 (1,747) 2,400 The Bancorp’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of noncancelable and capital lease agreements with respect to bank premises and equipment. The following table provides the annual future minimum payments under capital leases and noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2010: Operating Leases Capital Leases $91 87 83 79 75 454 $869 - - 12 13 3 - - 1 29 3 32 10. GOODWILL Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the acquisition of goodwill. Acquisition activity includes acquisitions in the respective period, in addition to purchase accounting adjustments related to previous acquisitions. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Bancorp determined that the Commercial Banking and Consumer Lending segments’ goodwill carrying amounts exceeded their associated implied fair values by $750 million and $215 million, respectively. The resulting $965 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008 and represents the total amount of accumulated impairment losses as of December 31, 2010. Changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill by reporting segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows: Commercial ($ in millions) Banking Balance as of December 31, 2008 $614 Acquisition activity (1) Sale of Processing Business - Balance as of December 31, 2009 613 Acquisition activity - $613 Balance as of December 31, 2010 (a) As a result of the Processing Business Sale on June 30, 2009, Processing Solutions is no longer a segment of the Bancorp. Consumer Lending - - - - - - Branch Banking 1,657 (1) - 1,656 - 1,656 Investment Advisors 148 - - 148 - 148 Processing Solutions (a) 205 7 (212) - Total 2,624 5 (212) 2,417 - 2,417 The Bancorp conducts its evaluation of goodwill impairment as of September 30th each year, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. The Bancorp completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2010 and determined that no impairment existed. The Bancorp evaluates goodwill for impairment at the segment level. In Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test, the Bancorp compared the fair value of each segment to its carrying amount, including goodwill. To determine the fair value of a segment, the Bancorp employed an income-based approach utilizing the segment’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the segment’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. The Bancorp believes that this DCF method, using management projections for the respective segments and an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate, is most reflective of a market participant’s view of fair values given current market 86 Fifth Third Bancorp conditions. Under the DCF method, the forecasted cash flows were developed for each segment by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, client retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance, recent and anticipated regulatory changes, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each segment was estimated at three percent based on the Bancorp’s assessment of the long-term expected growth rate of each segment, as well as broader economic considerations such as long-term expectations for gross domestic product and inflation. The cash flow growth rate required to avoid failing Step 1 was determined to be negative 0.5%. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The discount rates used in the goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2010 to develop the estimated fair value of the segments were as follows: Commercial Banking Branch Banking Investment Advisors Discount Rate 16.7% 16.0% 17.4% Discount rates were estimated based on a capital asset pricing model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, an estimated equity risk premium, an estimated beta for the Bancorp’s common stock and size premium adjustments specific to each particular segment. Based on the results of the Step 1 test, the Bancorp determined that the fair value of the Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, and Investment Advisors segments exceeded their respective carrying values, and consequently, no further testing was required. The Step 1 analysis prepared for the Bancorp’s Branch Banking segment resulted in the unit’s fair value exceeding its carrying value, including goodwill, by 7%. The key assumptions 11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible assets consist of servicing rights, core deposit intangibles, customer lists, non-compete agreements and cardholder relationships. Intangible assets, excluding servicing rights, are amortized on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives and have an estimated weighted-average life at December 31, 2010 of 3.5 years. The ($ in millions) As of December 31, 2010: Mortgage servicing rights Core deposit intangibles Other Total intangible assets As of December 31, 2009: Mortgage servicing rights Core deposit intangibles Other consumer and commercial servicing rights Other Total intangible assets used in estimating the fair value for the segment include deposit and loan growth rates, forecasted changes in the absolute and relative levels of interest rates, and the impact of recent and anticipated regulatory changes affecting retail banking. The Bancorp forecasts its deposit growth based on an assessment of its expected funding needs, which includes an analysis of expected growth in loan and investment balances as well as availability and expected use of alternative funding sources over that period. The Bancorp looks at forward interest rate curves to forecast the future expected interest rate levels, which impact the revenue from the spread earned on loan balances as well as the funding benefit generated by the deposit base. The sensitivity of the Bancorp’s deposit rates to changes in LIBOR is also a key factor considered in this analysis. The Bancorp also considered the potential impact of recent and anticipated regulatory changes that may impact overdraft revenue, debit interchange revenue and credit card revenue in 2011 and beyond. Changes in these key assumptions could negatively impact the fair value of the Branch Banking segment in future periods. These changes would include unanticipated regulatory changes, movements in interest rates and economic the Branch Banking segment’s profitability. trends affecting intangible assets for possible Bancorp reviews impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For more information on servicing rights, see Note 13. The details of the Bancorp’s intangible assets are shown in the following table. Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Valuation Allowance Net Carrying Amount $2,284 439 44 $2,767 $1,987 487 12 53 $2,539 (1,146) (389) (32) (1,567) (1,008) (397) (11) (37) (1,453) (316) - - (316) (280) - - - (280) 822 50 12 884 699 90 1 16 806 As of December 31, 2010, all of the Bancorp’s intangible assets were being amortized. Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets, including servicing rights, for the years ending December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $181 million, $204 million and $164 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense, including servicing rights, for the years ending December 31, 2011 through 2015 is as follows: ($ in millions) 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Mortgage Servicing Rights $201 163 133 109 90 Other Intangible Assets Total 22 13 8 4 2 $223 176 141 113 92 Fifth Third Bancorp 87 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 12. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, engages in a variety of activities that involve VIEs, which are legal entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities, or the equity investors of the entities as a group lack any of the characteristics of a controlling interest. Unless the VIE qualifies for the deferral of the amended VIE consolidation guidance discussed in Note 1, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Bancorp evaluates its interest in certain entities to determine if these entities meet the definition of a VIE and whether the Bancorp is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate the entity based on the variable interests it held both ($ in millions) Assets: Cash and due from banks Other short-term investments Commercial mortgage loans Home equity Automobile loans Allowance for loan and lease losses Other assets Total assets Liabilities: Other liabilities Long-term debt Total liabilities Noncontrolling interest Home Equity and Automobile Loan Securitizations The Bancorp previously sold $903 million of home equity lines of credit to an isolated trust. Additionally, the Bancorp previously sold $2.7 billion of automobile loans to an isolated trust and conduits in three separate transactions. Each of these transactions isolated the related loans through the use of a VIE that, under accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010, was not consolidated by the Bancorp. The VIEs were funded through loans from large multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits sponsored by third party agents, asset-backed securities issued with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority, and residual interests. The Bancorp retained residual interests in these entities and, therefore, has an obligation to absorb losses and a right to receive benefits from the VIEs that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. In addition, the Bancorp retained servicing rights for the underlying loans and, therefore, holds the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. As a result, the Bancorp determined it is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, effective January 1, 2010, these VIEs have been consolidated in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The assets of each VIE are restricted to the settlement of the long-term debt and other liabilities of the respective entity. Third-party holders of this debt do not have recourse to the general assets of the Bancorp. The economic performance of the VIEs is most significantly impacted by the performance of the underlying loans. The principle risks to which the entities are exposed include credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is managed through credit accounts, enhancement form overcollateralization, the subordination of certain classes of asset-backed securities to other classes, and in the case of the home equity transaction, an reserve the the excess interest on loans, of in 88 Fifth Third Bancorp at inception and when there is a change in circumstances that require a reconsideration. If the Bancorp is determined to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it must account for the VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. If the Bancorp is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE but holds a variable interest in the entity, such variable interests are accounted for under the equity method of accounting or other accounting standards as appropriate. Consolidated VIEs The following table provides a summary of the classifications of consolidated VIE assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest included in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010: Home Equity Securitization Automobile Loan Securitizations CDC Investment Total $7 - - 241 - (5) 1 $244 $ - 133 $133 45 7 - - 648 (8) 5 697 12 559 571 - - 29 - - (1) 1 29 - - - $29 $52 7 29 241 648 (14) 7 970 $12 692 $704 $29 insurance policy with a third party guaranteeing payment of accrued and unpaid interest and principal on the securities. Interest rate risk is managed by interest rate swaps between the VIEs and third parties. CDC Investment CDC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bancorp, was created to invest in projects to create affordable housing, revitalize business and residential areas, and preserve historic landmarks. CDC generally co-invests with other unrelated companies and/or individuals and typically makes investments in a separate legal entity that owns the property under development. The entities are usually formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and CDC typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the VIEs is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The Bancorp serves as the in a business managing member of one LLC revitalization project. The Bancorp has provided an indemnification guarantee to the investor member of this LLC related to the qualification of tax credits generated by investor members’ investment. Accordingly, the Bancorp concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and, therefore, has consolidated this VIE. As a result, the VIE is presented as a noncontrolling interest in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. This presentation includes reporting separately the equity attributable to the noncontrolling interest in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity. Additionally, invested NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest is reported separately in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure related to this indemnification at December 31, 2010 is $9 million, which is based on an amount required to meet the investor member’s defined target rate of return. Non-consolidated VIEs The following table provides a summary of assets and liabilities carried on the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010 related to non-consolidated VIEs for which the Bancorp holds a variable interest, but is not the primary beneficiary to the VIE, as well as the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to losses associated with its interests in the entities: ($ in millions) CDC investments Private equity investments Money market funds Loans provided to VIEs Restructured loans CDC Investments As noted previously, CDC typically invests in VIEs as a limited partner or investor member in the form of equity contributions. The Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners/managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. Accordingly, the Bancorp accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting. The Bancorp’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional unfunded commitments for future equity contributions. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments, including the unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. Also, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the liabilities related to the unfunded commitments, which are included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $286 million and $235 liquidity million, respectively. The Bancorp has no other arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose the Bancorp to a loss. In certain arrangements, the general partner/managing member of the VIE has guaranteed a level of projected tax credits to be received by the limited partners/investor members, thereby minimizing a portion of the Bancorp’s risk. Private Equity Investments The Bancorp invests as a limited partner in private equity funds which provide the Bancorp with an opportunity to obtain higher rates of return on invested capital, while also creating cross-selling opportunities for the Bancorp’s commercial products. Each of the limited partnerships has an unrelated third-party general partner responsible for appointing the fund manager. The Bancorp has not been appointed fund manager for any of these private equity funds. The funds finance primarily all of their activities from the partners’ capital contributions and investment returns. The private equity funds qualify for the deferral of the amended VIE consolidation the VIE guidance discussed consolidation guidance still applicable to the funds, the Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. in Note 1. However, under Total Assets Total Liabilities Maximum Exposure $1,241 129 148 1,175 12 $286 3 - - - $1,241 322 158 1,908 13 Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its investments in these limited partnerships under the equity method of accounting. The Bancorp is exposed to losses arising from a negative performance of the underlying investments in the private equity funds. As a limited partner, the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments plus unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $129 million and $98 million, respectively. Also as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the unfunded commitment amounts to the funds were $193 million and $90 million, respectively. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $34 million to private equity funds during the year ended December 31, 2010. Money Market Funds Under U.S. GAAP, money market funds are generally not considered VIEs because they are generally deemed to have sufficient equity at risk to finance their activities without additional subordinated financial support, and the fund shareholders do not lack the characteristics of a controlling interest. However, when a situation arises where an investment manager provides credit support to a fund, even when not contractually required to do so, the investment manager is deemed under U.S. GAAP to have provided an implicit guarantee of the fund’s performance to the fund’s shareholders. Such an implicit guarantee would require the investment manager and other variable interest holders to reconsider the VIE status of the fund, as well as all other similar funds where such an implicit guarantee is now deemed to exist. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Bancorp voluntarily provided credit support of less than $1 million to a money market fund managed by FTAM. Accordingly, the Bancorp was required to analyze the money market funds and similar funds managed by FTAM under the VIE consolidation guidance still applicable to these funds in order to determine the primary beneficiary of each fund. In analyzing these funds, the Bancorp determined that interest rate risk and credit risk are the two main risks to which the funds are exposed. After analyzing the interest rate risk variability and credit risk variability associated with these funds, the Bancorp determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. Therefore, the Bancorp’s investments in these funds are included as other securities in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Loans Provided to VIEs The Bancorp has provided funding to certain unconsolidated VIEs sponsored by third parties. These VIEs are generally established to finance certain consumer and small business loans originated by third parties. The entities are primarily funded through the issuance Fifth Third Bancorp 89 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS of a loan from the Bancorp or syndication through which the Bancorp is involved. The sponsor/administrator of the entities is responsible for servicing the underlying assets in the VIEs. Because the sponsor/administrator, not the Bancorp, holds the servicing responsibilities, which include the establishment and employment of default mitigation policies and procedures, the Bancorp does not hold the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the entity and, therefore, is not the primary beneficiary. The principle risk to which these entities are exposed is credit risk related to the underlying assets. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts of the loans and unfunded commitments to the VIEs. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had outstanding loans to these VIEs of $1.2 billion included in commercial loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp’s unfunded commitments to these entities were $733 million and $539 million, respectively. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs. Restructured Loans As part of loan restructuring efforts in 2009 and 2010, the Bancorp received equity capital from certain borrowers to facilitate the restructuring of the borrower’s debt. These borrowers meet the definition of a VIE because the Bancorp was involved in their refinancing and because their equity capital is insufficient to fund ongoing operations. These restructurings were intended to provide the VIEs with serviceable debt levels while providing the Bancorp 13. SALES OF RECEIVABLES AND SERVICING RIGHTS Residential Mortgage Loan Sales The Bancorp sold fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans during 2010, 2009 and 2008. In those sales, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and the investors have no recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Bancorp receives annual servicing fees based on a percentage of the outstanding balance. The Bancorp identifies classes of servicing assets based on financial asset type and interest rates. ($ in millions) Residential mortgage loan sales Origination fees and gains on loan sales Servicing fees an opportunity to maximize the recovery of the loans. The VIEs finance their operations from earned income, capital contributions, and through restructured debt agreements. Assets of the VIEs are used to settle their specific obligations, including loan payments due to the Bancorp. The Bancorp continues to maintain its relationship with these VIEs as a lender and minority shareholder, however, it is not involved in management decisions and does not have sufficient voting rights to control the membership of the respective boards. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its equity investments in these VIEs under the equity method or cost method based on its percentage of ownership and ability to exercise significant influence. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs is limited to the equity investments, the principal and accrued interest on the outstanding loans, and any unfunded commitments. Due to the VIEs’ short-term cash deficit projections at the restructuring dates, the Bancorp determined that the fair value of its equity investments in these VIEs was zero. As of December 31, 2010, the Bancorp’s carrying value of these equity investments was zero. Additionally, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had outstanding loans to these VIEs of $12 million and $23 million, respectively, included in commercial loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp’s unfunded loan commitments to these VIEs were $1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs. Information related to residential mortgage loan sales and the Bancorp’s mortgage banking activity, which is included in mortgage banking net revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31 is as follows: 2010 $17,861 2009 20,605 2008 11,529 490 221 485 197 260 164 Servicing Assets The following table presents changes in the servicing assets related to residential mortgage loans for the years ended: ($ in millions) Carrying amount as of the beginning of period Servicing obligations that result from transfer of residential mortgage loans Amortization Carrying amount before valuation allowance Valuation allowance for servicing assets: Beginning balance Servicing impairment Ending balance Carrying amount as of the end of the period 2010 $979 297 (138) 1,138 (280) (36) (316) $822 2009 752 373 (146) 979 (256) (24) (280) 699 90 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS in the MSR valuation allowance, Temporary impairment or impairment recovery, effected through a change is captured as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in value of the MSR portfolio. This strategy includes the purchase of free-standing derivatives and various available-for-sale securities. The interest income, mark-to-market adjustments and gain or loss from sale activities associated with these portfolios are expected to economically hedge a portion of the change in value of the MSR portfolio caused by fluctuating discount rates, earnings rates and prepayment speeds. The fair value of the servicing asset is based on the present value of expected future cash flows. The following table displays the beginning and ending fair value for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Fixed rate residential mortgage loans: Fair value at beginning of period Fair value at end of period Adjustable rate residential mortgage loans: Fair value at beginning of period Fair value at end of period 2010 $667 791 32 31 2009 458 667 38 32 The following table presents activity related to valuations of the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy, which is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Securities gains, net – non-qualifying hedges on MSRs Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio (Mortgage banking net revenue) Provision for MSR impairment (Mortgage banking net revenue) 2010 $14 2009 57 2008 120 109 (36) 41 (24) 89 (207) As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the key economic assumptions used in measuring the interests that continued to be held by the Bancorp at the date of sale or securitization resulting from transactions completed during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows: Rate Residential mortgage loans: Servicing assets Servicing assets Fixed Adjustable December 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Weighted- Average Life (in years) Prepayment Speed (annual) Discount Rate (annual) Weighted- Average Default Rate Weighted- Average Life (in years) Prepayment Speed (annual) Discount Rate (annual) Weighted- Average Default Rate 6.7 3.6 10.7% 23.3 10.3% 11.3 N/A N/A 6.6 2.7 12.0% 35.5 9.8% 10.8 N/A N/A Based on historical credit experience, expected credit losses for residential mortgage loan servicing assets have been deemed immaterial, as the Bancorp sold the majority of the underlying loans without recourse. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp was servicing $54.2 billion and $48.6 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans for other investors. The value of interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the sold financial assets. At December 31, 2010, the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows: Weighted- Average Life (in years) Fair Value Prepayment Speed Assumption Impact of Adverse Change on Fair Value 10% 20% Rate Residual Servicing Cash Flows Impact of Adverse Change on Fair Value Discount Rate Weighted-Average Default Impact of Adverse Change on Fair Value 10% 20% Rate 10% 20% $791 31 5.9 3.0 13.0% ($36) (2) 26.2 (70) (3) 10.6% 11.9 ($30) (1) (58) (2) - % - $ - - - - ($ in millions) Rate Residential mortgage loans: Servicing assets Servicing assets Fixed Adjustable These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% and 20% variation in assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the previous table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Automobile Loan Securitizations During 2008, the Bancorp sold $2.7 billion of automobile loans in three separate transactions, recognizing gains of $15 million, offset by $26 million in losses on related hedges. Each transaction isolated the related loans through the use of a securitization trust or a conduit, formed as QSPEs, to facilitate the securitization process. The QSPEs issued asset-backed securities with varying levels of Fifth Third Bancorp 91 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS credit subordination and payment priority. The investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. During 2008 and 2009, required repurchases of previously transferred automobile loans from the QSPE were immaterial to the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. expected cash flows using management’s best estimates for the key assumptions. Upon adoption on January 1, 2010 of the FASB guidance on the accounting for QSPEs and VIEs, the Bancorp determined that it is the primary beneficiary (and therefore consolidator) of these QSPEs. Refer to Note 1 for further details. In each of these sales, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities, but no servicing asset or liability was recorded as the market based servicing fee was considered adequate compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bancorp recognized $8 million and $9 million, respectively, of servicing fees on these automobile loans. The servicing fees are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income. in other noninterest income As of December 31, 2009, the Bancorp held retained interests in the QSPEs in the form of asset-backed securities totaling $63 million and residual interests totaling $98 million. These retained interests were included in available-for-sale securities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bancorp received cash flows of $4 million and $3 million, respectively, from the asset-backed securities and $34 million and $37 million, respectively, from the residual interests. The asset-backed securities were measured at fair value using quoted market prices for similar assets. The residual interests were measured at fair value based on the present value of future Commercial Loan Sales to a QSPE Through 2008, the Bancorp transferred, subject to credit recourse, investment grade certain primarily floating-rate, short-term, commercial loans to an unconsolidated QSPE that is wholly owned by an independent third-party. The transfers of loans to the QSPE were accounted for as sales. The QSPE issued commercial paper and used the proceeds to fund the acquisition of commercial loans transferred to it by the Bancorp. The Bancorp did not transfer any new loans to the QSPE during 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bancorp collected $6 million and $13 million, respectively, in servicing fees from the QSPE. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bancorp collected $334 million in net cash proceeds from loan transfers to the QSPE. Upon adoption on January 1, 2010 of the FASB guidance on the accounting for QSPEs and VIEs, the Bancorp determined that it is the primary beneficiary (and therefore consolidator) of this QSPE. Refer to Note 1 for further details. The following table provides a summary of the total loans and leases managed by the Bancorp, including loans securitized and loans in VIEs that were not consolidated prior to January 1, 2010, as of and for the years ended December 31: Balance of Loans 90 Days or More Past Due 2010 $16 11 3 - 100 89 13 42 $274 2009 118 59 16 4 189 100 18 65 569 Net Credit Losses 2010 $586 524 252 2 439 264 88 173 $2,328 2009 718 422 417 8 355 325 156 190 2,591 Balance ($ in millions) Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans Home equity loans Automobile loans Other consumer loans and leases Total loans and leases managed and securitized (a) Less: Automobile loans securitized Home equity loans securitized Commercial loans sold to unconsolidated QSPE Loans held for sale Total portfolio loans and leases (a) Excluding securitized assets that the Bancorp continues to service, but has no other continuing involvement. 2010 $27,275 10,992 2,111 3,378 10,857 11,513 10,983 2,598 $79,707 $ - - - 2,216 $77,491 2009 26,458 11,936 3,921 3,535 9,795 12,437 10,226 2,802 81,110 1,230 263 771 2,067 76,779 92 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 14. DERIVATIVES The Bancorp maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce certain risks related to interest rate, prepayment and foreign currency volatility. Additionally, the Bancorp holds derivative instruments for the benefit of its commercial customers. The Bancorp does not enter into unhedged speculative derivative positions. The Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain financial instruments so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the Bancorp’s net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options and swaptions. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on a common notional amount and maturity date. Interest rate floors protect against declining rates, while interest rate caps protect against rising interest rates. Forward contracts are contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase, and the seller agrees to make delivery of, a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. Options provide the purchaser with the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a contracted item during a specified period at an agreed upon price. Swaptions are financial instruments granting the owner the right, but not the obligation, to enter into or cancel a swap. Prepayment volatility arises mostly from changes in fair value of the largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. The Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, swaptions, floors, options and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge prepayment volatility. Principal-only swaps are total return swaps based on changes in the value of the underlying mortgage principal-only trust. loans denominated Foreign currency volatility occurs as the Bancorp enters into certain in foreign currencies. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use to economically hedge these foreign denominated loans include foreign exchange swaps and forward contracts. The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts and interest rate swaps, floors and caps) for the benefit of commercial customers and other business purposes. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures free-standing derivatives by entering into offsetting third-party contracts with approved, reputable counterparties with substantially matching terms and currencies. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The related these to Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional, principal or contract amounts. Credit risk limits, counterparty collateral and monitoring procedures. through credit approvals, is minimized The Bancorp’s derivative assets consist primarily of contracts in which the Bancorp requires the counterparties to provide collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in the fair value of the derivatives, including changes in the fair value due to credit risk of the counterparty. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the balance of collateral held by the Bancorp for derivative assets was $903 million and $548 million, respectively. Valuation adjustments related to the credit risk associated with certain counterparties of customer accommodation derivative contracts negatively impacted the fair value of those contracts by $2 million and $3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. requirements of In measuring the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Bancorp considers its own credit risk, taking into consideration certain derivative collateral maintenance counterparties and the duration of instruments with counterparties that do not require collateral maintenance. The Bancorp’s derivative liabilities consist primarily of contracts that require collateral to be maintained in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in fair value of the derivatives, including changes in fair value due to the Bancorp’s credit risk. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the balance of collateral posted by the Bancorp for derivative liabilities was $680 million and $726 million, respectively. The posting of collateral has been determined to remove the need for consideration of credit risk. As a result, the Bancorp determined that the impact of the Bancorp’s credit risk to the valuation of immaterial to the liabilities was its derivative Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp holds certain derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, or for which hedge accounting is not established, are held as free-standing derivatives and provide the Bancorp an economic hedge. All customer accommodation derivatives are held as free-standing derivatives. The fair value of derivative instruments is presented on a gross basis, even when the derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements. Derivative instruments with a positive fair value are reported in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets while derivative instruments with a negative fair value are reported in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral payables and receivables associated with the derivative instruments are not added to or netted against the fair value amounts. Fifth Third Bancorp 93 The following table reflects the notional amounts and fair values for all derivative instruments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ($ in millions) Qualifying hedging instruments: Fair value hedges: Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt Interest rate swaps related to time deposits Total fair value hedges Cash flow hedges: Interest rate floors related to C&I loans Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans Interest rate caps related to long-term debt Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt Total cash flow hedges Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments Free-standing derivatives – risk management and other business purposes: Interest rate contracts related to MSRs Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes Put options associated with Processing Business Sale Stock warrants associated with Processing Business Sale Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares Total free-standing derivatives – risk management and other business purposes Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation: Interest rate contracts for customers Interest rate lock commitments Commodity contracts Foreign exchange contracts Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs Total free-standing derivatives – customer accommodation Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments Total 2010 Fair value 2009 Fair value Notional Amount Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities Notional Amount Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities $4,355 - 1,500 3,000 1,500 1,190 12,477 6,389 173 2,494 769 175 363 26,817 1,772 1,878 17,998 70 $442 - 442 153 8 4 - 165 607 141 90 3 4 - 79 - 317 701 9 99 339 2 1,150 $5,155 771 1,500 3,500 2,750 - 8,592 3,633 410 - 667 152 522 28,628 1,489 805 10,997 113 $ - - - - - - 31 31 31 81 14 1 4 8 - 18 126 735 9 92 319 2 1,157 $275 - 275 162 33 44 - 239 514 114 33 4 - - 75 - 226 719 3 63 206 2 993 $ - 6 6 - - - - - 6 24 2 2 - 9 - 55 92 753 8 58 169 2 990 1,467 $2,074 1,283 $1,314 1,219 $1,733 1,082 $1,088 fair value hedge using were accounted for using the “long-haul” method. The long-haul method requires a quarterly assessment of hedge effectiveness and measurement of ineffectiveness. For interest rate swaps accounted for as a long-haul method, ineffectiveness is the difference between the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap and changes in fair value of the long-term debt attributable to the risk being hedged. The ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt or time deposits the Consolidated Statements of Income. is reported within interest expense the in Fair Value Hedges The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate, long-term debt or time deposits to floating-rate. Decisions to convert fixed-rate debt or time deposits to floating are made primarily through consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Bancorp, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and interest rate levels. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, certain interest rate swaps met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on this shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed. For interest rate swaps that do not meet the shortcut requirements, an assessment of hedge effectiveness was performed and such swaps 94 Fifth Third Bancorp The following table reflects the change in fair value of interest rate contracts, designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the related hedged items, included in the Consolidated Statements of Income: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS For the year ended December 31, ($ in millions) Interest rate contracts: Consolidated Statements of Income Caption 2010 2009 2008 Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt Change in fair value of hedged long-term debt Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging time deposits Change in fair value of hedged time deposits Interest on long-term debt Interest on long-term debt Interest on deposits Interest on deposits $167 (168) 6 (6) (548) 538 4 (3) (776) 765 (19) 19 Cash Flow Hedges The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert floating-rate assets and liabilities to fixed rates or to hedge certain forecasted transactions. The assets or liabilities are typically grouped and share the same risk exposure for which they are being hedged. The Bancorp may also enter into interest rate caps and floors to limit cash flow variability of floating rate assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 2010, all hedges designated as cash flow hedges are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the hedged item’s expected cash flows. Ineffectiveness is reported within other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The effective portion of the gains or losses on cash flow hedges accumulated other reported within comprehensive income and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the maximum length of time over which the Bancorp is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows related to the forecasted issuance of floating rate debt is 27 months. are For the year ended December 31: ($ in millions) Amount of gain recognized in OCI Amount of gain reclassified from OCI into net interest income Amount of ineffectiveness recognized in other noninterest income Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Risk Management and Other Business Purposes As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, swaptions, floors, options and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge changes in fair value of its largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio. the mortgage-LIBOR spread Principal-only swaps hedge because these swaps appreciate in value as a result of tightening spreads. Principal-only swaps also provide prepayment protection by increasing in value when prepayment speeds increase, as opposed to MSRs that lose value in a faster prepayment environment. Receive fixed/pay floating interest rate swaps and swaptions increase in value when interest rates do not increase as quickly as expected. into enters forward contracts The Bancorp to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The Bancorp may also enter into forward swaps to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loan commitments that will be held for sale are also considered free-standing derivative instruments and the interest rate exposure on these commitments is forward contracts. economically hedged primarily with Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a Reclassified gains and losses on interest rate floors and swaps related to commercial loans and interest rate caps and swaps related to debt are recorded within interest income and interest expense, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, $67 million and $105 million, respectively, of deferred gains, net of tax, on cash flow hedges were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2010, $45 million in net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. to income relating The following table presents the net gains recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income and accumulated other interest rate contracts comprehensive designated as cash flow hedges. Included in the ineffectiveness for the year ended December 31, 2010 are certain terminated interest rate caps previously designated as cash flow hedges on debt. In conjunction with these terminations, the Bancorp losses from accumulated other reclassified $17 million of comprehensive income into earnings as it was determined that the original forecasted transaction was no longer probable of occurring by the end of the originally specified time period or within the additional period of time as defined by U.S. GAAP. 2010 $2 60 6 2009 75 49 (1) 2008 100 3 1 component of mortgage banking net Consolidated Statements of Income. revenue in the The Bancorp previously entered into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use to economically hedge these foreign denominated loans include foreign exchange swaps and forward contracts. The Bancorp does not designate these instruments against the foreign denominated loans, and therefore, does not obtain hedge accounting treatment. Revaluation gains and losses on these foreign currency derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income, as are revaluation gains and losses on foreign denominated loans. Additionally, the Bancorp may enter into free-standing derivative instruments (options, swaptions and interest rate swaps) in order to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate and prepayment volatility. The gains and losses on these derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In conjunction with the Processing Business Sale in 2009, the Bancorp received warrants and issued put options, which are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. Refer to Note 28 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of these instruments. In conjunction with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009, the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which Fifth Third Bancorp 95 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. This total return swap is accounted for as a free-standing derivative. See Note 28 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of this instrument. The Bancorp enters into certain derivatives (forwards, futures and options) related to its foreign exchange business. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities or to forecasted transactions. Therefore, For the year ended December 31, ($ in millions) Interest rate contracts: these instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Bancorp economically hedges the exposures related to these derivative contracts by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, counterparties with independent substantially similar terms. reputable, The net gains (losses) recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management and other business purposes are summarized in the following table: Consolidated Statements of Income Caption 2010 2009 2008 Interest rate contracts related to MSR portfolio Forward contracts related to commercial mortgage loans held for sale Forward contracts related to residential mortgage loans held for sale Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt Mortgage banking net revenue Corporate banking revenue Mortgage banking net revenue Other noninterest income $109 - 40 2 41 - 55 3 Foreign exchange contracts: Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes Other noninterest income - (10) Equity contracts: Warrants associated with Processing Business Sale Put options associated with Processing Business Sale Swap associated with sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares Other noninterest income Other noninterest income Other noninterest income 4 1 (19) 13 5 (2) 89 (8) (17) 1 29 - - - instruments Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Customer Accommodation The majority of the free-standing derivative instruments the Bancorp enters into are for the benefit of its commercial customers. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities on the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify include foreign for hedge accounting. These exchange derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and commodity contracts to hedge such items as natural gas and various other derivative contracts. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of customers by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, reputable, independent counterparties with substantially matching terms. The Bancorp hedges its interest rate exposure on commercial customer transactions by executing offsetting swap agreements with primary dealers. Revaluation gains and losses on interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and other commercial customer derivative contracts are recorded as a component of corporate banking revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp enters into risk participation agreements, under which the Bancorp assumes credit exposure relating to certain underlying interest rate derivative contracts. The Bancorp only enters into these risk participation agreements in instances in which the Bancorp has participated in the loan that the underlying interest rate derivative contract was designed to hedge. The Bancorp will make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under the terms of the underlying interest rate derivative contract. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total notional amount of the risk participation agreements was $851 million and $810 million, respectively, and the fair value was a liability of $1 million and $2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, which is included in interest rate contracts for customers. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the risk participation agreements is contingent on the fair value of the underlying interest rate derivative contracts in an asset position at the time of default. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with the underlying customers in the risk participation agreements through the same risk grading system currently utilized for establishing loss reserves in its loan and lease portfolio. Under this risk rating system as of December 31, 2010, $744 million in notional amount of the risk participation agreements were classified pass; $37 million were classified as special mention; $69 million were classified as substandard; and $1 million were classified as doubtful. As of December 31, 2010, the risk participation agreements had an average life of 1.9 years. The Bancorp previously offered its customers an equity-linked certificate of deposit that had a return linked to equity indices. Under U.S. GAAP, a certificate of deposit that pays interest based on changes on an equity index is a hybrid instrument that requires separation into a host contract (the certificate of deposit) and an embedded derivative contract (written equity call option). The Bancorp entered into offsetting derivative contracts to economically hedge the exposure taken through the issuance of the embedded equity-linked certificates of deposit. Both derivative and the derivative contract entered into by the Bancorp are recorded as free-standing derivatives and recorded at fair value with offsetting gains and losses recognized within noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 96 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The net gains (losses) recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for customer accommodation are summarized in the following table: For the year ended December 31, ($ in millions) Interest rate contracts: Interest rate contracts for customers (contract revenue) Interest rate contracts for customers (credit losses) Interest rate contracts for customers (credit component of fair value adjustment) Interest rate lock commitments Commodity contracts: Commodity contracts for customers (contract revenue) Commodity contracts for customers (credit component of fair value adjustment) Foreign exchange contracts: Foreign exchange contracts for customers (contract revenue) Foreign exchange contracts for customers (credit component of fair value adjustment) Consolidated Statements of Income Caption 2010 2009 2008 Corporate banking revenue Other noninterest expense Other noninterest expense Mortgage banking net revenue Corporate banking revenue Other noninterest expense Corporate banking revenue Other noninterest expense $26 (22) (1) 187 8 - 63 (1) 21 (33) (7) 129 6 2 76 2 50 (5) (27) 54 7 (3) 106 (7) 15. OTHER ASSETS The following table provides the components of other assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31: ($ in millions) Derivative instruments Bank owned life insurance Partnership investments Accounts receivable and drafts-in-process OREO and other repossessed personal property Investment in FTPS Holding, LLC Accrued interest receivable Prepaid expenses Deferred tax asset Income tax receivable Other Total The Bancorp incorporates the utilization of derivative instruments as part of its overall risk management strategy to reduce certain risks related to interest rate, prepayment and foreign currency volatility. The Bancorp also holds derivatives instruments for the benefit of its commercial customers. For further information on derivative instruments, see Note 14. The Bancorp purchases life insurance policies on the lives of certain directors, officers and employees and is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. The Bancorp invests in these policies, known as BOLI, to provide an efficient form of funding for long- term retirement and other employee benefits costs. Therefore, the Bancorp’s BOLI policies are intended to be long-term investments to provide funding for future payment of long-term liabilities. The Bancorp records these BOLI policies within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at each policy’s respective cash surrender value, with changes recognized in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Certain BOLI policies have a stable value agreement through either a large, well-rated bank or multi-national insurance carrier that provides limited cash surrender value protection from declines in the value of each policy’s underlying investments. During 2008 and 2009, the value of the investments underlying one of the Bancorp’s BOLI policies continued to decline due to disruptions in the credit markets, widening of credit spreads between U.S. treasuries/swaps versus municipal bonds and bank trust preferred securities, and illiquidity in the asset-backed securities market. These factors caused the cash surrender value to decline further beyond the protection provided by the stable value agreement. As a result of exceeding the cash surrender value protection, the Bancorp recorded charges totaling $10 million and $215 million during 2009 and 2008, respectively, to reflect declines in the 2010 $2,074 1,715 1,367 1,023 532 522 413 133 13 1 607 $8,400 2009 1,733 1,763 1,179 892 312 521 417 282 26 98 328 7,551 policy’s cash surrender value. The cash surrender value of this BOLI policy was $237 million at December 31, 2009. During 2009, the Bancorp notified the related insurance carrier of its intent to surrender this BOLI policy. Due to the fact the Bancorp had not yet decided the manner in which it would surrender the policy, which may have impacted the cash surrender value protection, and because of ongoing developments in litigation with the insurance carrier, the Bancorp recognized charges of $43 million in 2009 to fully reserve for the potential loss of the cash surrender value protection associated with the policy. In addition, the Bancorp recognized tax benefits of $106 million in 2009 related to losses recorded in prior periods on this policy that are now expected to be tax deductible. During 2010, an agreement to settle the claims with the insurance carrier was reached among the parties to the litigation. As a result of this settlement and the corresponding receipt of settlement proceeds from the insurance carrier in the third quarter of 2010, the Bancorp recorded $152 million in other noninterest income and $25 million associated with legal fees related to the settlement the Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income. in other noninterest expense in CDC, a partnership investment and wholly owned subsidiary of the Bancorp, was created to invest in projects to create affordable housing, revitalize business and residential areas, and preserve historic landmarks. The Bancorp has determined that these entities are VIEs and the Bancorp’s investments represent variable interests. See Note 12 for further information. On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp sold an approximate 51% interest in its Processing Business to Advent International. The resulting new company was named FTPS Holding, LLC. The Bancorp’s remaining approximate 49% ownership in FTPS is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Fifth Third Bancorp 97 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 16. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short term, and include federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. Federal funds purchased are excess balances in reserve accounts held at Federal Reserve Banks that the Bancorp purchased from other member banks on an overnight basis. Other short-term borrowings include securities ($ in millions) As of December 31: Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Average for the years ended December 31: Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Maximum month-end balance for the years ended December 31: Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings sold under repurchase agreements, derivative collateral, FHLB advances and other borrowings with original maturities of one year or less. A summary of short-term borrowings and weighted-average rates follows: 2010 2009 Amount Rate Amount Rate $279 1,574 $291 1,635 $422 1,975 0.18% 0.14 0.17% 0.21 $182 1,415 $517 6,463 $1,160 11,076 0.11% 0.16 0.20% 0.64 98 Fifth Third Bancorp 17. LONG-TERM DEBT The following table is a summary of the Bancorp’s long-term borrowings at December 31: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ($ in millions) Parent Company Senior: Fixed-rate notes Subordinated: (b) Floating-rate notes Fixed-rate notes Fixed-rate notes Fixed-rate notes Junior subordinated: (a) Fixed-rate notes (c) Fixed-rate notes (c) Fixed-rate notes (c) Fixed-rate notes (c) Subsidiaries Senior: Floating-rate bank notes Fixed-rate bank notes Subordinated: (b) Fixed-rate bank notes Junior subordinated: (a) Floating-rate bank notes Floating-rate debentures Floating-rate debentures FHLB advances Notes associated with consolidated VIEs: Automobile loan securitizations: Fixed-rate notes Floating-rate notes Home equity securitization: Floating-rate notes Other Total (a) Qualify as Tier I capital for regulatory capital purposes. See Note 29 for further information. (b) Qualify as Tier II capital for regulatory capital purposes. (c) Future periods of debt are floating. The Bancorp pays down long-term debt in accordance with contractual terms over maturity periods summarized in the above table. Contractually obligated payments for long-term debt as of December 31, 2010 are due over the following periods: $14 million in 2011; $15 million in 2012, $1.9 billion in 2013, $30 million in 2014, $1.0 billion in 2015 and $6.6 billion after 2015. At December 31, 2010 the Bancorp had outstanding principal balances of $9.1 billion, discounts and premiums of negative $15 million and additions for mark-to-market adjustments on its hedged debt of $439 million. At December 31, 2009, the Bancorp had outstanding principal balances of $10.2 billion, discounts and premiums of negative $15 million and additions for mark-to- market adjustments on its hedged debt of $272 million. The Bancorp is in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2010. Under recent regulatory developments, certain of the Bancorp’s trust preferred securities are callable at par as of certain dates, or may become callable at par under certain circumstances. Parent Company Long-Term Borrowings In April 2008, the Bancorp issued $750 million of senior notes to third party investors. The senior notes bear a fixed rate of interest of 6.25% per annum. The Bancorp entered into interest rate swaps to convert $675 million to floating rate and, at December 31, 2010, paid a rate of 2.70%. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Bancorp. Payment of the full principal amount of the notes will be due upon maturity on May 1, 2013. The notes are not subject to redemption at the Bancorp's option at any time prior to maturity. The subordinated floating-rate notes due in 2016 pay interest at three-month LIBOR plus 42 bp. The Bancorp has entered into interest rate swaps to convert its subordinated fixed-rate notes due in 2017 and 2018 to floating-rate, which pay Maturity Interest Rate 2010 2009 2013 2016 2017 2018 2038 2067 2067 2067 2068 2013 2015 6.25% 0.72% 5.45% 4.50% 8.25% 6.50% 7.25% 7.25% 8.88% 0.39% 4.75% 2032 - 2033 2033 - 2034 2035 2011 - 2040 2013 2013 - 2015 2023 2011 - 2039 3.40% - 4.15% 3.09% - 3.20% 1.72% - 1.99% 0% - 8.34% 4.81% 0.76% - 2.26% 0.51% Varies $797 250 613 584 1,034 750 613 907 400 499 - 561 51 67 62 1,561 99 460 133 117 $9,558 785 250 572 533 1,024 750 606 886 389 500 804 544 52 67 62 2,564 - - - 119 10,507 interest at three-month LIBOR plus 42 bp and 25 bp, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The rates paid on the swaps hedging the subordinated floating-rate notes due in 2017 and 2018 were 0.72% and 0.55%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Of the $1.0 billion in 8.25% subordinated fixed rate notes due in 2038, $705 million were subsequently hedged to floating and paid a rate of 3.35% at December 31, 2010. The 6.50% junior subordinated notes due in 2067 pay a fixed rate of 6.50% until 2017, then convert to a floating rate at three- month LIBOR plus 137 bp until 2047. Thereafter, the notes pay a floating rate at one-month LIBOR plus 237 bp. Junior subordinated notes due in 2067, with a carrying amount of $613 million and an outstanding principal balance of $575 million at December 31, 2010, pay a fixed rate of 7.25% until 2057, then convert to a floating rate at three-month LIBOR plus 257 bp. The Bancorp entered into interest rate swaps to convert $500 million of the fixed-rate debt into a floating rate. At December 31, 2010, the weighted-average rate paid on these swaps was 1.01%. Junior subordinated notes due in 2067, with a carrying amount of $907 million and an outstanding principal balance of $863 million at December 31, 2010, pay a fixed rate of 7.25% until 2057, then convert to a floating rate at three-month LIBOR plus 303 bp thereafter. The Bancorp entered into interest rate swaps to convert $700 million of the fixed-rate debt into a floating rate. At December 31, 2010, the weighted-average rate paid on the swaps was 1.44%. The obligations were issued to Fifth Third Capital Trusts IV, V and VI, respectively. The Bancorp has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all obligations under trust preferred securities issued by Fifth Third Capital Trusts IV, V and VI. In addition, the Bancorp entered into replacement capital covenants for the benefit of holders of long-term debt senior to the junior subordinated notes that limits, subject to certain the Fifth Third Bancorp 99 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS and 2033 were assumed by a subsidiary of the Bancorp as part of the acquisition of RG Crown in November 2008. Two of the notes due in 2032 and 2033 pay floating rates at three-month LIBOR plus 325 and 310 bp, respectively. A third note, due in 2032, pays a floating rate at six-month LIBOR plus 370 bp. The three-month LIBOR plus 290 bp and the three-month LIBOR plus 279 bp junior subordinated debentures due in 2033 and 2034, respectively, were assumed by a subsidiary of the Bancorp in connection with the acquisition of First National Bank in 2005. The obligations were issued to FNB Statutory Trusts I and II, respectively. The junior subordinated floating-rate bank notes due in 2035 were assumed by a subsidiary of the Bancorp as part of the acquisition of First Charter in May 2008. The obligations were issued to First Charter Capital Trust I and II, respectively. The notes of First Charter Capital Trust I and II pay floating at three- month LIBOR plus 169 bp and 142 bp, respectively. The Bancorp has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all obligations under the acquired trust preferred securities issued by First Charter Capital Trust I and II. At December 31, 2010, FHLB advances have rates ranging from 0% to 8.34%, with interest payable monthly. The advances are secured by certain residential mortgage loans and securities totaling $12.7 billion. At December 31, 2010, $500 million of FHLB advances are floating-rate. The Bancorp entered into an interest rate swap with a notional value of $500 million to convert the floating-rate advances to a fixed rate of 2.63%. In November 2010, the Bancorp repaid a floating-rate advance of $1.0 billion due in 2012 and terminated the interest rate cap associated with this advance. The Bancorp this extinguishment of debt of $1 million. The $1.6 billion in advances mature as follows: $2 million in 2011, $500 million in 2013, $3 million in 2014, $5 million in 2015 and $1.1 billion thereafter. recognized a gain on As previously discussed in Note 12, the Bancorp was determined to be the primary beneficiary of VIEs associated with certain automobile loan and home equity securitizations and, effective January 1, 2010, these VIEs have been consolidated in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2010, the outstanding long-term debt associated with the automobile loan securitizations and home equity securitization was $559 million and $133 million, respectively. Third-party holders of this debt do not have recourse to the general assets of the Bancorp. the Bancorp’s ability junior restrictions, subordinated notes prior their scheduled maturity. In November 2010, the Bancorp amended the debt covenants to remove a requirement to issue replacement capital securities at least 180 days prior to calling the trust preferred securities. redeem the to to The 8.88% junior subordinated notes due in 2068, with a current carrying value and outstanding principal balance of $400 million at December 31, 2010, pay a fixed rate until 2058, then convert to floating rate at three month LIBOR plus 500 bp. The Bancorp entered into an interest rate swap to convert $275 million of the fixed rate debt into a floating rate. At December 31, 2010, the rate paid on the swap was 3.54%. The obligations were issued by Fifth Third Capital Trust VII. The Bancorp’s obligations under the transaction documents, taken together, have the effect of providing a full and unconditional guarantee by the Bancorp, on a subordinated basis, of the payment obligations under the trust preferred securities. The junior subordinated notes may be redeemed at the option of the Bancorp on or after May 15, 2013, or in certain other limited circumstances, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued but unpaid interest. All redemptions are subject to certain conditions and generally require approval by the FRB. On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp issued $1.0 billion of senior notes to third party investors. The senior notes bear a fixed rate of interest of 3.625% per annum. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Bancorp. Payment of the full principal amount of the notes will be due upon maturity on January 25, 2016. The notes will not be subject to the redemption at the Bancorp’s option at any time prior to maturity. See Note 32 for further information. Subsidiary Long-Term Borrowings Medium-term senior notes and subordinated bank notes with maturities ranging from one year to 30 years can be issued by the Bancorp’s subsidiary bank, of which $1.0 billion was outstanding at December 31, 2010 with $19.0 billion available for future issuance. The senior floating-rate bank notes due in 2013 pay a floating rate at three-month LIBOR plus 11 bp. For the subordinated fixed-rate bank notes due in 2015, the Bancorp entered into interest rate swaps to convert the fixed-rate debt into floating rate. At December 31, 2010, the weighted-average rate paid on the swaps was 0.39%. The senior fixed-rate bank notes matured and were paid in February of 2010. The junior subordinated floating-rate bank notes due in 2032 100 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 18. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND GUARANTEES The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, enters into financial instruments and various agreements to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Bancorp also enters into certain transactions and agreements to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks, provide funding, equipment and locations for its operations and invest in its communities. These instruments and agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk, counterparty risk and market risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The creditworthiness of counterparties for all instruments and agreements is evaluated on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Bancorp’s credit policies. The Bancorp’s significant commitments, contingent liabilities and guarantees in excess of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are discussed in further detail as follows: Commitments The Bancorp has certain commitments to make future payments under contracts. The following table reflects a summary of significant commitments as of December 31: ($ in millions) Commitments to extend credit Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans Letters of credit Noncancelable lease obligations Capital commitments for private equity investments Purchase obligations Capital expenditures Capital lease obligations 2010 $43,677 6,389 5,516 869 2009 42,591 3,633 6,657 906 193 64 48 32 90 25 27 44 Commitments to extend credit Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend, typically having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Bancorp is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for the amount of the contract. Fixed-rate commitments are also subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates and the Bancorp’s exposure those commitments. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had a reserve for unfunded commitments totaling $227 million and $294 million, respectively, included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. replacement value of limited the to is Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans The Bancorp enters into forward contracts to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The outstanding notional amounts of these forward contracts were $6.4 billion and $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Letters of credit Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and as of December 31, 2010, are summarized by expiration in the following table: ($ in millions) Less than 1 year (a) 1-5 years (a) Over 5 years Total (a) Includes $67 of less than 1 year and $1 of 1-5 years issued on behalf of commercial $2,367 2,933 216 $5,516 customers to facilitate trade payments in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. Standby letters of credit accounted for 99% of total letters of credit at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and are considered guarantees in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Approximately 54% and 58% of the total standby letters of credit were secured as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In the event of nonperformance by the customers, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the reserve related to these standby letters of credit was $10 million and $6 million, respectively. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with letters of credit using the same risk rating system utilized for establishing loss reserves within its loan and lease portfolio. Risk ratings as of December 31, 2010 under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table: ($ in millions) Pass Special mention Substandard Doubtful Loss Total $4,944 193 360 17 2 $5,516 At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had outstanding letters of credit that were supporting certain securities issued as VRDNs. The Bancorp facilitates financing for its commercial customers, which consist of companies and municipalities, by marketing the VRDNs to investors. The VRDNs pay interest to holders at a rate of interest that fluctuates based upon market demand. The VRDNs generally have long-term maturity dates, but can be tendered by the holder for purchase at par value upon proper advance notice. When the VRDNs are tendered, a remarketing agent generally finds another investor to purchase the VRDNs to keep the securities outstanding in the market. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, FTS acted as the remarketing agent to issuers on $3.4 billion of VRDNs. As remarketing agent, FTS is responsible for finding purchasers for VRDNs that are put by investors. The Bancorp issues letters of credit, as a credit enhancement, to the VRDNs remarketed by FTS, in addition to $563 million and $936 million in VRDNs remarketed by third parties at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These letters of credit are included in the total letters of credit balance provided in the previous table. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, FTS held $1 million and $47 million, respectively, of these VRDNs in its portfolio and classified them as trading securities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the Bancorp held $105 million and $188 million, respectively, of VRDNs which were purchased from the market, through FTS and held in its trading securities portfolio. For the VRDNs remarketed by third parties, in some cases, the remarketing agent has failed to remarket the securities and has instructed the indenture trustee to draw upon $11 million and $45 million of letters of credit issued by the Bancorp at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Bancorp recorded these draws as commercial loans in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Fifth Third Bancorp 101 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS lease agreements. The minimum Noncancelable lease obligations and other commitments The Bancorp’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of noncancelable rental commitments under noncancelable lease agreements are shown in its the summary of commitments table. The Bancorp or subsidiaries have also entered into a limited number of agreements for work related to banking center construction and to purchase goods or services. Contingent Liabilities to the Bancorp's Private mortgage reinsurance For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $122 million and $182 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $42 million and $44 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio. During the second quarter of 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans. In the third quarter of 2010, the Bancorp allowed one of its third-party insurers to terminate its reinsurance agreement with the Bancorp, resulting in the Bancorp releasing collateral to the insurer in the form of investment securities and other assets with a carrying value of $19 million, and the insurer assuming the Bancorp’s obligations under the reinsurance agreement, resulting in a decrease to the Bancorp’s reserve liability of $20 million and decrease in the Bancorp’s maximum exposure of $53 million. Legal claims There are legal claims pending against the Bancorp and its subsidiaries that have arisen in the normal course of business. See Note 19 for additional information regarding these proceedings. Guarantees The Bancorp has performance obligations upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees provided in certain contractual arrangements as discussed in the following sections. Residential mortgage loans sold with credit recourse The Bancorp previously sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $916 million at December 31, 2010 and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2009 and the delinquency rates were approximately 8.7% and 8.1%, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $16 million and $21 million, respectively, recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio. 102 Fifth Third Bancorp Residential mortgage loans sold with representation and warranty provisions Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty provisions. A contractual liability arises only in the event of a breach of these representations and warranties and, in general, only when a loss results from the breach. The Bancorp may be required to repurchase any previously sold loan or indemnify (make whole) the investor or insurer for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. The Bancorp establishes a residential mortgage repurchase reserve related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. Such factors incorporate historical investor audit and repurchase demand rates, appeals success rates and historical loss severity. At the time of a loan sale, the Bancorp records a representation and warranty reserve at the estimated fair value of the Bancorp’s guarantee and continually updates the reserve during the life of the loan as losses in excess of the reserve become probable and reasonably estimable. The provision for the estimated fair value of the representation and warranty guarantee arising from the loan sale is recorded as an adjustment to the gain on sale, which is included in other noninterest income at the time of sale. Updates to the reserve are recorded in other noninterest expense. The majority of repurchase demands occur within the first 36 months following origination. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with representation and warranty provisions totaling $85 million and $37 million, respectively. The following table summarizes activity in the reserve for representation and warranty provisions for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Balance, beginning of period Net additions to the reserve Losses charged against the reserve Balance, end of period 2010 $37 115 (67) $85 2009 12 65 (40) 37 floating-rate, recourse, certain primarily Liquidity support and credit enhancement agreement Through 2008, the Bancorp had transferred at par, subject to credit short-term investment grade commercial loans to a VIE, which prior to January 1, 2010, was an unconsolidated special purpose entity wholly-owned by an independent third party. The VIE issued asset-backed commercial paper and used the proceeds to fund the acquisition of commercial loans transferred to it by the Bancorp. Generally, the loans transferred to the VIE provided a lower yield due to their investment grade nature and, therefore, transferring these loans allowed the Bancorp to reduce its interest rate exposure to these lower yielding loan assets while maintaining the customer relationships. The outstanding balance of these loans at December 31, 2009 was $771 million. At December 31, 2009, the Bancorp’s loss reserve related to the credit enhancement provided to the VIE was $45 million and was recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that was consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of commercial loans held in its loan portfolio. In the event the VIE was unable to issue commercial paper, the Bancorp agreed to provide liquidity support in the form of a line of credit and the repurchase of assets from the VIE. As of December 31, 2009, the liquidity asset purchase agreement was $1.4 billion. In addition, due to dislocation in the short-term funding market which caused the VIE difficulty in obtaining sufficient funding through the issuance of commercial paper, the Bancorp purchased commercial paper from the VIE throughout 2008 and 2009. As of December 31, 2009, the Bancorp held $805 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS million of commercial paper issued by the VIE, representing 87% of the VIE’s total commercial paper then outstanding. Effective January 1, 2010 with the adoption of amended accounting guidance regarding the consolidation of VIEs, the Bancorp was required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of this VIE. See Note 1 for further information on the amended accounting guidance. Margin accounts FTS, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, guarantees the collection of all margin account balances held by its brokerage clearing agent for the benefit of its customers. FTS is responsible for payment to its brokerage clearing agent for any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense incurred as a result of customers failing to comply with margin or margin maintenance calls on all margin accounts. The margin account balance held by the brokerage clearing agent was $10 million and $8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In the event of any customer default, FTS has rights to the underlying collateral provided. Given the existence of the underlying collateral provided and negligible historical credit losses, the Bancorp does not maintain a loss reserve related to the margin accounts. Long-term borrowing obligations The Bancorp had fully and unconditionally guaranteed certain long-term borrowing obligations issued by wholly-owned issuing trust entities with a carrying value of $2.9 billion and $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See Note 17 for further information on these long-term borrowing obligations. Visa litigation The Bancorp, as a member bank of Visa prior to Visa’s reorganization and initial public offerings of its Class A common shares in 2008, had certain indemnification obligations pursuant to Visa’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and in accordance with their membership agreements. In accordance with Visa’s by- laws prior to the IPO, the Bancorp could have been required to indemnify Visa for the Bancorp’s proportional share of losses based on the pre-IPO membership interests. As part of its reorganization and IPO, the Bancorp’s indemnification obligation was modified to include only certain known litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) as of the date of the restructuring. This modification triggered a requirement to recognize a $3 million liability for the year ended December 31, 2007 equal to the fair value of the indemnification obligation. Additionally during 2007, the Bancorp recorded $169 million for its share of litigation formally settled by Visa and for probable future litigation settlements. In conjunction with the IPO, the Bancorp received 10.1 million of Visa’s Class B shares based on the Bancorp’s membership percentage in Visa prior to the IPO. The Class B shares are not transferable (other than to another member bank) until the later of the third anniversary of the IPO closing or the date which the Covered Litigation has been resolved; therefore, the Bancorp’s Class B shares were classified in other assets and accounted for at their carryover basis of $0. Visa deposited $3 billion of the proceeds from the IPO into a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation. If Visa’s litigation committee determines that the escrow account is insufficient, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares and deposit the proceeds from the sale of the shares into the litigation escrow account. When Visa funds the litigation escrow account, the Class B shares are subject to dilution through an adjustment in the conversion rate of Class B shares into Class A shares. During 2008, the Bancorp recorded additional reserves of $71 million for probable future settlements related to the Covered Litigation and recorded its proportional share of $169 million of the Visa escrow account net against the Bancorp’s litigation reserve. During 2009, Visa announced it had deposited an additional $700 million into the litigation escrow account. As a result of this funding, the Bancorp recorded its proportional share of $29 million of these additional funds as a reduction to its net Visa litigation reserve liability and a reduction to noninterest expense. Later in 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of its Visa, Inc. Class B shares for proceeds of $300 million. As part of this transaction the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. The swap terminates on the later of the third anniversary of Visa’s IPO or the date on which the Covered Litigation is finally settled. The Bancorp calculates the fair value of the swap based on its estimate of the probability and timing of certain the resulting Covered Litigation settlement scenarios and payments related to the swap. The counterparty to the swap as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares will be impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares caused by any Covered Litigation losses in excess of the litigation escrow account. If actual judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation significantly exceed current expectations, then additional funding by Visa of the litigation escrow account and the resulting dilution of the Class B shares could result in a scenario where the Bancorp’s ultimate exposure associated with the Covered Litigation (the “Visa Litigation Exposure”) exceeds the value of the Class B shares owned by the swap counterparty (the “Class B Value”). In the event the Bancorp concludes that it is probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure exceeds the Class B Value, the Bancorp would record a litigation reserve liability and a corresponding amount of other noninterest expense for the amount of the excess. Any such litigation reserve liability would be separate and distinct from the fair value derivative liability associated with the total return swap. As of the date of the Bancorp’s sale of Visa Class B shares and through December 31, 2010, the Bancorp has concluded that it is not probable that the Visa Covered Litigation Exposure will exceed the Class B Value. Based on this determination, upon the sale of Class B shares, the Bancorp reversed its net Visa litigation reserve liability and recognized a free-standing derivative liability associated with the total return swap with an initial fair value of $55 million. The sale of the Class B shares, recognition of the derivative liability and reversal of the net litigation reserve liability resulted in a pre-tax benefit of $288 million ($187 million after- tax) recognized by the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009. In the second quarter of 2010, Visa funded an additional $500 million into the escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $20 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap contract. In the fourth quarter of 2010, Visa funded an additional $800 million into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $35 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap contract. The fair value of the swap liability was $18 million and $55 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Fifth Third Bancorp 103 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS interchange 19. LEGAL AND REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS During April 2006, the Bancorp was added as a defendant in a consolidated antitrust class action lawsuit originally filed against Visa®, MasterCard® and several other major financial institutions in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The plaintiffs, merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S. and trade associations, claim that the fees charged by card-issuing banks are unreasonable and seek injunctive relief and unspecified damages. In addition to being a named defendant, the Bancorp is also subject to a possible indemnification obligation of Visa as discussed in Note 18 and has also entered into with Visa, MasterCard and certain other named defendants judgement and loss sharing agreements that attempt to allocate financial responsibility to the parties thereto in the event certain settlements or judgments occur. Accordingly, prior to the sale of Class B shares during 2009, the Bancorp had recorded a litigation reserve of $243 million to account for its potential exposure in this and related litigation. Additionally, the Bancorp had also recorded its proportional share of $199 million of the Visa escrow account funded with proceeds from the Visa IPO along with several subsequent fundings. Upon the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares during 2009, and the recognition of the total return swap that transfers conversion risk of the Class B shares back to the Bancorp, the Bancorp reversed the remaining net litigation reserve related to the Bancorp’s exposure through Visa. Additionally, the Bancorp has remaining reserves related to this litigation of $30 million and $22 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Refer to Note 18 for further information regarding the Bancorp’s net litigation reserve and ownership interest in Visa. This antitrust litigation is still in the pre-trial phase. In September 2007, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (Katz) filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and its Ohio banking subsidiary. In the suit, Katz alleges that the Bancorp and its Ohio bank are infringing on Katz’s patents for interactive call processing technology by offering certain automated telephone banking and other services. This lawsuit is one of many related patent infringement suits brought by Katz in various courts against numerous other defendants. Katz is seeking unspecified monetary damages and penalties as well as injunctive relief in the suit. Management believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time. For the year ended December 31, 2008, five putative securities class action complaints were filed against the Bancorp and its Chief Executive Officer, among other parties. The five cases have been consolidated, and are currently pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. The lawsuits allege violations of federal securities laws related to disclosures made by the Bancorp in press releases and filings with the SEC regarding its quality and sufficiency of capital, credit losses and related matters, and seeking unquantified damages on behalf of putative classes of persons who either purchased the Bancorp’s securities, or acquired the Bancorp’s securities pursuant to the acquisition of First Charter Corporation. These cases 20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Bancorp maintains written policies and procedures covering related party transactions to principal shareholders, directors and executives of the Bancorp. These procedures cover transactions such as employee-stock purchase loans, personal lines of credit, residential secured loans, overdrafts, letters of credit and increases in indebtedness. Such transactions are subject to the Bancorp’s normal underwriting and approval procedures. Prior to the closing of a loan to a related party, Compliance Risk Management must 104 Fifth Third Bancorp remain in the discovery stages of litigation. The impact of the final disposition of these lawsuits cannot be assessed at this time. In addition to the foregoing, two cases were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and certain officers alleging violations of ERISA based on allegations similar to those set forth in the securities class action cases filed during the same period of time. The two cases alleging violations of ERISA were dismissed by the trial court, and are being appealed to the United States Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. On September 16, 2010, Edward P. Zemprelli (Zemprelli) filed a lawsuit in the Hamilton County, Ohio Court of Common Pleas. The lawsuit is a purported derivative action brought by a shareholder of the Bancorp against certain of the Bancorp’s officers and directors, and which names the Bancorp as a nominal defendant. In the lawsuit, Zemprelli brings claims for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment against the defendant officers and directors. The alleged basis for these claims is that the defendant officers and directors attempted to disguise from the public the truth about the credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan portfolio, its capital position, and its need to raise is seeking capital. Zemprelli, on behalf of the Bancorp, unspecified money damages allegedly sustained by the Bancorp as a result of the defendants’ conduct, as well as injunctive relief. The case is in the early stages of litigation. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time. The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are not parties to any other material litigation. However, there are other litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, management believes any resulting liability from these other actions would not have a material effect upon the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. judgments, settlements, investigations and proceedings in material adverse consequences, The Bancorp and/or its affiliates are or may become involved from time to time in information-gathering requests, reviews, (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies, including the SEC, regarding their respective businesses. Such matters may result including without fines, penalties, limitation, adverse injunctions or other actions, amendments and/or restatements of Fifth Third’s SEC filings and/or financial statements, as applicable, and/or determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures. The SEC is investigating and has made several requests for information, including by subpoena, concerning issues which Fifth Third understands relate to accounting and reporting matters its commercial loans. This could lead to an enforcement proceeding by the SEC which, in turn, may result in one or more such material adverse consequences. involving certain of approve and determine whether the transaction requires approval from or a post notification be sent to the Bancorp’s Board of Directors. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, certain directors, executive officers, principal holders of Bancorp common stock, associates of such persons, and affiliated companies of such persons were indebted, including undrawn commitments to lend, to the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary. The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s activities with NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS its principal shareholders, directors and executives at December 31: ($ in millions) Commitments to lend, net of participations: Directors and their affiliated companies Executive officers Total 2010 2009 $157 3 160 143 6 149 Outstanding balance on loans, net of participations and undrawn commitments 74 68 The commitments to lend are in the form of loans and guarantees for various business and personal interests. This indebtedness was incurred in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. This indebtedness does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other features unfavorable to the Bancorp. On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of a majority interest in its Processing Businesses, FTPS. Advent International acquired an approximate 51% interest in FTPS for cash and warrants. The Bancorp remaining approximate 49% interest in FTPS and, as part of the sale, FTPS assumed loans totaling $1.25 billion owed to the Bancorp. The Bancorp recognized $26 million and $15 million, respectively, in noninterest income as part of its equity method investment in FTPS for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and received distributions totaling $25 million and $18 million, respectively, during 2010 and 2009. retained the The Bancorp and FTPS have various agreements in place covering services relating to the operations of FTPS. The services provided by the Bancorp to FTPS were required to support FTPS as a standalone entity during the deconversion period. These services involve transition support, including product development, risk management, legal, accounting and general business resources. FTPS paid the Bancorp $49 million and $76 million, respectively, for these services for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Other services provided to FTPS by the Bancorp, which will include treasury continue beyond the deconversion period, management, clearing, settlement, sponsorship, data center support and office space. FTPS paid the Bancorp $34 million and $14 million, respectively, for these services for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In addition to the previously mentioned services, the Bancorp entered into an agreement under which FTPS will provide processing services to the Bancorp. The total amount of fees relating to the processing services provided to the Bancorp by FTPS totaled $64 million and $33 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2010, FTPS refinanced its debt into a larger syndicated loan structure that included the Bancorp. As a result, loans to FTPS declined to $381 million as of December 31, 2010 from $1.24 billion at December 31, 2009. The Bancorp recognized $4 million in syndication fees in 2010 associated with the refinanced loan to FTPS. The amount of FTPS’ line of credit with the Bancorp was also reduced to $50 million as of December 31, 2010 from $125 million as of December 31, 2009. FTPS did not draw upon its lines of credit during the years ended December 31, 2010 or 2009. Interest income relating to the loans was $102 million and $60 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and is included in interest and fees on loans and leases in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 21. INCOME TAXES The Bancorp and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The following is a summary of applicable income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Current income tax (benefit) expense: U.S. income taxes State and local income taxes Non-U.S. income taxes Total current tax (benefit) expense Deferred income tax expense (benefit): U.S. income taxes State and local income taxes Non-U.S. income taxes Total deferred tax expense (benefit) Applicable income tax expense (benefit) 2010 2009 2008 ($5) 16 - 11 165 11 - 176 $187 (157) 6 (3) (154) 190 (8) 2 184 30 560 25 3 588 (1,090) (47) (2) (1,139) (551) The following is a reconciliation between the statutory U.S. income tax rate and the Bancorp’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31: Statutory tax rate Increase (decrease) resulting from: State taxes, net of federal benefit Tax-exempt income Credits Goodwill Interest to taxing authority, net of tax Other changes in unrecognized tax benefits Unrealized stock-based compensation benefits Other, net Effective tax rate 2010 35.0% 2009 35.0 2008 (35.0) 1.8 (3.6) (14.1) - (0.8) (1.8) 2.5 0.8 19.8% (.1) (18.7) (14.6) 8.7 (7.6) - 0.6 0.6 3.9 (.5) 1.5 (3.6) 11.9 5.1 - - (.1) (20.7) Tax-exempt income in the rate reconciliation table includes interest on municipal bonds, interest on tax-exempt lending, income/charges on life insurance policies held by the Bancorp, and certain gains on sales of leases that are exempt from federal taxation. During 2010, the Bancorp settled its outstanding dispute with the IRS relating to a specific capital raising transaction. This favorable settlement reduced income tax expense (including interest) by $19 million. During 2009, the Bancorp settled its outstanding dispute with the IRS relating to certain leveraged Fifth Third Bancorp 105 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS lease transactions. This favorable settlement reduced income tax expense (including interest) by $6 million and $55 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The accrual of interest expense for these items had an adverse impact on income tax expense for 2008. During 2009, the Bancorp notified the carrier of one of the Bancorp’s policies of its intent to surrender a certain BOLI policy and was therefore required to establish a deferred tax asset relating to the difference between its financial reporting and tax basis of its investment. As a result, income tax expense for 2009 was favorably impacted by $106 million. Income tax expense was adversely impacted in 2008 by $78 million relating to the same BOLI policy. The following table provides a summary of the Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31: ($ in millions) Tax positions that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized Tax positions where the ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of the deduction Unrecognized tax benefits 2010 $15 1 $16 2009 81 1 82 The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of the Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits: ($ in millions) Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1 Gross increases for tax positions taken during prior period Gross decreases for tax positions taken during prior period Gross increases for tax positions taken during current period Settlements with taxing authorities Lapse of applicable statute of limitations Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 The Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010 relate largely to U.S. state income tax exposures from taking tax positions where the Bancorp believes it is likely that upon examination a state will take a position contrary to the position taken by the Bancorp. Substantially all of the reduction of unrecognized tax benefits during 2010 related to the settlement of the Bancorp’s dispute with the IRS relating to the specific capital raising transaction 2010 $82 4 (23) 2 (48) (1) $16 2009 959 16 (329) 1 (563) (2) 82 2008 469 496 (8) 4 - (2) 959 mentioned previously. Similarly, substantially all of the reduction of unrecognized tax benefits during 2009 related to the settlement of certain leveraged lease transactions with the IRS. The Bancorp believes it is unlikely that its unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months. Deferred income taxes are comprised of the following items at December 31: ($ in millions) Deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan & lease losses Impairment reserves Deferred compensation Reserve for unfunded commitments State net operating losses Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Lease financing Investments in joint ventures and partnership interests MSRs Other comprehensive income Bank premises and equipment State deferred taxes Other Total deferred tax liabilities Total net deferred tax (liability) asset 2010 2009 $1,051 144 136 79 66 273 $1,749 $801 481 190 169 69 53 130 $1,893 ($144) 1,312 145 147 103 81 224 2,012 898 481 191 130 88 60 138 1,986 26 Deferred tax assets are included as a component of other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred tax liabilities are included as a component of accrued taxes, interest and expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had recorded deferred tax assets of $66 million and $81 million, respectively, related to state net operating loss carryforwards. The deferred tax assets relating to state net operating losses are presented net of specific valuation allowances, primarily resulting from leasing operations, of $25 million and $15 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. If these carry forwards are not utilized, they will expire in varying amounts through 2030. Additionally, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had federal general 106 Fifth Third Bancorp business tax credit carryforwards of $45 million and $42 million, respectively. If unused, these credit carryforwards will expire in 2030. The Bancorp has determined that a valuation allowance is not needed against the remaining deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010 or 2009. The Bancorp considered all of the positive and negative evidence available to determine whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will ultimately be realized and, based upon that evidence, the Bancorp believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recorded at December 31, 2010 and 2009 will ultimately be realized. The Bancorp reached this conclusion as the Bancorp has taxable income in the carryback period and it is expected that the Bancorp’s remaining deferred tax NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS assets will be realized through the reversal of its existing taxable temporary differences and its projected future taxable income. As required under U.S. GAAP, the Bancorp recognized a deferred tax asset for compensation expense recognized for financial reporting that may be deductible for tax purposes in the future for certain stock-based awards granted to its employees. As a result of the Bancorp’s stock price as of December 31, 2010, as much as $24 million of deferred tax assets previously established for these stock-based awards will not be realized within the next 12 months and will negatively impact the Bancorp’s income tax expense in 2011. The Bancorp cannot predict its stock price or whether its employees will exercise other stock-based awards with lower exercise prices in the future; therefore, it is possible that the impact to income tax expense will be greater than or less than $24 million in 2011. The IRS concluded its audit for 2006 and 2007 during the third quarter of 2010. As a result, all issues have been resolved with the IRS through 2007. The statute of limitations for the Bancorp’s federal income tax returns remains open for tax years 2007 through 2010. The IRS is currently auditing the Bancorp’s federal income tax returns for 2008 and 2009. On occasion, as various state and local taxing jurisdictions examine the returns of the Bancorp and its subsidiaries, the Bancorp may agree to extend the statute of limitations for a short period of time. Otherwise, with the exception of a few states with insignificant uncertain tax positions, the statutes of limitations for state income tax returns remain open only for tax years in accordance with each state’s statutes. Any interest and penalties incurred in connection with income taxes are recorded as a component of income tax expense in the Consolidated Financial Statements. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp recognized an interest benefit of $8 million and interest expense of $3 million, respectively, net of the related tax impact. This $3 million recognized in 2009 is exclusive of the $55 million interest reduction discussed previously. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp had accrued interest liabilities, net of the related tax benefits, of $1 million and $13 million, respectively. No material liabilities were recorded for penalties. Retained earnings at December 31, 2010 and 2009 included $157 million in allocations of earnings for bad debt deductions of former thrift subsidiaries for which no income tax has been provided. Under current tax law, if certain of the Bancorp’s subsidiaries use these bad debt reserves for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses, they will be subject to federal income tax at the current corporate tax rate. Fifth Third Bancorp 107 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 22. RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT PLANS The Bancorp recognizes the overfunded and underfunded status of its pension plans as an asset and liability, respectively. The overfunded and underfunded amounts recognized in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows as of December 31: ($ in millions) Prepaid benefit cost Accrued benefit liability Net underfunded status 2010 $4 (34) ($30) 2009 - (35) (35) Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income: Net actuarial loss (gain) Net prior service cost Amortization of net actuarial loss Amortization of prior service cost Settlement Total recognized in other comprehensive income The following tables summarize the defined benefit retirement plans as of and for the years ended December 31: Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income 2 - (12) (1) - (11) $ - (10) - (15) (1) (13) (39) (10) 93 - (7) (1) (10) 75 88 Plans with an Overfunded Status (a) ($ in millions) Fair value of plan assets at January 1 Actual return on assets Contributions Settlement Benefits paid Fair value of plan assets at December 31 Projected benefit obligation at January 1 Service cost Interest cost Settlement Actuarial loss Benefits paid Projected benefit obligation at December 31 Overfunded projected benefit obligation recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset 2010 $182 31 - - (16) $197 $183 - 10 - 16 (16) $193 2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (a) The Bancorp’s defined benefit plan had an overfunded status at December 31, 2010. The plan was underfunded at December 31, 2009 and is reflected in the Underfunded Status table. $4 Plans with an Underfunded Status ($ in millions) Fair value of plan assets at January 1 Actual return on assets Contributions Settlement Benefits paid Fair value of plan assets at December 31 Projected benefit obligation at January 1 Service cost Interest cost Settlement Actuarial loss Benefits paid Projected benefit obligation at December 31 Unfunded projected benefit obligation recognized the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a liability 2010 $ - - 4 - (4) $ - $34 - 2 - 2 (4) $34 2009 144 29 39 (19) (11) 182 228 - 12 (19) 7 (11) 217 ($34) (35) The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost during 2011 are $11 million and $1 million, respectively. The following table summarizes net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Components of net periodic benefit cost: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Amortization of net actuarial loss Amortization of net prior service cost Settlement Net periodic benefit cost 108 Fifth Third Bancorp 2010 2009 2008 $ - 12 (14) 12 1 - $11 - 12 (12) 15 1 13 29 - 13 (18) 7 1 10 13 Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets The following table summarizes plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31: Fair Value Measurements Using (a) 2010 ($ in millions) Equity securities: Equity securities (Growth) (b) Equity securities (Value) Total equity securities Mutual & exchange traded funds: Money market funds International funds Commodity funds Total mutual & exchange traded funds Debt securities: U.S Treasury obligations U.S. Govt. agencies (c) Agency mortgage backed Non-agency mortgage backed Corporate bonds (d) Total debt securities Total plan assets Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 $58 53 111 6 30 11 47 7 - - - - 7 $165 - - - - - - - - 1 24 6 1 32 32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total Fair Value $58 53 111 6 30 11 47 7 1 24 6 1 39 $197 Fair Value Measurements Using (a) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 2009 ($ in millions) Equity securities: Equity securities (Growth) (b) Equity securities (Value) Total equity securities Mutual & exchange traded funds: Money market funds International funds Commodity funds Total mutual & exchange traded funds $52 49 101 6 28 9 43 - - - - - - - Debt securities: U.S Treasury obligations U.S. Govt. agencies (c) Agency mortgage backed Corporate bonds (d) Total debt securities Total plan assets (a) For further information on fair value hierarchy levels, see Note 28. (b) (c) (d) Includes holdings in Bancorp common stock Includes debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies Includes private label asset backed securities 6 - - - 6 $150 - 3 27 2 32 32 Total Fair Value $52 49 101 6 28 9 43 6 3 27 2 38 $182 - - - - - - - - - - - - - NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. Equity securities The plan measures common stock using quoted prices which are available in an active market and classifies these investments within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Mutual and exchange traded funds All of the plan’s mutual and exchange traded funds are publicly traded. The plan measures the value of these investments using the fund’s quoted prices that are available in an active market and classifies these investments within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Debt securities For certain U.S. Treasury and federal agency and non-agency obligations, the plan measures the fair value based on quoted prices, which are available in an active market and classifies these investments within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Where quoted prices are not available, the plan measures the fair value of these investments based on matrix pricing models that include the bid price, which factors in the yield curve and other characteristics of the security including the interest rate, prepayment speeds and length of maturity. Therefore, these investments are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Plan Assumptions The plan assumptions are evaluated annually and are updated as necessary. The discount rate assumption reflects the yield on a portfolio of high quality fixed-income instruments that have a similar duration to the plan’s liabilities. The expected long-term rate of return assumption reflects the average return expected on the assets invested to provide for the plan’s liabilities. In determining the expected long-term rate of return, the Bancorp evaluated actuarial and economic inputs, including long-term inflation rate assumptions and broad equity and bond indices long-term return projections, as well as actual long-term historical plan performance. The following table summarizes the plan assumptions for the years ended December 31: Weighted-average assumptions For measuring benefit obligations at year end: Discount rate Rate of compensation increase Expected return on plan assets For measuring net periodic benefit cost: Discount rate Rate of compensation increase Expected return on plan assets 2010 2009 2008 5.39 % 5.00 8.25 5.88 5.00 8.25 5.88 5.00 8.50 6.11 5.00 8.50 6.11 5.00 8.53 6.45 5.00 8.50 Lowering both the expected rate of return on the plan and the discount rate by 0.25% would have increased the 2010 pension expense by approximately $1 million. Based on the actuarial assumptions, the Bancorp does not expect to contribute to the plan in 2011. Estimated pension benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are $19 million in 2011, $20 million in 2012, $17 million in 2013, $17 million in 2014 and $16 million in 2015. The total estimated payments for the years 2016 through 2020 is $70 million. Investment Policies and Strategies The Bancorp’s policy for the investment of plan assets is to employ investment strategies that achieve a range of weighted- average target asset allocations relating to equity securities (including the Bancorp’s common stock), fixed income securities (including federal agency obligations, corporate bonds and notes) and cash. The following table provides the Bancorp’s targeted and actual weighted-average asset allocations by asset category for years ended December 31: Targeted range Weighted-average asset allocation Equity securities Bancorp common stock Total equity securities (a) Total fixed income securities Cash Total (a) Includes mutual and exchange traded funds. 70 – 80% 20 – 25 0 - 5 2010 72% 2 74 23 3 100% 2009 71 2 73 24 3 100 The risk tolerance for the plan is determined by management to be “moderate to aggressive”, recognizing that higher returns involve some volatility and that periodic declines in the portfolio’s value are tolerated in an effort to achieve real capital growth. There were no significant concentrations of risk associated with the investments of the Bancorp’s benefit and retirement plans at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Permitted asset classes of the plan include cash and cash equivalents, fixed income (domestic and non-U.S. bonds), equities (U.S., non-U.S., emerging markets and REITS), equipment leasing precious metals, commodity transactions and mortgages. The plan utilizes derivative instruments including puts, calls, straddles or other option strategies, as approved by management. Prohibited asset classes of the plan include venture capital, short sales, limited partnerships and leveraged transactions. Per ERISA, the Bancorp’s common stock cannot exceed ten percent of the fair value of plan assets. Fifth Third Bank, as Trustee, is expected to manage the plan assets in a manner consistent with the plan agreement and other regulatory, federal and state laws. The Fifth Third Bank Pension, Profit Sharing and Medical Plan Committee (the “Committee”) is the plan administrator. The Trustee is required to provide to the Committee monthly and quarterly reports covering a list of plan assets, portfolio performance, transactions and asset allocation. The Trustee is also required to keep the Committee apprised of any material changes in the Trustee’s outlook and recommended investment policy. Other Information on Retirement and Benefit Plans The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $227 million and $217 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amounts relating to the Bancorp’s defined benefit plans with assets exceeding benefit obligations were as follows at December 31: ($ in millions) Projected benefit obligation Accumulated benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets 2010 $193 193 197 2009 - - - Amounts relating to the Bancorp’s defined benefit plans with benefit obligations exceeding assets were as follows at December 31: ($ in millions) Projected benefit obligation Accumulated benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets 2010 $34 34 - 2009 217 217 182 As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, $172 million and $160 million, respectively, of plan assets were managed through mutual funds by Fifth Third Bank, a subsidiary of the Bancorp. Plan assets included $5 million and $3 million of Bancorp common stock as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Plan assets are not expected to be returned to the Bancorp during 2011. Fifth Third Bancorp 109 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Bancorp’s qualified defined benefit plan’s benefits were frozen in 1998, except for grandfathered employees. The Bancorp’s other retirement plans consist of nonqualified, supplemental retirement plans, which are funded on an as needed basis. A majority of these plans were obtained in acquisitions from prior years. The Bancorp’s profit sharing plan expense was $31 million for 2010, $17 million for 2009 and $18 million for 2008. Expenses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 for matching contributions to the Bancorp’s defined contribution savings plans were $36 million, $36 million and $37 million, respectively. 23. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME The activity of the components of other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income was as follows for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) 2010 Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives Defined benefit plans: Net prior service cost Net actuarial loss Defined benefit plans, net Total 2009 Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income Reclassification adjustment related to prior OTTI charges Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives Defined benefit plans: Net prior service cost Net actuarial loss Defined benefit plans, net Total 2008 Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives Defined benefit plans: Net prior service cost Net actuarial gain Defined benefit plans, net Total 110 Fifth Third Bancorp Total Other Comprehensive Income Pretax Activity Tax Effect Net Activity $216 (57) 159 2 (60) (58) 1 10 11 $112 $248 (57) (37) 154 75 (49) 26 - 39 39 $219 $353 (31) 322 100 (3) 97 - (74) (74) $345 (73) 19 (54) (1) 21 20 (1) (4) (5) (39) (86) 20 13 (53) (26) 17 (9) - (14) (14) (76) (123) 10 (113) (35) 1 (34) - 26 26 (121) 143 (38) 105 1 (39) (38) - 6 6 73 162 (37) (24) 101 49 (32) 17 - 25 25 143 230 (21) 209 65 (2) 63 - (48) (48) 224 Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Beginning Balance Net Activity Ending Balance 216 105 321 105 (38) 67 (80) 241 6 73 (74) 314 115 101 216 88 17 105 (105) 98 25 143 (80) 241 (94) 209 115 25 63 88 (57) (126) (48) 224 (105) 98 24. COMMON, PREFERRED AND TREASURY STOCK NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following is a summary of the share activity within common, preferred and treasury stock for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions, except share data) Shares at December 31, 2007 Issuance of preferred shares, Series G Issuance of preferred shares, Series F Redemption of preferred shares, Series D, E Stock-based awards exercised, including treasury shares issued Restricted stock grants Shares issued in business combinations Employee stock ownership through benefit plans Shares at December 31, 2008 Issuance of common shares Exchange of preferred shares, Series G Accretion from dividends on preferred shares, Series F Restricted stock forfeitures Restricted stock grants Other Shares at December 31, 2009 Accretion from dividends on preferred shares, Series F Stock-based awards exercised, including treasury shares issued Restricted stock grants and forfeitures, net Employee stock ownership through benefit plans Shares at December 31, 2010 In 2008, 8.5% non-cumulative Series G convertible preferred stock was issued in the second quarter. The depository shares represented shares of its convertible preferred stock and had a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share. The preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the shareholder, into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a conversion price of approximately $11.575 per share of common stock. As of December 31, 2010, Series G preferred stock had 16,451 shares outstanding and 1,700 shares reserved for issuance. On December 31, 2008, the U.S. Treasury purchased $3.4 billion, or 136,320 shares, of the Bancorp’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share and related 10-year warrants in the amount of 15% of the preferred stock investment. The warrants allow the U.S. Treasury to purchase up to 43,617,747 shares of the Bancorp’s common stock with an exercise price of $11.72. The Series F senior preferred stock was issued complying with the terms established by the CPP. Per the program terms, the U.S. Treasury’s investment consists of senior preferred stock with a five percent dividend for each of the first five years of investment and nine percent thereafter, unless the shares are redeemed. The shares are callable by the Bancorp at par after three years and may be repurchased at any time under certain circumstances. The terms also include restrictions on the repurchase of common stock and an increase in common stock dividends, which require the U.S. Treasury’s consent, for a period of three years from the date of investment unless the preferred shares are redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred shares to a third party. The proceeds from issuance of the Series F preferred stock were allocated to the preferred stock and to the warrants based on their relative fair values, which resulted in an initial book value of $3.2 billion for the preferred stock and $239 million for the warrants. The resulting discount to the preferred stock is being accreted over five years through retained earnings as a preferred stock dividend, resulting in an effective yield of 6.7% for the Series F preferred stock for the first five years. The warrants will remain in capital surplus at their initial book value until they are exercised or expire. The CPP terms also required that preferred stock issued to U.S. Treasury rank senior to, or pari passu with, other preferred stock. In order to meet the U.S. Treasury’s standard terms, in the Common Stock Value $1,295 - - - - - - - $1,295 351 133 - - - - $1,779 - - - - $1,779 Shares 583,427,104 - - - - - - - 583,427,104 157,955,960 60,121,124 - - - - 801,504,188 - - - - 801,504,188 Preferred Stock Shares 9,250 44,300 136,320 (9,250) - - - - 180,620 - (27,849) - - - - 152,771 - - - - 152,771 Value $9 1,072 3,169 (9) - - - - $4,241 - (674) 41 - - 1 $3,609 45 - - - $3,654 Treasury Stock Value $2,209 - - - (2) (136) (1,841) (1) $229 - - - 5 (32) (1) $201 - (8) (62) (1) $130 Shares 51,482,500 - - - - (2,551,432) (42,890,576) - 6,040,492 - - - 819,796 (751,464) 327,200 6,436,024 - 16,391 (1,334,967) 114,218 5,231,666 fourth quarter of 2008, the Bancorp repurchased its Series D and Series E preferred stock. The preferred stock was repurchased for aggregate consideration in cash of $28 million, in which $9 million par value was accounted for as retirement of the Series D and Series E preferred stock and the remaining $19 million was recognized as dividends paid to the holders of the preferred stock. On May 7, 2009, the Bancorp announced the SCAP results. While not required to raise additional overall capital, the Bancorp was required to augment its existing capital base to maintain a capital buffer above the newly required four percent threshold of the Tier I common equity ratio. As a result, the Bancorp initiated a number of capital actions including the offer to exchange Series G preferred shares and a common stock offering. On June 4, 2009, the Bancorp announced the successful completion of a $1 billion at-the-market offering of its common shares. Through this offering, the Bancorp issued approximately 158 million shares at an average price of $6.33. On June 17, 2009, the Bancorp completed its offer to exchange 2,158.8272 shares of its common stock, no par value, and $8,250 in cash, for each set of 250 validly tendered and accepted depositary shares. The Bancorp issued approximately 60 million shares of common stock and paid $230 million in cash in exchange for 7 million depositary shares. Overall, $696 million in liquidation amount of the Bancorp’s depositary shares were validly tendered, not withdrawn and exchanged, which represented 63% of the aggregate liquidation amount of its depositary shares. An aggregate of 7 million depositary shares representing 27,849 shares of Series G preferred stock were retired upon receipt. At the time of exchange, the Bancorp recognized an increase to retained earnings and net income available to common shareholders of $35 million, calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the Series G preferred stock exchanged and the sum of the fair value of the common stock plus cash delivered. After settlement of the exchange offer and as of December 31, 2010, 4,112,750 depositary shares representing 16,451 shares of Series G preferred stock remained outstanding. As a result of this exchange, the Bancorp increased its common equity by $441 million. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Bancorp repurchased an immaterial amount of common stock. On January 20, 2011, the Bancorp announced it had priced a public offering of 121,428,572 shares of its common stock at a price of $14.00 per share, or $1.7 billion in aggregate gross Fifth Third Bancorp 111 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS proceeds. On January 24, 2011, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 12,142,857 shares at the offering price of $14.00 per share. In connection with this exercise, the Bancorp entered into a forward sale agreement which resulted in a final net payment of 959,821 shares on February 4, 2011. On 25. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION The Bancorp has historically emphasized employee stock ownership. The following table provides detail of the number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock-based February 2, 2011, the Bancorp used these proceeds along with proceeds from a senior debt offering and other available resources to repurchase all 136,320 Series F preferred shares. See Note 32 for further information. awards and remaining shares available for future issuance under all of the Bancorp’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010: Number of Shares to Be Issued Upon Exercise Weighted- Average Exercise Price Shares Available for Future Issuance 9,601(a) (a) (a) (a) N/A (a) (a) 10,434(f) 20,035 Plan Category (shares in thousands) Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders: SARs Restricted stock Stock options (c) Phantom stock units Performance units Performance-based restricted stock Employee stock purchase plan Total shares (a) Under the 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, 33 million shares of stock were authorized for issuance as incentive and nonqualified stock options, SARs, restricted stock and restricted stock (b) 5,158 10,333 (d) (e) - (b) N/A $57.02 N/A N/A N/A 15,491 units, performance units and performance restricted stock awards. (b) The number of shares to be issued upon exercise will be determined at vesting based on the difference between the grant price and the market price at the date of exercise. (c) Excludes 1.5 million outstanding options awarded under plans assumed by the Bancorp in connection with certain mergers and acquisitions. The Bancorp has not made any awards under these plans and will make no additional awards under these plans. The weighted-average exercise price of the outstanding options is $18.09 per share. (d) Phantom stock units are settled in cash. (e) The number of shares to be issued is dependent upon the Bancorp achieving certain predefined performance targets and ranges from zero shares to approximately 400 thousand shares. (f) Represents remaining shares of Fifth Third common stock under the Bancorp’s 1993 Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated, including an additional 1.5 million shares approved by shareholders on March 28, 2007 and an additional 12 million shares approved by shareholders on April 21, 2009. be paid on settlement of the phantom stock units will be equal to the total amount of phantom stock units settled at the reported closing price of the Bancorp’s common stock on the settlement date. All of the Bancorp’s stock-based awards are to be settled with stock with the exception of phantom stock units and a portion of the performance units that are to be settled in cash. The Bancorp has historically used treasury stock to settle stock- based awards, when available. SARs, issued at fair value based on the closing price of the Bancorp’s common stock on the date of grant, have up to ten-year terms and vest and become exercisable either ratably or fully over a four year period of continued employment. The Bancorp does not grant discounted SARs or stock options, re-price previously granted SARs or stock options, or grant reload stock options. Restricted stock grants vest either after four years or ratably after three, four and five years of continued employment and include dividend and voting rights. Stock options were previously issued at fair value based on the closing price of the Bancorp’s common stock on the date of grant, had up to ten-year terms and vested and became fully exercisable ratably over a three or four year period of continued employment. Performance unit awards have three-year cliff vesting terms with performance or market conditions as defined by the plan. Under U.S. GAAP, the Bancorp recognizes compensation expense for the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation issued over its requisite service period. The grant-date fair value of SARs and stock options is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Awards with a graded vesting are expensed on a straight-line basis. Stock-based awards are eligible for issuance under the Bancorp’s Incentive Compensation Plan to key employees and directors of the Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Incentive Compensation Plan was approved by shareholders on April 15, 2008, which authorizes the issuance of up to 33 million shares as equity compensation and provides for incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and performance share and restricted stock awards. Based on total stock-based awards outstanding (including stock options, stock and performance units) and shares remaining for future grants under the 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, the Bancorp’s total overhang is seven percent. The overhang measurement represents the potential dilution to which the Bancorp’s shareholders of common stock are exposed due to the potential that stock-based compensation will be awarded to executives, directors or key employees of the Bancorp. SARs, restricted stock, stock options and performance units outstanding represent six percent of the Bancorp’s issued shares at December 31, 2010. stock appreciation restricted rights, During 2009, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors approved the use of phantom stock units as part of its compensation for executives in connection with changes made in reaction to the TARP compensation rules. The phantom stock units were issued under the Bancorp’s 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan. The number of phantom stock units is determined each pay period by dividing the amount of salary to be paid in phantom stock units for that pay period, by the reported closing price of the Bancorp’s common stock on the pay date for such pay period. Phantom stock is expensed based on the number of outstanding units multiplied by the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock at period end. The phantom stock units do not include any rights to receive dividends or dividend equivalents. Phantom stock units issued on or before June 12, 2010 will be settled in cash upon the earlier to occur of June 15, 2011 or the executive’s death. Units issued thereafter will be settled in cash with 50% being settled on June 15, 2012 and 50% being settled on June 15, 2013. The amount to 112 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Bancorp uses assumptions, which are evaluated and revised as necessary, in estimating the grant-date fair value of each SAR grant. The weighted-average assumptions were as follows for the years ended: Expected life (in years) Expected volatility Expected dividend yield Risk-free interest rate 2010 6 38% 2.0% 3.1% 2009 6 73% 1.3% 2.2% 2008 6 30% 8.7% 3.3% The expected option life is derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on a combination of historical and implied volatilities of the Bancorp’s common stock. The expected dividend yield is based on annual dividends divided by the Bancorp’s stock price. Annual dividends are based on projected dividends, estimated using a historical long-term dividend payout ratio, over the estimated life of the awards. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Stock-based compensation expense was $64 million, $51 million and $56 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and is included as compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The total related income tax benefit recognized was $18 million, $18 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) The weighted-average grant-date fair value of SARs granted was $5.10, $2.41 and $2.09 per share for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of SARs that vested during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $25 million, $26 million and $61 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, there was $37 million of stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested SARs not yet recognized. The expense is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of approximately 2.7 years. 2010 2009 2008 SARs (shares in thousands) Outstanding at January 1 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31 Exercisable at December 31 Weighted- Average Grant Price $26.82 14.74 3.96 30.87 $24.67 $34.94 Shares 22,508 8,398 - (2,335) 28,571 12,254 Weighted- Average Grant Price $35.43 4.05 - 27.93 $26.82 $40.38 Shares 28,571 5,310 (319) (2,410) 31,152 16,347 Shares 17,526 6,836 - (1,854) 22,508 8,352 The following table summarizes outstanding and exercisable SARs by grant price at December 31, 2010: Outstanding SARs Exercisable SARs Number of SARs at Year End (000’s) 7,136 10,412 59 8,580 4,965 31,152 Weighted- Average Grant Price $4.03 17.04 23.38 38.74 46.07 $24.67 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) 8.3 8.3 7.2 5.4 3.7 6.8 Number of SARs at Year End (000’s) 1,300 2,718 23 7,569 4,737 16,347 Weighted- Average Grant Price $3.96 19.21 23.68 38.80 46.35 $34.94 Grant Price Per Share Under $10.00 $10.01-$20.00 $20.01-$30.00 $30.01-$40.00 Over $40.00 All SARs Weighted- Average Grant Price $41.81 19.25 - 36.03 $35.43 $44.46 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) 8.3 7.3 7.1 5.3 3.5 5.4 Restricted Stock Awards (RSAs) The total grant-date fair value of RSAs that vested during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $30 million, $36 million and $24 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, there was $50 million of stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock not yet recognized. The expense is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of approximately 2.4 years. RSAs (shares in thousands) Nonvested at January 1 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31 2010 2009 2008 Weighted- Average Grant-Date Fair Value $23.85 14.69 36.96 22.39 $18.89 Shares 4,645 1,677 (817) (347) 5,158 Shares 5,584 751 (870) (820) 4,645 Weighted- Average Grant-Date Fair Value $29.04 4.72 40.84 23.86 $23.85 Weighted- Average Grant-Date Fair Value $40.80 19.27 48.62 30.72 $29.04 Shares 3,519 3,157 (486) (606) 5,584 Fifth Third Bancorp 113 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table summarizes unvested RSAs by grant-date fair value at December 31, 2010: Grant-Date Fair Value Per Share Under $10.00 $10.01-$20.00 $20.01-$30.00 $30.01-$40.00 Over $40.00 All RSAs Nonvested RSAs Number of RSAs at Year End (000’s) 604 3,641 151 728 34 5,158 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) 1.2 1.6 1.2 0.6 0.3 1.4 Stock options There were no stock options granted during 2010. Stock options granted during 2009 were the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The weighted-average grant- date fair value of stock options granted for the year ended 2008 was $2.87 per share. immaterial to The total intrinsic value of options exercised was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements in 2010, 2009 and 2008. Cash received from options exercised during 2010 and 2009 was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements in 2009. Cash received from options exercised was $3 million 2008. Tax benefits realized from exercised options were immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements during 2010, 2009 and 2008. All stock options were vested at December 31, 2008, therefore, no stock options vested during 2010 or 2009. The total grant-date fair value of stock options that vested during 2008 was the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate intrinsic value of both outstanding options and exercisable options was immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements. immaterial to 2010 2009 2008 Weighted- Average Exercise Price $48.97 8.59 8.33 48.06 $49.29 $49.29 Weighted- Average Exercise Price $49.07 11.57 15.32 40.73 $48.97 $48.97 Weighted- Average Exercise Price $49.29 - 8.76 40.54 $52.01 $52.01 Stock Options (shares in thousands) Outstanding at January 1 Granted (a) Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31 Exercisable at December 31 (a) 2008 Options granted include 1,131 options assumed as part of the First Charter Corporation acquisition completed on June 6, 2008. These options were granted under a First Shares 23,645 1,133 (202) (4,012) 20,564 20,564 Shares 20,564 1 (11) (5,050) 15,504 15,504 Shares 15,504 - (58) (3,587) 11,859 11,859 Charter Corporation Plan assumed by the Bancorp. The following table summarizes outstanding and exercisable stock options by exercise price at December 31, 2010: Exercise Price per Share Under $10.00 $10.01-$20.00 $20.01-$30.00 $30.01-$40.00 Over $40.00 All stock options Outstanding and Exercisable Stock Options Number of Options at Year End (000’s) 237 894 201 140 10,387 11,859 Weighted- Average Exercise Price $9.43 13.64 25.38 36.23 57.02 $52.01 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) 0.8 3.0 1.2 3.3 1.2 1.4 Other stock-based compensation Under the phantom stock program, 488,703 and 299,681 respective phantom stock units were granted with a weighted average grant price of $12.80 and $9.88, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The phantom stock units vest immediately, however, none were settled during 2010 or 2009. Performance units are payable contingent upon the Bancorp achieving certain predefined performance targets over the three- year measurement period. Awards granted during 2010 will be entirely settled in stock. During 2009 and 2008, the awards granted are payable 50% in stock and 50% in cash. The performance targets are based on the Bancorp’s performance relative to a defined peer group. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, 61,320, 1,118,958 and 186,044 performance units, respectively, were granted by the Bancorp. These awards were granted at a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $13.76, $3.96 and $19.18 per unit during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Performance-based restricted shares were previously issued by the Bancorp and were payable in stock and contingent upon the Bancorp achieving certain predefined performance targets over the one-year measurement period. These performance targets were based on the Bancorp’s performance relative to a defined peer group. If performance targets were met, the shares were vested over a three-year period. The Bancorp granted 179,604 performance-based restricted shares during 2008 with a weighted- 114 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS average grant-date fair value of $23.39. The performance condition related to the performance-based restricted shares was not achieved in 2008. There are no outstanding performance- based restricted shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Bancorp sponsors a stock purchase plan that allows qualifying employees to purchase shares of the Bancorp’s common stock with a 15% match. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were 749,127, 1,343,632 and 712,338 shares, respectively, purchased by participants and the Bancorp recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1 million, $1 million and $2 million, respectively. 26. OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME AND OTHER NONINTEREST EXPENSE The following presents the major components of other noninterest income and other noninterest expense for the years ended December 31: ($ in millions) Other noninterest income: BOLI income (loss) Operating lease income Gain (loss) on loan sales TSA revenue Insurance income Cardholder fees Consumer loan and lease fees Banking center income Loss on sale of OREO Gain on sale/redemption of Visa, Inc. ownership interests Litigation settlement Other, net Total Other noninterest expense: FDIC insurance and other taxes Loan and lease Losses and adjustments Affordable housing investments impairment Marketing Professional services fees Travel Postal and courier Intangible asset amortization Insurance Operating lease OREO expense Recruitment and education Supplies Data processing Visa litigation reserve Provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit Other Total 2010 2009 2008 $194 62 51 49 38 36 32 22 (78) - - - $406 $242 211 187 100 98 77 51 48 43 42 41 33 31 24 24 - (24) 166 $1,394 (2) 59 38 76 47 48 43 22 (70) 244 - (26) 479 269 234 110 83 79 63 41 53 57 50 39 24 30 25 21 (73) 99 167 1,371 (156) 47 (11) - 36 58 51 31 (60) 273 76 18 363 73 188 95 67 102 102 54 54 56 30 32 11 33 31 14 (99) 98 148 1,089 Fifth Third Bancorp 115 27. EARNINGS PER SHARE The calculation of earnings per share and the reconciliation of earnings per share to earnings per diluted share for the years ended December 31: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (in millions, except per share data) Earnings per share: Net income (loss) attributable to Income 2010 Average Shares Per Share Amount 2009 2008 Income Average Shares Per Share Amount Income Average Shares Per Share Amount Bancorp Dividends on preferred stock Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Income (loss) allocated to participating securities Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders Earnings per diluted share: Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Effect of dilutive securities: Stock based awards Warrants related to Series F preferred stock Series G convertible preferred stock (a) Net income (loss) available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions Income (loss) allocated to participating securities Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders $753 250 503 3 $737 226 511 4 ($2,113) 67 (2,180) (21) $500 791 $0.63 $507 696 $0.73 ($2,159) 553 ($3.91) $503 $511 ($2,180) 5 3 - - - - (21) 490 4 - 503 3 2 - 28 - - (0.06) - - - - - - - (2,180) (21) $500 799 $0.63 $486 726 $0.67 ($2,159) 553 ($3.91) (a) The additive effect to income from dividends on convertible preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2009 included preferred dividends of $14 for Series G preferred shares, offset by a $35 reduction to preferred dividends due to the conversion of a portion of Series G preferred shares during the second quarter of 2009. The diluted earnings per share computation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 excludes 23 million stock appreciation rights, 12 million and 17 million stock options, respectively, that had not yet been exercised, 1 million and 4 million shares, respectively, of unvested restricted stock and 36 million shares related to the Bancorp’s Series G preferred stock that were not part of the conversion of preferred shares in the second quarter of 2009. The shares were excluded from the computation of net income per diluted share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive to earnings per share. For the year ended December 31, 2009, there were 44 million shares under warrants related to the Bancorp’s Series F preferred stock from the CPP that were excluded from the computation of net income per diluted share, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive to earnings per share due to the exercise price of the shares being greater than the average market price of the common shares. The warrants have an initial exercise price of $11.72 per share. Due to the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008, the diluted earnings per share calculation excluded all common stock equivalents, including 43 million stock options and stock appreciation rights, 6 million shares of restricted stock, 96 million common shares from convertible preferred stock and 44 million shares under warrants related to the CPP as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive to earnings per share. 116 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 28. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows: Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Bancorp has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. is little, reflect Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for if any, market activity at the which there the inputs measurement date. Unobservable Bancorp’s own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Bancorp’s own financial data such as internally developed pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial instruments in which the Bancorp has elected the fair value option. As of December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) Assets: Available-for-sale securities: U.S. Treasury and Government agencies U.S. Government sponsored agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities (a) Available-for-sale securities (a) Trading securities: U.S. Treasury and Government agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities Trading securities Residential mortgage loans held for sale Residential mortgage loans (b) Derivative assets: Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Equity contracts Commodity contracts Derivative assets Total assets Liabilities: Derivative liabilities Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Equity contracts Commodity contracts Derivative liabilities Short positions Total liabilities Fair Value Measurements Using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value $230 - - - - 180 410 1 - - - 47 48 - - 90 - - - 90 $548 14 - - - 14 1 $15 - 1,645 172 10,973 1,342 4 14,136 - 20 8 115 97 240 1,892 - 1,448 343 - 99 1,890 18,158 846 323 - 92 1,261 1 1,262 - - - - - - - - 1 - 5 - 6 - 46 13 - 81 - 94 146 11 - 28 - 39 - 39 $230 1,645 172 10,973 1,342 184 14,546 1 21 8 120 144 294 1,892 46 1,551 343 81 99 2,074 $18,852 871 323 28 92 1,314 2 $1,316 Fifth Third Bancorp 117 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS As of December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) Assets: Available-for-sale securities: U.S. Treasury and Government agencies U.S. Government sponsored agencies Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Residual interests in securitizations Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities (a) Available-for-sale securities (a) Trading securities: Obligations of states and political subdivisions Agency mortgage-backed securities Other bonds, notes and debentures Other securities Trading securities Fair Value Measurements Using Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 $458 - - - - - 517 975 - - - 61 61 - 2,142 243 11,382 2,395 9 16,171 - - - - - 174 - - 174 56 24 201 - 281 1 - 4 8 13 Total Fair Value $458 2,142 243 11,382 174 2,395 526 17,320 57 24 205 69 355 Residential mortgage loans held for sale Residential mortgage loans (b) Derivative instruments Total assets Liabilities: $1,094 Other liabilities (c) $1,094 Total liabilities (a) Excludes FHLB and FRB restricted stock totaling $524 and $344, respectively, at December 31, 2010, and $551 and $342, respectively, at December 31, 2009. (b) Includes residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale and subsequently transferred to held for investment. (c) Includes derivative liabilities with a negative fair value and short positions. 1,470 26 1,733 $20,904 - - 33 $1,069 1,470 - 1,616 19,538 - 26 84 297 1,013 1,013 $6 $6 75 75 The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. There were no financial assets or liabilities transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for any of the periods presented. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are reclassified to held for investment are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as described below. It is the Bancorp’s policy to value any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on end of period fair values. Available-for-sale and trading securities Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds. Agency mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds are generally valued using a market approach based on observable prices of securities with similar characteristics. Non- agency mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities are generally valued using an income approach based on speeds, discounted cash performance of underlying collateral and specific tranche-level attributes. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Trading securities classified as Level 3 consist of auction rate securities. Due to the illiquidity in the market for these types of securities at incorporating prepayment flows, 118 Fifth Third Bancorp December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp measured fair value using a discount rate based on the assumed holding period. Residential mortgage loans held for sale and held for investment For residential mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, DCF models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities with similar collateral, and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effect of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are valued based on mortgage backed securities prices are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as the valuation is based on external pricing for similar instruments. ARM loans classified as held for sale are also classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy due to the use of observable inputs in the DCF model. These observable inputs include interest rate spreads from agency mortgage-backed securities market rates and observable discount rates. For residential mortgage loans reclassified from held for sale to held for investment, the fair value estimation is based primarily on the underlying collateral values. Therefore, these loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Derivatives Exchange-traded derivatives valued using quoted prices and certain over-the-counter derivatives valued using active bids are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Most derivative contracts are valued using discounted cash flow or other models that incorporate current market interest rates, credit spreads assigned to the derivative counterparties and other market parameters and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives include basic and structured NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS interest rate swaps and options. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. At December 31, 2010, derivatives classified as Level 3, which are valued using an option-pricing model containing unobservable inputs, consisted primarily of warrants and put rights associated with the Processing Business Sale and a total return swap associated with the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Level 3 derivatives also include interest rate lock commitments, which utilize internally rate assumptions as a significant generated loan closing unobservable input in the valuation process. In connection with the Processing Business Sale, the Bancorp provided Advent International with certain put options that are exercisable in the event of certain circumstances. In addition, the warrants associated with the Processing Business Sale allow the Bancorp to purchase an incremental 10% nonvoting interest in FTPS under certain defined conditions involving change of control. The fair values of the warrants and put options are calculated applying Black-Scholes option valuation models using probability weighted scenarios. The assumptions utilized in the models are summarized in the following table as of December 31: Expected term Expected volatility (a) Risk free rate Expected dividend rate (a) Based on historical and implied volatilities of comparable companies assuming similar expected terms. Warrants 8.5 - 18.5 years 36.0 - 37.0% 3.06 - 4.18% 0% Put Options .5 - 3.0 years 25.6 - 44.6% 0.23 - 1.05% 0% 2010 2009 Warrants 9.5 - 19.5 years 36.7 - 41.1% 3.96 - 4.68% 0% Put Options .5 - 4.0 years 31.3 - 50.2% 0.27 - 2.23% 0% Under the terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Class B shares into Class A shares. The fair value of the total return swap was calculated using a DCF model based on unobservable inputs consisting of management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, timing of litigation settlements and payments related to the swap. The net fair value of the interest rate lock commitments at December 31, 2010 was immaterial to the Bancorp. At December 31, 2010, immediate decreases in current interest rates of 25 bp and 50 bp would result in increases in the fair value of the interest lock commitments of $14 million and $27 million, rate respectively. Immediate increases of current interest rates of 25 bp and 50 bp would result in decreases in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of $16 million and $33 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The change in fair value of interest rate lock commitments at December 31, 2010 due to immediate 10% and 20% favorable and adverse changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be immaterial to the Bancorp. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution, as changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. typically cannot be extrapolated because The following tables are a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) For the year ended December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) Beginning balance Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized): Included in earnings Included in other comprehensive income Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (c) Ending balance The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010 (d) Residual Interests in Securitizations $174 Trading Securities 13 - - (174)(b) - $ - $ - 3 - (10) 6 - Residential Mortgage Loans Interest Rate Derivatives, Net (a) 26 - - (6) 26 46 (2) 187 - (183) - 2 Equity Derivatives, Net (a) 11 Total Fair Value $222 (14) - 56 - 53 176 - (317) 26 $107 - 60 (14) $46 Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) For the year ended December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) Beginning balance Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized): Included in earnings Included in other comprehensive income Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (c) Ending balance The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2009 (d) Residual Interests in Securitizations $146 Trading Securities - 10 3 15 - $174 $6 (4) - 17 13 (4) Residential Mortgage Loans 7 (2) - (8) 29 26 Derivatives, Net (e) 24 Total Fair Value $177 145 - (160) - 9 149 3 (136) 29 $222 (2) 16 $16 Fifth Third Bancorp 119 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Residual Interests in Securitizations $10 Residential Mortgage Loans Derivatives, Net (e) (4) Total Fair Value $6 For the year ended December 31, 2008 ($ in millions) Beginning balance Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized): Included in earnings Included in other comprehensive income Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (c) Ending balance The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2008 (d) (a) Net interest rate derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $13 and $11, respectively. Net equity derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $81 and $28, 38 1 124 8 $177 (15) 1 150 - $146 54 - (26) - 24 (1) - - 8 7 ($15) $11 (1) 27 - respectively. (b) Due to a change in U.S. GAAP adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2010, all residual interests in securitizations were eliminated concurrent with the consolidation of the related VIEs. See Note 1 for further discussion. Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale that were transferred to held for investment. Includes interest income and expense. (c) (d) (e) Net derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $84 and $75, respectively, at December 31, 2009, and derivative assets and liabilities of $30 and $6, respectively, at December 31, 2008. The total gains and losses included in earnings for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income as follows: ($ in millions) Interest income Mortgage banking net revenue Corporate banking revenue Other noninterest income Securities gains (losses), net Other noninterest expense Total gains 2010 2009 15 127 1 15 (5) (4) 149 $ - 187 1 (15) 3 - $176 2008 7 53 (4) 5 (23) - 38 The total gains and losses included in earnings attributable to changes in unrealized gains and losses related to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held at year end were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income as follows: ($ in millions) Interest income Mortgage banking net revenue Corporate banking revenue Other noninterest income Securities losses, net Other noninterest expense Total gains 2010 $ - 60 1 (15) - - $46 2009 11 (7) 1 20 (5) (4) 16 2008 7 21 1 5 (23) - 11 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment. The following table represents those assets and liabilities that were subject to fair value adjustments during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related losses from such fair value adjustments. Fair Value Measurements Using ($ in millions) Commercial nonaccrual loans held for sale Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Residential mortgage loans Other consumer loans MSRs OREO property Total Level 1 $120 - - - - - - - $120 Level 2 - - - - - 71 - - 71 Level 3 770 272 234 109 3 10 822 527 2,747 Total $890 272 234 109 3 81 822 527 $2,938 Total Losses Year Ended December 31, 2010 ($448) (470) (207) (159) (6) (12) (36) (264) ($1,602) 120 Fifth Third Bancorp NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Fair Value Measurements Using ($ in millions) Commercial nonaccrual loans held for sale Residential mortgage loans held for sale Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases MSRs OREO property Investment in FTPS Holding, LLC Total Level 1 $60 - 64 37 40 - - - - $201 Level 2 - - - - - - - - 524 524 Level 3 163 55 243 303 199 1 699 461 - 2,124 Total $223 55 307 340 239 1 699 461 524 $2,849 Total Losses Year Ended December 31, 2009 ($56) (2) (217) (136) (150) (2) (24) (131) - ($718) During 2010, the Bancorp transferred $650 million of commercial loans from the portfolio to loans held for sale. Of the loans that were transferred to held for sale, $112 million were fair valued based on executable bids and, therefore, classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. The remaining $538 million were fair valued based on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows and, therefore, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In addition, existing loans held for sale of $240 million were further adjusted, $8 million of which were based on executable bids and therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy, and the remaining $232 million based on appraisals of the underlying collateral value and, therefore, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. During 2010, and 2009, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring impairment adjustments to certain commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans held for investment. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. During 2009, certain amounts were based on bids for the loans in active markets and, therefore, classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. the Bancorp During 2010, During 2010, recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain residential mortgage loans. The fair value of these loans was based on the underlying collateral values and, therefore, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain other consumer loans. As indicated in Note 12, the Bancorp provides funding to certain entities sponsored by third parties to finance consumer loans originated by third parties. During 2010, one of these entities agreed to transfer ownership of its underlying consumer loans to the Bancorp, and these loans are now classified as held for investment. Upon transfer, the Bancorp was required to measure and record the loans at fair value, which was determined using a DCF model, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, and in some cases, the value of the underlying collateral, which are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. During 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp recognized temporary impairments in certain classes of the MSR portfolio in which the carrying value was adjusted to fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, the Bancorp estimates the fair value of MSRs using discounted cash flow models with certain unobservable inputs, primarily prepayment speed assumptions, in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Refer to Note 13 for further information on the Bancorp’s MSRs. resulting During 2010 and 2009, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO and measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Such fair value amounts are generally based on appraisals of the property values, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. The previous table reflects the fair value measurements of the properties before deducting the estimated costs to sell. During 2009, the Bancorp purchased residential mortgage loans with a principal balance of $57 million. The Bancorp subsequently recorded nonrecurring impairment adjustments totaling $2 million during 2009. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, therefore, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp recorded an investment in FTPS Holdings, LLC related to its retained noncontrolling interest from the Processing Business Sale. The investment’s fair value was based on the Bancorp’s proportional share of the LLC’s equity capital and was measured using observable data directly from the sales transaction with Advent International. Therefore, this investment was classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. In subsequent periods, the investment in FTPS Holdings, LLC has been recorded under the equity method of accounting. Fair Value Option The Bancorp has elected to measure residential mortgage loans held for sale under the fair value option as allowed under U.S. GAAP. Management’s intent to sell residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale may change over time due to such factors as changes in the overall liquidity in markets or changes in characteristics specific to certain loans held for sale. Consequently, these loans may be reclassified to loans held for investment and maintained in the Bancorp’s loan portfolio. In such cases, the loans will continue to be measured at fair value. Residential loans with fair values of $26 million and $29 million, respectively, were transferred to the Bancorp’s portfolio during 2010 and 2009. Losses related to fair value adjustments on these loans were immaterial to the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $2 million of losses during 2009. Fair value changes included in earnings for instruments for which the fair value option was elected included losses of $191 million and $162 million, respectively during 2010 and 2009. These losses are reported as mortgage banking net revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Valuation adjustments related to instrument-specific credit risk for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value negatively impacted the fair value of these loans by $5 million and $3 million, respectively, during 2010 and 2009. Interest on residential mortgage loans measured at fair value is accrued as it is earned using the effective interest method and is reported as interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Fifth Third Bancorp 121 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following tables summarize the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value. ($ in millions) As of December 31, 2010 Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value Past due loans of 90 days or more Nonaccrual loans As of December 31, 2009 Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value Past due loans of 90 days or more Nonaccrual loans Aggregate Fair Value Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance Difference $1,938 5 1 $1,496 3 1 1,913 6 1 1,463 4 1 $25 (1) - $33 (1) - Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments The following table summarizes carrying amounts and estimated fair values for certain financial instruments, excluding financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at: December 31, 2010 ($ in millions) Financial assets: Cash and due from banks Other securities Held-to-maturity securities Other short-term investments Loans held for sale Portfolio loans and leases: Commercial and industrial loans Commercial mortgage loans Commercial construction loans Commercial leases Residential mortgage loans (a) Home equity Automobile loans Credit card Other consumer loans and leases Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses Total portfolio loans and leases, net (a) Financial liabilities: Deposits Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt (a) Excludes $46 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis. December 31, 2009 ($ in millions) Financial assets: Cash and due from banks Other securities Held-to-maturity securities Other short-term investments Loans held for sale Portfolio loans and leases, net (a) Financial liabilities: Deposits Federal funds purchased Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt (a) Excludes $26 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis. 122 Fifth Third Bancorp Carrying Amount Fair Value $2,159 868 353 1,515 324 26,068 10,248 1,890 3,267 8,600 11,248 10,910 1,738 622 (150) 74,441 81,648 279 1,574 9,558 2,159 868 353 1,515 324 27,322 9,513 1,471 2,934 7,577 9,366 10,975 1,786 682 - 71,626 81,860 279 1,574 9,921 Carrying Amount Fair Value $2,318 893 355 3,369 543 73,004 84,305 182 1,415 10,507 2,318 893 355 3,369 543 68,748 84,544 182 1,415 9,899 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Cash and due from banks, other securities, other short-term investments, deposits, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings For financial instruments with a short-term or no stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, FHLB and FRB restricted stock, other short- term investments, certain deposits (demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits), and federal funds purchased. Fair values for other time deposits, certificates of deposit $100,000 and over and other short-term borrowings were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied prevailing LIBOR/swap interest rates for the same maturities. Loans held for sale Fair values for commercial loans held for sale were valued based on executable bids when available, or on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows. Fair values for other consumer loans held for sale are based on contractual values upon which the loans may be sold to a third party, and approximate their carrying value. Portfolio loans and leases, net Fair values were estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current market rates of loans to borrowers with similar credit characteristics and similar remaining maturities. Held-to-maturity securities The Bancorp's held-to-maturity securities are primarily composed of instruments that provide income tax credits as the economic return on the investment. The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on current U.S. Treasury tax credit rates. Long-term debt Fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices, when available, or a discounted cash flow calculation using LIBOR/swap interest rates and, in some cases, a spread for new issues for borrowings of similar terms. Fifth Third Bancorp 123 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 29. CERTAIN REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND CAPITAL RATIOS The principal source of income and funds for the Bancorp (parent company) are dividends from its subsidiaries. The dividends paid by the Bancorp’s state chartered bank are subject to regulations and limitations prescribed by the appropriate state authority. The Bancorp’s nonbank subsidiaries are also limited by certain federal and state statutory provisions and regulations covering the amount of dividends that may be paid in any given year. The Bancorp’s subsidiary banks must maintain cash reserve balances when total reservable deposit liabilities are greater than the regulatory exemption. These reserve requirements may be satisfied with vault cash and noninterest-bearing cash balances on deposit with the FRB. In 2010 and 2009, the subsidiary banks were required to maintain average cash reserve balances of $547 million and $439 million, respectively. The FRB adopted guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. These guidelines include quantitative measures that assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items, as well as define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements. All bank holding companies are required to maintain core capital (Tier I) of at least four percent of risk-weighted assets (Tier I capital ratio), total capital of at least eight percent of risk-weighted assets. (Total risk-based capital ratio) and Tier I capital of at least three percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (Tier I leverage ratio). Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bancorp. Tier I capital consists principally of shareholders’ equity including Tier I qualifying trust preferred securities. It excludes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and unrecognized pension actuarial gains and losses and prior service cost, goodwill and certain other intangibles. Current provisions of the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act will phase out the inclusion of certain trust preferred securities as a component of Tier I capital beginning January 1, 2013. Under these provisions, these trust preferred securities would qualify as a component of Tier II capital. At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp’s Tier I capital included $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities. Tier II capital consists principally of perpetual and trust preferred stock that is not eligible to be included as Tier I capital, term subordinated debt, intermediate-term preferred stock and, subject to limitations, allowances for loan and lease losses. ($ in millions) Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets): (a) Fifth Third Bancorp (Consolidated) Fifth Third Bank Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets): Fifth Third Bancorp (Consolidated) Fifth Third Bank Tier I leverage (to average assets): Fifth Third Bancorp (Consolidated) Fifth Third Bank Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories, according to the obligor, guarantor or nature of collateral. The aggregate dollar value of the amount of each category is multiplied by the associated risk weighting of that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories in sum is the total risk-weighted assets. Quarterly average assets for this purpose do not include goodwill and any other intangible assets and other investments that the FRB determines should be deducted from Tier I capital. The supervisory agencies, including the Bancorp’s primary regulator, the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, have issued regulations regarding the capital adequacy of subsidiary banks. These requirements are substantially similar to those adopted by the FRB regarding bank holding companies, as described previously. In addition, the federal banking agencies have issued substantially similar regulations to implement the system of prompt corrective action established by Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Under the regulations, a bank generally shall be deemed to be well-capitalized if it has a Total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or more, a Tier I capital ratio of six percent or more, a Tier I leverage ratio of five percent or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive. If an institution becomes undercapitalized, it would become subject to significant additional oversight, regulations and requirements as mandated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. On September 30, 2009 the Bancorp merged its Fifth Third Bank (Michigan) and Fifth Third Bank N.A. charters into the Fifth Third Bank (Ohio) charter. As a result, regulatory capital requirements are only applicable to the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank, Fifth Third Bank (Ohio) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Bancorp and its subsidiary bank had Tier I, Total risk-based capital and Tier I leverage ratios above the well-capitalized levels at December 31, 2010 and 2009. As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the FRB categorized the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To continue to qualify for financial holding company status pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, the Bancorp’s subsidiary banks must, among other things, maintain “well-capitalized” capital ratios. The following table presents capital and risk-based capital and leverage ratios for the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank at December 31: 2010 2009 Amount Ratio Amount Ratio $18,173 14,931 18.14 % 15.17 $17,648 15,663 17.48 % 15.56 13,965 12,976 13,965 12,976 13.94 13.18 12.79 12.08 13,428 13,574 13,428 13,574 13.30 13.49 12.34 12.69 (a) Under the banking agencies risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets. 124 Fifth Third Bancorp 30. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2010 ($ in millions) Condensed Statements of Income (Parent Company Only) For the years ended December 31 Income Interest on loans to subsidiaries Expenses Interest Goodwill impairment Other Total expenses Loss Before Income Taxes and Change in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries 188 - 26 214 $33 2009 39 222 - 20 242 (181) 64 (203) 71 Applicable income tax benefit Loss Before Change in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries Undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries Net Income (Loss) 2008 80 293 57 24 374 (294) 84 (117) 870 $753 (132) 869 737 (210) (1,903) (2,113) Condensed Balance Sheets (Parent Company Only) As of December 31 Assets Cash Short-term investments Loans to subsidiaries Investment in subsidiaries Goodwill Other assets Total Assets Liabilities Other short-term borrowings Accrued expenses and other liabilities Long-term debt Total Liabilities Shareholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 2010 2009 $60 2,953 1,521 15,622 80 545 $20,781 $414 356 5,960 6,730 14,051 $20,781 2 2,350 1,360 16,105 80 381 20,278 280 695 5,806 6,781 13,497 20,278 ($ in millions) Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Parent Company Only) For the years ended December 31 Operating Activities Net income (loss) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) $753 2010 2009 737 to net cash provided by operating activities: Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes Goodwill impairment Dividend from subsidiary Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Net change in: Other assets Accrued expenses and other liabilities Other, net Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities Investing Activities Capital contribution to subsidiaries Net cash paid in business combinations Net change in: Other short-term investments Loans to subsidiaries Net Cash Used in Investing Activities Financing Activities Net change in other short-term borrowings Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Repayment of long-term debt Dividends paid on common shares Dividends paid on preferred shares Issuance of preferred shares, series F, G Issuance of common shares Exercise of stock-based awards Exchange of preferred shares, Series G Dividends on exchange of preferred shares, Series G Retirement of preferred shares, series D, E Dividends on redemption of preferred shares, series D, E Other, net Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash Cash at Beginning of Year Cash at End of Year 2008 (2,113) 11 57 - 1,903 (85) 40 (5) (192) (2) - 1,400 (870) (6) (339) (11) 925 2 - - (869) 83 591 (6) 538 - - (1,600) - (2,000) (328) (603) (161) (764) 134 - - (32) (205) - - - - - - - - (103) 58 2 $60 1,158 (117) (559) (503) - (31) (27) (220) - 987 - (269) 35 - - (10) (38) (59) 61 2 (2,423) (42) (4,793) 763 2,126 (1,714) (639) (48) 4,480 - 4 - - (9) (19) (13) 4,931 (54) 115 61 Fifth Third Bancorp 125 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 31. BUSINESS SEGMENTS The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management accounting practices are improved and businesses change. On June 30, 2009, the Bancorp completed the Processing Business Sale, which represented the sale of a majority interest in the Bancorp’s merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses. Financial data for the merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses was originally reported in the former Processing Solutions segment through June 30, 2009. As a result of the sale, the Bancorp no longer presents Processing Solutions as a segment and therefore, historical financial information for the merchant acquiring and financial institutions processing businesses has been reclassified under General Corporate and Other for all periods presented. in the Processing Interchange revenue previously recorded Solutions segment and associated with cards currently included in Branch Banking is now included in the Branch Banking segment for all periods presented. Additionally, the Bancorp retained its retail credit card and commercial multi-card service businesses, which were also originally reported in the former Processing Solutions segment through June 30, 2009, and are now included in the Consumer Lending and Commercial Banking segments, respectively, for all periods presented. Revenue from the remaining ownership interest in the Processing Business is recorded in General Corporate and Other as noninterest income. The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the level by employing a FTP methodology. This corporate methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the LIBOR swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan growth and changes in factors in the allowance for loan and lease losses are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit. 126 Fifth Third Bancorp Results of operations and average assets by segment for each of the three years ended December 31 are: NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2010 ($ in millions) Net interest income (a) Provision for loan and lease losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan Commercial Banking Branch Banking 1,501 542 Consumer Lending 418 582 Investment Advisors 138 44 General Corporate 20 (789) Eliminations - - Total 3,622 1,538 and lease losses Noninterest income: Mortgage banking net revenue Service charges on deposits Corporate banking revenue Investment advisory revenue Card and processing revenue Other noninterest income Securities gains (losses), net Total noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, wages and incentives Employee benefits Net occupancy expense Technology and communications Equipment expense Card and processing expense Other noninterest expense $1,545 1,159 386 - 199 346 15 33 42 - 635 215 39 16 14 2 2 702 990 31 (134) 165 959 27 369 15 106 303 73 - 893 (164) 619 1 - - (5) 33 14 662 94 2 6 3 346 1 (2) - 356 433 119 174 16 49 102 648 1,541 311 110 201 168 32 7 2 1 4 345 559 (61) (21) (40) 131 25 9 2 1 - 237 405 45 16 29 809 (1) (1) - - (16) 260 47 289 483 99 92 155 69 - (432) 466 632 234 398 - 398 250 148 (8,669) - - - - (106)(b) - - - (106) - - - - - - (106) (106) - - - - - - - - 2,084 647 574 364 361 316 406 61 2,729 1,430 314 298 189 122 108 1,394 3,855 958 205 753 - 753 250 503 112,434 Total noninterest expense Income before income taxes Applicable income tax (benefit) expense (a) Net income (loss) Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Bancorp Dividends on preferred stock Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Average assets (a) Includes FTE adjustments of $18. (b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Consolidated Statements of Income - 165 - 165 $43,316 - (40) - (40) 22,260 - 201 - 201 49,066 - 29 - 29 6,461 2009 ($ in millions) Net interest income (a) Provision for loan and lease losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan Commercial Banking $1,383 1,360 Branch Banking 1,559 585 Consumer Lending 494 574 Investment Advisors 157 57 and lease losses Noninterest income: Mortgage banking net revenue Service charges on deposits Corporate banking revenue Investment advisory revenue Card and processing revenue Gain on sale of Processing Business Other noninterest income Securities gains (losses), net Total noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, wages and incentives Employee benefits Net occupancy expense Technology and communications Equipment expense Card and processing expense Other noninterest expense Total noninterest expense Income (loss) before income taxes Applicable income tax (benefit) expense (a) Net income (loss) Dividends on preferred stock Net income (loss) available to common 23 - 196 353 11 28 - 20 1 609 186 35 17 6 3 1 741 989 (357) (237) (120) - 974 26 428 10 84 264 - 86 - 898 396 106 169 16 48 68 569 1,372 500 176 324 - (80) 526 - - - 4 - 40 57 627 160 27 7 2 1 2 312 511 36 13 23 - 100 1 8 11 315 1 - - - 336 117 23 10 2 1 - 201 354 82 29 53 - General Corporate (220) 967 (1,187) - - (2) (1) 357 1,758 333 (11) 2,434 480 120 105 155 70 122 (330) 722 525 68 457 226 shareholders Average assets (a) Includes FTE adjustments of $19. (b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Consolidated Statements of Income (c) Card and processing revenues provided to the banking segments are eliminated in the Consolidated Statements of Income. (120) $46,082 23 22,623 324 50,019 53 5,679 231 (9,547) Eliminations - - Total 3,373 3,543 - - - - (83)(b) (39)(c) - - - (122) - - - - - - (122) (122) - - - - - - (170) 553 632 372 326 615 1,758 479 47 4,782 1,339 311 308 181 123 193 1,371 3,826 786 49 737 226 511 114,856 Fifth Third Bancorp 127 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2008 ($ in millions) Net interest income (a) Provision for loan and lease losses Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan Commercial Banking $1,567 1,864 Branch Banking 1,714 352 Consumer Lending 481 441 Investment Advisors 191 49 General Corporate (417) 1,854 Eliminations - - Total 3,536 4,560 and lease losses Noninterest income: Mortgage banking net revenue Service charges on deposits Corporate banking revenue Investment advisory revenue Card and processing revenue Other noninterest income Securities gains (losses), net Total noninterest income Noninterest expense: Salaries, wages and incentives Employee benefits Net occupancy expense Technology and communications Equipment expense Card and processing expense Goodwill impairment Other noninterest expense Total noninterest expense Income (loss) before income taxes Applicable income tax expense (benefit) (a) Net income (loss) Dividends on preferred stock Net income (loss) available to common (297) 1,362 - 186 401 18 26 47 - 678 208 35 17 7 4 1 750 646 1,668 (1,287) (554) (733) - 13 447 12 84 246 105 - 907 409 108 159 16 44 45 - 512 1,293 976 344 632 - 40 184 - - - 3 40 124 351 111 26 8 2 1 6 215 251 620 (229) (81) (148) - 142 1 9 18 354 2 2 - 386 133 26 10 2 1 - - 204 376 152 54 98 - shareholders Average assets (a) Includes FTE adjustments of $22. (b) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Consolidated Statements of Income. (c) Card and processing revenues provided to the banking segments are eliminated in the Consolidated Statements of Income. (733) $47,834 (148) 23,294 632 46,182 98 5,496 (2,271) - (1,024) 1 (1) - (6) 701 169 (90) 774 476 83 106 164 80 222 - (374) 757 (2,254) (292) (1,962) 67 (2,029) (8,510) - - - (84)(b) (66)(c) - - (150) - - - - - - - (150) (150) - - - - - - 199 641 431 366 912 363 34 2,946 1,337 278 300 191 130 274 965 1,089 4,564 (2,642) (529) (2,113) 67 (2,180) 114,296 32. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Common stock and senior notes offerings On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp raised $1.7 billion in new common equity through the issuance of 121,428,572 shares of common stock in an underwriting offering with an initial price of $14.00 per share. On January 24, 2011, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 12,142,857 shares at the offering price of $14.00 per share. In connection with this exercise, the Bancorp entered into a forward sale agreement which resulted in a final net payment of 959,821 shares on February 4, 2011. On January 25, 2011, the Bancorp issued $1.0 billion of senior notes to third party investors, and entered into a Supplemental Indenture dated January 25, 2011 with Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, which modifies the existing Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated April 30, 2008 between the Bancorp and the Trustee. The Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture define the rights of the Senior Notes, which Senior Notes are represented by Global Securities dated as of January 25, 2011. The senior notes bear a fixed rate of interest of 3.625% per annum. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Bancorp. Payment of the full principal amount of the notes will be due upon maturity on January 25, 2016. The notes will not be subject to the redemption at the Bancorp’s option at any time prior to maturity. Repurchase of outstanding TARP preferred stock As further discussed in Note 24, on December 31, 2008, the Bancorp issued $3.4 billion of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, and related warrants to the U.S. Treasury under the U.S. Treasury’s CPP. On February 2, 2011, the Bancorp redeemed all 136,320 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury. The net proceeds from the Bancorp’s previously discussed common stock and senior notes offerings and other funds were used to redeem the $3.4 billion of Series F Preferred Stock. In connection with the redemption of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Bancorp accelerated the accretion of the remaining issuance discount on the Series F Preferred Stock and recorded a corresponding reduction in retained earnings of $153 million. This resulted in a one-time, noncash reduction in net income available to common shareholders and related basic and diluted earnings per share. This transaction will be reflected in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Dividends of $15 million were paid on February 2, 2011 when the Series F Preferred Stock was redeemed. The Bancorp notified the U.S. Treasury on February 17, 2011, of its intention to negotiate for the purchase of the warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the CPP preferred stock investment. 128 Fifth Third Bancorp SECURITI UNITED IES AND EXC Washington STATES CHANGE COM n, D.C. 20549 MMISSION FORM M 10-K ANNUAL RE 15(d) OF THE 1 For the EPORT PURSU SECURITIES fiscal year end UANT TO SEC S EXCHANGE ded December 3 R CTION 13 OR E ACT OF 193 4 31, 2010 Co ommission file n number 001-336 653 In ncorporated in t mployer Identif I.R.S. Em ddress: 38 Foun Ad Cincinnati, Telephone: (8 the State of Ohi fication No. 31- ntain Square Pla Ohio 45263 800) 972-3030 io -0854434 aza Securities reg gistered pursuan nt to Section 12( (b) of the Act: Ti Co Pa itle of each clas ommon Stock, W ar Value ss: Without 8. Co St 5% Non-Cumul onvertible Perpe tock ative Series G etual Preferred 7. 25% Trust Prefe of f Fifth Third Cap erred Securities pital Trust V 7. 25% Trust Prefe of f Fifth Third Cap erred Securities pital Trust VI 8. 875% Trust Pref of f Fifth Third Cap s ferred Securities pital Trust VII each exchange Name of on which The NAS Market LL h registered: DAQ Stock LC The NAS Market LL DAQ Stock LC New York k Stock Exchang ge New York k Stock Exchang ge New York k Stock Exchang ge In ndicate by che easoned issuer, se es: ⌧ No: (cid:133) Ye eckmark if th as defined in he registrant i Rule 405 of th s a well-know he Securities A wn Act. In ndicate by chec eports pursuant re es: (cid:133) No: ⌧ Ye ckmark if the r to Section 13 o registrant is no r Section 15(d) t required to f of the Act. file ndicate by chec In eports required re Se ecurities Excha m months (or for equired to file s re ling requiremen fil ck mark whethe to be filed b ange Act of 1 such shorter such reports), a nts for the past 9 er the registrant by Section 13 1934 during th period that th and (2) has bee 90 days. Yes: ⌧ t (1) has filed or 15(d) of t he preceding he registrant w n subject to su ⌧ No: (cid:133) all the 12 was uch ndicate by chec In el ectronically and In nteractive Data pu ursuant to Rul ch hapter) during eriod that the re pe les). Yes: ⌧ No fil ck mark wheth d posted on its c a File required le 405 of Reg the preceding egistrant was re o: (cid:133) er the Registra corporate Web d to be submi gulation S-T (§ 12 months (or equired to subm ant has submitt site, if any, eve itted and post §232.405 of th for such short mit and post su ted ery ted his ter uch In ndicate by che pu ursuant to Item ch hapter) is not c he best of reg th nformation state in his Form 10-K o th eck mark if d m 405 of Reg contained herein gistrant’s know ements incorpor or any amendme disclosure of gulation S-K (§ n, and will not wledge, in def rated by referen ent to this Form delinquent file §229.405 of th t be contained, finitive proxy nce in Part III m 10-K. (cid:133) ers his to or of Ind file repo “ac of t dicate by check m r, an accelerate orting company celerated filer” the Exchange Ac mark whether th ed filer, a non y. See definitio and “smaller rep ct. e registrant is a -accelerated file ns of “large ac porting company large accelerated d er er, or a smalle ” ccelerated filer, 2 y” in Rule 12b-2 Lar Non Sm rge accelerated f n-accelerated fil maller reporting c filer ⌧ Acce ler (cid:133) (Do no company (cid:133) (cid:133) elerated filer (cid:133) ot check if a smaller r reporting company y) Ind (as dicate by check defined in Rule mark whether th 12b-2 of the Ac he registrant is ct). Yes: (cid:133) No: y a shell company ⌧ The with Agg of t ere were 917,75 hout par value gregate Market V the Bancorp was 59,578 shares of e, outstanding Value of the Vo s $8,520,556,333 f the Bancorp’s as of January oting Stock held 3 as of June 30, 2 Common Stock 31, 2011. Th by non-affiliate 2010. k, he es DO Thi the to a The Sha repo OCUMENTS IN is report incorpo U.S. Securities annual reports on e Bancorp’s Pro areholders is in ort. NCORPORATE orates into a sing and Exchange n Form 10-K an oxy Statement f ncorporated by ED BY REFERE gle document the Commission (SE nd annual reports for the 2011 An reference into ENCE e requirements o EC) with respec s to shareholders nnual Meeting o Part III of thi of ct s. of is Only those areholders that nstitute part of t cember 31, 2010 nual Report to S t of this Form orporated into th t of the Registra his 2010 Ann t sections of are specified i in this Cross R Form 10-K for the Registrant’s formation contai 0. No other info hall be deemed t Shareholders sh hall any such m 10-K nor sh he Form 10-K an nd shall not be d . ant’s Form 10-K. Sha con Dec Ann part inco part o t nual Report Reference Index x r the year ended d 0 ned in this 201 to constitute any y e information b as deemed “filed” a 10- PAR Item -K Cross Refer RT I m 1. rence Index formation lance Sheets Net Interest Income Business Employees Segment Inf Average Bal Analysis of Changes Investment S Loan and Le Risk Elemen Deposits quity and Assets Return on E Borrowings Short-term B s 1A. Risk Factors Staff Comments 1B. Unresolved 2. 3. 4. Securities Portfolio ease Portfolio nts of Loan and Lea edings and Reserved) Officers of the Banco Properties Legal Proce (Removed a Executive O orp Item Item Item Item Item PAR Item e and Net Interest In ncome ase Portfolio Item Item Item Item Item Item Item PAR Item Item Item Item 8. 9. T II 5. Market for R Stockholder Securities Selected Fin 6. 7. Managemen Condition an 7A. Quantitative Risk Financial St Changes in a Accounting 9A. Controls and 9B. Other Inform T III 10. Directors, E 11. Executive C m 12. Security Ow Managemen 13. Certain Rela Director Ind Principal Ac 14. T IV 15. Exhibits, Fin Item PAR Item SIGN NATURES Registrant’s Commo r Matters and Issuer on Equity, Related r Purchases of Equit ty nancial Data nt’s Discussion and nd Results of Opera e and Qualitative Di Analysis of Financ ations isclosures About M ial Market atements and Suppl and Disagreements and Financial Discl d Procedures mation lementary Data with Accountants o losure on xecutive Officers an nd Corporate Gove ernance Compensation wnership of Certain nt and Related Stock ationships and Relat dependence ccounting Fees and Beneficial Owners kholder Matters ted Transactions, an nd and Services nancial Statement S Schedules 5 16-18, 130-13 3 3 35-40, 126-12 28 0 3 29-3 1 44-45, 79-8 80 81 43-44, 8 57 49-5 46 4 1 5 98 47, 9 28 23-2 Non ne 36 13 10 04 Non ne 13 6 37 13 5 1 7, 15-47 65 63-6 48-6 68-12 62 28 ne Non 6 66 ne Non 13 13 39 39 112-115, 1 39 13 13 39 39 139-14 14 43 44 Fifth Thir ird Bancorp 129 AVAILABILITY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION Fifth Third Bancorp (the “Bancorp”) files reports with the SEC. Those reports include the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current event reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports. The public may read and copy any materials the Bancorp files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The Bancorp’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are accessible at no cost on the Bancorp’s web site at www.53.com on a same day basis after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS General Information Fifth Third Bancorp, an Ohio corporation organized in 1975, is a bank holding company as defined by the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and is registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). The Bancorp’s principal office is located in Cincinnati, Ohio. The Bancorp’s subsidiaries provide a wide range of financial products and services to the retail, commercial, financial, governmental, educational and medical sectors, including a wide variety of checking, savings and money market accounts, and credit products such as credit cards, installment loans, mortgage loans and leases. Fifth Third Bank has deposit the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) through the Deposit Insurance Fund. Refer to Exhibit 21 filed as an attachment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of subsidiaries of the Bancorp as of December 31, 2010. insurance provided by The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues from the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries is immaterial to the Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Additional information businesses Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. included is regarding the Bancorp’s in Management’s Discussion and Competition The Bancorp competes for deposits, loans and other banking services in its principal geographic markets as well as in selected national markets as opportunities arise. In addition to the challenge of attracting and retaining customers for traditional banking services, the Bancorp’s competitors include securities dealers, brokers, mortgage bankers, investment advisors and insurance companies. These competitors, with targeted at highly profitable customer focused products segments, compete across geographic boundaries and provide customers increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products. The increasingly competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation, changes in technology, product delivery systems and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service providers. These competitive trends are likely to continue. Acquisitions The Bancorp’s strategy for growth includes strengthening its presence in core markets, expanding into contiguous markets and broadening its product offerings while taking into account the integration and other risks of growth. The Bancorp evaluates strategic acquisition opportunities and conducts due diligence activities in connection with possible transactions. As a result, discussions, and in some cases, negotiations may take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities may occur. These typically involve the payment of a premium over book value and current market price, and therefore, some dilution of book value and net income per share may occur with any future transactions. Additional information regarding acquisitions is included in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Regulation and Supervision In addition to the generally applicable state and federal laws governing businesses and employers, the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank are subject to extensive regulation by federal to financial and state laws and regulations applicable 130 Fifth Third Bancorp institutions and their parent companies. Virtually all aspects of the business of the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank are subject to specific requirements or restrictions and general regulatory oversight. The principal objectives of state and federal banking laws are the maintenance of the safety and soundness of financial institutions and the federal deposit insurance system and the protection of consumers or classes of consumers, rather than the specific protection of shareholders of a bank or the parent company of a bank, such as the Bancorp. In addition, the supervision, regulation and examination of the Bancorp and its subsidiaries by the bank regulatory agencies is not intended for the protection of the Bancorp’s security holders. To the extent the following material describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute or regulation. The Bancorp is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB and the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions (the “Division”). The Bancorp is required to file various reports with, and is subject to examination by, the FRB and the Division. The FRB has the authority to issue orders to bank holding companies to cease and desist from unsound banking practices and violations of conditions imposed by, or violations of agreements with, the FRB. The FRB is also empowered to assess civil money penalties against companies or individuals who violate the BHCA or orders or regulations there under, to order termination of non-banking activities of non-banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies, and to order termination of ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary by a bank holding company. Applicable state and federal law also grant the FRB and the Division the authority to impose additional requirements and restrictions on the activities of the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank and, in some situations, the imposition of such additional requirements and restrictions will not be publicly available information. The BHCA requires the prior approval of the FRB, for a bank holding company to acquire substantially all the assets of a bank or to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of the voting shares of any bank, bank holding company or savings association, or to increase any such non-majority ownership or control of any bank, bank holding company or savings association, or to merge or consolidate with any bank holding company. The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 generally authorizes bank holding companies to acquire banks located in any state, subject to certain state-imposed age and deposit concentration limits, and also generally authorizes interstate bank holding company and bank mergers and to a lesser extent, interstate branching. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) permits a qualifying bank holding company to become a financial holding company (“FHC”) and thereby to engage directly or indirectly in a broader range of activities than those permitted for a bank holding company under the BHCA. Permitted activities for a FHC include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and brokerage, merchant banking and other activities that are declared by the FRB, in cooperation with the Treasury Department, to be “financial in nature or incidental thereto” or are declared by the FRB unilaterally to be “complementary” to financial activities. In addition, a FHC is allowed to conduct permissible new financial activities or acquire permissible non-bank financial companies with after- the-fact notice to the FRB. A bank holding company may elect to become a FHC if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized, is well managed and has at least a “Satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). Dodd- Frank also extended the well capitalized and well managed requirement to the bank holding company. In 2000, the Bancorp elected and qualified for FHC status under the GLBA. To maintain FHC status, a holding company must continue to to meet such meet certain requirements could result in restrictions on the activities of the FHC or loss of FHC status. If restrictions are imposed on the activities of an FHC, such information may not necessarily be available to the public. requirements. The failure Unless a bank holding company becomes a FHC under GLBA, the BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 5% of any class of the voting shares of a company that is not a bank or a bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks, except that it may engage in and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be proper incident thereto. The FRB has authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. The FRB has indicated generally that it may be an unsafe or unsound practice for bank holding companies to pay dividends unless a bank holding company’s net income is sufficient to fund the dividends and the expected rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Bancorp depends in part upon dividends received from its subsidiary bank to fund its activities, including the payment of dividends and its subsidiary bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends it may declare and pay. Under FRB policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to their support. This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide it. The Bancorp’s subsidiary bank is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and examination by the Division, the FRB, and the FDIC, which insures the deposits of the Bancorp’s subsidiary bank to the maximum extent permitted by law. The federal and state laws and regulations that are applicable to banks regulate, among other matters, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, the amount of loans to individual and related borrowers and the nature, amount of and collateral for certain loans, and the amount of interest that may be charged on loans. Various federal and state consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of banks. In 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 was signed into law (“FDIRA”). Pursuant to the FDIRA, the Bank Insurance Fund and Savings Association Fund were merged to create the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”). The FDIC was granted broader authority in adjusting deposit insurance premium rates and more flexibility in establishing the designated reserve ratio. As contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act the FDIC has revised the framework by which insured depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets (“large IDIs”) are assessed for purposes of payments to the DIF. The final rule implementing revisions to the assessment system was released on February 7, 2011, and will take effect for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011. Fifth Third Bancorp 131 Prior to the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, a large IDI’s DIF premiums principally were based on the size of an IDI’s domestic deposit base. Section 331(b) of Dodd-Frank changed the assessment base from an IDI’s domestic deposit base to its total assets. In addition to potentially greatly increasing the size of a large IDI’s assessment base, the expansion of the assessment base affords the FDIC much greater flexibility to vary its assessment system based upon the different asset classes that large IDIs normally hold on their balance sheets. this provision, the FDIC created an assessment scheme vastly different from the deposit-based system. Under the new system, large IDIs will be assessed under a complex “scorecard” methodology that seeks to capture both the probability that an individual large IDI will fail and the magnitude of the impact on the DIF if such a failure occurs. implement To Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, restrict transactions between a bank and an affiliated company, including a parent bank holding company. The Bancorp’s subsidiary bank is subject to certain restrictions on loans to affiliated companies, on investments in the stock or securities thereof, on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower, and on the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on their behalf. Among other things, these restrictions limit the amount of such transactions, require collateral in prescribed amounts for extensions of credit, prohibit the purchase of low quality assets and require that the terms of such transactions be substantially equivalent to terms of similar transactions with non-affiliates. Generally, the Bancorp’s subsidiary bank is limited in its extension of credit to any affiliate to 10% of the subsidiary bank’s capital and its extension of credit to all affiliates to 20% of the subsidiary bank’s capital. The CRA generally requires insured depository institutions to identify the communities they serve and to make loans and investments and provide services that meet the credit needs of these communities. Furthermore, the CRA requires the FRB to evaluate the performance of each of the subsidiary banks in helping to meet the credit needs of their communities. As a part of the CRA program, the subsidiary banks are subject to periodic examinations by the FRB, and must maintain comprehensive records of their CRA activities for this purpose. During these examinations, the FRB rates such institutions’ compliance with CRA as “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” Failure of an institution to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating could inhibit such institution or its holding company from undertaking certain activities, including engaging in activities permitted as a financial holding company under the GLBA and acquiring other financial institutions. The FRB must take into account the record of performance of banks in meeting the credit needs of the entire community served, including low- and moderate- income neighborhoods. Fifth Third Bank received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating in its most recent CRA examination. The FRB has established capital guidelines for bank holding companies and FHCs. The FRB, the Division and the FDIC have also regulations establishing capital requirements for banks. Failure to meet capital requirements could subject the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank to a variety of restrictions and enforcement actions. In addition, as discussed previously, the Bancorp’s subsidiary bank must remain well capitalized and well managed for the Bancorp to retain its status as a FHC. In addition, as of the Dodd-Frank Act “transfer date” (currently anticipated to be July 21, 2011), the Bancorp also must be well capitalized and well managed to retain its financial holding company status. issued 132 Fifth Third Bancorp Historically, the minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the federal banking agencies typically followed the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. On December 16, 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) issued the final text of a comprehensive update of the 2004 Basel II Accord (“Basel III”). On January 13, 2011, the Basel Committee issued an Annex to Basel III containing the final elements of reform to the definition of regulatory capital. Basel III aims to reform the international financial system by instituting significantly higher global capital requirements and new liquidity and leverage standards. Basel III is not itself binding, but rather must be adopted into United States law or regulation before affecting banks supervised in the United States. Moreover, if adopted in the United States Basil III likely would not become effective until 2013, and its provision would be subject to a multi-year transition period. Basel III significantly revises the definitions of regulatory capital, establishing separate capital requirements for common equity Tier 1 Capital (a new regulatory metric), Tier 1 Capital, consisting of the sum of Tier 1 Common Equity and Additional Tier 1 Capital, and Total Capital, consisting of the sum of Tier 1 Common Equity, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. Basel III, if implemented, ultimately would require banks to maintain a minimum Tier 1 Common Equity Capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6%, and a minimum Total Capital ratio of 8%. Among other significant reforms to the definition of regulatory capital, Basel III disqualifies certain structured capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital status. (Dodd-Frank also disqualifies trust- preferred and similar instruments over a three year period beginning in 2013.) In addition to higher minimum capital standards, Basel III also institutes new capital conservation and countercyclical buffers that could, if fully implemented, create significant incentive for banks to maintain up to an additional 5% above the minimum capital requirements. Basel III also introduces two measures of liquidity based on risk exposure, one based on a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario and one designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon. The FRB, FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies have adopted final guidelines (the “Guidelines) for safeguarding confidential, personal customer information. The Guidelines require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its Board of Directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bancorp has adopted a customer information security program that has been approved by the Bancorp’s Board of Directors (the “Board). The GLBA requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to non-affiliated third to parties. In general, consumers on policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, except as otherwise such information except as provided in the subsidiary bank’s policies subsidiary bank has and procedures. The Bancorp’s the statute requires explanations law, prohibits disclosing required by implemented a privacy policy. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”), designed to deny terrorists and others the ability to obtain access to the United States financial system, has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act, as implemented by various federal regulatory agencies, requires financial institutions, including the Bancorp and its subsidiaries, to implement new policies and procedures or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other matters, anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activity and currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The Patriot Act and its underlying regulations also information sharing for counter-terrorist purposes permit between federal law enforcement agencies and financial institutions, as well as among financial institutions, subject to certain conditions, and require the FRB (and other federal banking agencies) to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering activities when considering applications filed under Section 3 of the BHCA or the Bank Merger Act. The Bancorp’s Board has approved policies and procedures that are believed to be compliant with the Patriot Act. Certain mutual fund and unit investment trust custody and administrative clients are regulated as “investment companies” as that term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ICA), and are subject to various examination and reporting requirements. The provisions of the ICA and the regulations promulgated there under prescribe the type of institution that may act as a custodian of investment company assets, as well as the manner in which a custodian administers the assets in its custody. As a custodian for a number of investment company clients, these regulations require, among other things, that certain minimum aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profit levels are maintained by the Bancorp’s subsidiary bank, and also require the Bancorp to manage and retain certain investment company clients pursuant to specific ICA requirements that are in addition to the Bancorp’s management and retention responsibilities under other applicable federal and state laws. Additionally, our arrangements with clearing agencies or other securities depositories must meet ICA requirements for segregation of assets, identification of assets and client approval. New legislation or regulatory requirements could information reporting have a significant requirements applicable to the Bancorp and may in the short term adversely affect to service investment company clients at a reasonable cost. the Bancorp’s ability information about impact on the The GLBA amended the federal securities laws to eliminate the blanket exceptions that banks traditionally have had from the definition of “broker” and “dealer.” The GLBA also required that there be certain transactional activities that would not be “brokerage” activities, which banks could effect without having to register as a broker. In September 2007, the FRB and SEC approved Regulation R to govern bank securities activities. Various exemptions permit banks to conduct activities that would otherwise constitute brokerage activities under the securities laws. Those exemptions include conducting brokerage activities related to trust, fiduciary and similar services, certain services and also conducting a de minimis number of riskless principal transactions, certain asset-backed transactions and certain securities lending transactions. The Bancorp only conducts non-exempt brokerage activities through its affiliated registered broker-dealer. Emergency Economic Stabilization On October 3, 2008, in response to the stresses experienced in the financial markets, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (“EESA”) was enacted. EESA authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to purchase up to $700 billion in troubled assets from financial institutions under the Troubled Asset Relief Program or TARP. Troubled assets include residential or commercial mortgages and related instruments originated prior to March 14, 2008 and any other financial instrument that the Secretary determines, after consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the purchase of which is necessary to promote financial stability. Capital Purchase Program Pursuant to its authority under EESA, Treasury created the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under which the Treasury Department was authorized to invest up to $250 billion in senior preferred stock of U.S. banks and savings associations or their holding companies. Qualifying financial institutions could issue senior preferred stock with a value equal to not less than 1% of risk-weighted assets and not more than the lesser of $25 billion or 3% of risk-weighted assets. In connection with the issuance of the senior preferred, participating institutions were required to issue to Treasury immediately exercisable 10-year warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the amount of senior preferred. therein, reference incorporated by On December 31, 2008, the Bancorp entered into a Letter Agreement (including the Securities Purchase Agreement— Standard Terms the “Purchase Agreement) with Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.4 billion in cash: (i) 136,320 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, having a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock), and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 43,617,747 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value per share, at an initial exercise price of $11.72 per share. In the Purchase Agreement, the Bancorp agreed that, until such time as Treasury ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Bancorp acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Bancorp would take all necessary action to ensure that its benefit plans with respect to its senior executive officers comply with Section 111(b) of EESA as implemented by any guidance or regulation under the EESA that had been issued and was in effect as of the date of issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock and the Warrant, and agreed to not adopt any benefit plans with respect to, or which covers, its senior executive officers that do not comply with the EESA. On February 2, 2011 the Bancorp repurchased the Series F Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury pursuant to TARP. The Bancorp notified the U.S. Treasury on February 17, 2011, of its intention to negotiate for the purchase of the warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury. Supervisory Capital Assessment Program On February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced a new financial stability plan (the “Financial Stability Plan”), which built upon existing programs and earmarked the second $350 billion of unused funds originally authorized under EESA. Pursuant to the CAP, the Bancorp, along with the other domestic bank holding companies with assets of more than $100 billion at December 31, 2008, was subject to a forward- looking stress test called the Supervisory Capital Assessment Fifth Third Bancorp 133 Program (the “SCAP”). The SCAP exam evaluated the projected level and quality of each institution’s capital during specified economic scenarios through the end of 2010, which included a baseline scenario, reflecting a consensus estimate of private-sector forecasters, and a more adverse scenario, reflecting an economic situation more severe than is generally anticipated. On May 7, 2009, the Bancorp announced its SCAP results. The results of the SCAP assessment indicated that the Bancorp’s Tier 1 Capital and Total Risk-Based Capital ratios were expected to continue to exceed the levels required to maintain a “well-capitalized” status under the more adverse scenario as defined by the assessment. As a result, the Bancorp was not required to raise additional overall capital. The SCAP results did indicate that the Bancorp’s Tier 1 common equity would be required to be augmented to maintain a capital buffer above the newly required four percent threshold of the Tier 1 common equity ratio under the more adverse scenario of the assessment. The total amount required, prior to considering activities by the Bancorp since the end of the fourth quarter of 2008, was $2.6 billion. After considering such activities, including the sale of the Bancorp’s processing business, the indicated additional net Tier 1 common equity required was $1.1 billion. During the second quarter of 2009, in order to raise additional capital to augment Tier 1 common equity, the Bancorp completed a $1 billion common stock offering and an exchange of a portion of its Series G preferred stock. As a result of the common stock offering, the exchange of the preferred stock, and the sale of its processing business, the Bancorp exceeded its Tier 1 common equity requirement under the SCAP assessment by approximately $650 million. Additionally, in July of 2009, the Bancorp sold its Visa, Inc. Class B common shares resulting in an additional net $206 million benefit to equity. Regulatory Reform On July 21, 2010 President Obama signed into law the Dodd- Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act is aimed, in part, at accountability and transparency in the financial system and includes a numerous provisions that apply to and/or could impact the Bancorp and its subsidiary bank. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are set forth below. Financial Stability Oversight Council The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which is chaired by the Secretary of the Treasury and composed of expertise financial services regulators. The Financial Stability Oversight Council has responsibility for identifying risks and responding to emerging threats to financial stability. from various Executive Compensation The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a say on pay for shareholders of all public companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, each company must give its shareholders the opportunity to vote on the compensation of its executives at least once every three years. The Dodd-Frank Act also adds disclosure and voting requirements for golden parachute compensation that is payable to named executive officers in connection with sale transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to issue rules directing the stock exchanges to prohibit listing classes of equity securities if a company’s compensation committee members are not independent. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that a company’s compensation committee may only select a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor 134 Fifth Third Bancorp after taking into consideration factors to be identified by the SEC that affect the independence of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor. The SEC is required under the Dodd-Frank Act to issue rules obligating companies to disclose in proxy materials for annual meetings of shareholders information that shows the relationship between executive compensation actually paid to their named executive officers and their financial performance, taking into account any change in the value of the shares of a company’s stock and dividends or distributions. information required to be reported under The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the SEC must issue rules directing the stock exchanges to prohibit listing any security of a company unless the company develops and implements a policy providing for disclosure of the policy of the company on incentive-based compensation that is based on financial the securities laws and that, in the event the company is required to the material prepare an accounting restatement due noncompliance of the company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the company will recover from any current or former executive officer of the company who received incentive-based compensation during the three- years period preceding the date on which the company is required to prepare the restatement based on the erroneous data, any exceptional compensation above what would have been paid under the restatement. to The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC, by rule, to require that each company disclose in the proxy materials for its annual meetings whether an employee or board member is permitted to purchase financial instruments designed to hedge or offset decreases in the market value of equity securities granted as compensation or otherwise held by the employee or board member. Corporate Governance The Dodd-Frank Act clarifies that the SEC may, but is not required to promulgate rules that would require that a company’s proxy materials include a nominee for the board of directors submitted by a shareholder. The Dodd-Frank Act requires stock exchanges to have rules prohibiting their members from voting securities that they do not beneficially own (unless they have received voting instructions from the beneficial owner) with respect to the election of a member of the board of directors (other than an uncontested election of directors of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940), executive compensation or any other significant matter, as determined by the SEC by rule. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act includes a number of provisions that are targeted at improving the reliability of credit ratings. The SEC has been charged with adopting various rules in this regard. Consumer Issues The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, which will be housed within the Federal Reserve System but which will be independent. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection will have the authority to implement to numerous consumer protection laws and will have supervisory authority, including the power to conduct examination and take enforcement actions, with respect to depository institutions with more than $10 billion in consolidated assets. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection will also have new authority, among other regulations pursuant things, to declare acts “unfair, deceptive or abusive” and to require certain consumer disclosures. Debit Card Interchange Fees The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a set of new rules requiring that interchange transaction fees for electric debit transactions be “reasonable” and proportional to certain costs associated with processing the transactions. The FRB is given authority to establish standards for assessing whether interchange fees are reasonable and proportional. FDIC Matters The Dodd-Frank Act creates an orderly liquidation process that the FDIC can employ for failing financial companies that are not insured depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the FDIC new authority to create a widely available emergency financial stabilization program to guarantee the obligations of solvent depository institutions and their holding companies and affiliates during times of severe economic stress. Additionally Dodd-Frank also codifies many of the temporary changes that had already been implemented, such as permanently increasing the amount of deposit insurance to $250,000. Volker Rule In the “Volker Rule,” the Dodd-Frank Act sets forth new restrictions on banking organizations’ ability to engage in proprietary trading and sponsorship of or investment in private equity and hedge funds. The Volker Rule also generally prohibits any banking entity from sponsoring or acquiring any ownership interest in a private equity or hedge fund. The Volker Rule, however, contains a number of exceptions. The Volker Rule permits transactions in the securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, certain government-sponsored enterprises and states and their political subdivisions, as well as certain investments in small business investment companies. Transactions on behalf of customers and in connection with certain underwriting and market making activities, as well as risk-mitigating hedging activities and certain foreign banking activities are also permitted. Dodd-Frank also defines certain parameters with respect to a permissible de minimis investment in a private equity or hedge fund that the banking entity organizes and offers. In addition to the general prohibition on sponsorship and investment, the Volker Rule contains a second set of requirements applicable to any private equity or hedge fund that is sponsored by the banking entity or for which it serves as investment manager or investment advisor. Derivatives The Dodd-Frank Act sets forth a new regulatory system for the U.S. market for swaps and other over-the-counter derivatives. Under this new regime, all derivatives transactions and all entities that enter into them could be subject to potential regulations, and the goal of the regulatory framework is to promote the stability of the entire financial system and further transparency and competition in the derivatives market. Interstate Bank Branching The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions permitting national and insured state banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if, under the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established, as state bank chartered in that state would be permitted to establish a branch. Capital The Dodd-Frank Act instructs the FRB to seek to make capital requirements companies countercyclical, with a higher level required in times of economic expansion and lower level needed in times of economic contraction. applicable holding bank to Systemically Significant Companies The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new regulatory regime for entities that are deemed to be “systemically significant financial companies.” The Dodd-Frank Act sets a $50 billion consolidated asset floor for a bank holding company to be subject to the heightened oversight and regulation, although the FRB can adjust those amounts upward for some of the heightened standards under certain circumstances. Dodd-Frank establishes a broad framework for identifying, applying heightened supervision and regulation to, and (as necessary) limiting the size and activities of systemically significant financial companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a new regime for the orderly liquidation of financial companies whose failure would pose systemic risk is also created. Fifth Third Bancorp 135 Paul L. Reynolds, 49. Executive Vice President, Secretary and Chief Administrative Officer of the Bancorp since September 2009. Previously, Mr. Reynolds was Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel since 2002. Prior to that he was Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary since 1999. Joseph R. Robinson, 43. Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and Director of Information Technology the Bancorp since September 2009. and Operations of Previously, Mr. Robinson was Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bancorp since April 2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President and Director of Central Operations since November 2006 and Senior Vice President of IT Enterprise Solutions since March 2004. Mahesh Sankaran, 48. Senior Vice President and Treasurer of the Bancorp since June 2006. Previously, Mr. Sankaran was Treasurer for Huntington Bancshares Incorporated since February 2005. Robert A. Sullivan, 55. Senior Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since December 2002. Teresa J. Tanner, 42. Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Bancorp since February 2010. Previously, Ms. Tanner was Senior Vice President and Director of Enterprise Learning since September 2008. Prior to that, she was Human Resources Senior Vice President and Senior Business Partner for the Information Technology and Central Operations divisions since July 2006. Previously, she was Vice President and Senior Business Partner for Operations since September 2004. Mary E. Tuuk, 46. Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Bancorp since June 2007. Previously, Ms. Tuuk was Senior Vice President of Fifth Third Bancorp since 2003. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Bancorp’s executive offices and the main office of Fifth Third Bank are located on Fountain Square Plaza in downtown Cincinnati, Ohio in a 32-story office tower, a five-story office building with an attached parking garage and a separate ten- story office building known as the Fifth Third Center, the William S. Rowe Building and the 530 Building, respectively. The Bancorp’s main operations center is located in Cincinnati, Ohio, in a three-story building with an attached parking garage known as the Madisonville Operations Center. The Bank owns 100% of these buildings. At December 31, 2010, the Bancorp, through its banking and non-banking subsidiaries, operated 1,312 banking centers, of which 904 were owned, 277 were leased and 131 for which the buildings are owned but the land is leased. The banking centers are located in the states of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan, Illinois, Florida, Tennessee, North Carolina, West Virginia, Pennsylvania, Missouri, and Georgia. The Bancorp’s significant owned properties are owned free from mortgages and major encumbrances. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE BANCORP Officers are appointed annually by the Board of Directors at the meeting of Directors the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The names, ages and positions of the Executive Officers of the Bancorp as of February 28, 2011 are listed below along with their business experience during the past 5 years: immediately following Kevin T. Kabat, 54. President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bancorp since June 2006 and April 2007, respectively. Previously, Mr. Kabat was Chairman from June 2008 to June 2010. Previously, Mr. Kabat was Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since December 2003. Greg D. Carmichael, 49. Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bancorp since June 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Carmichael was the Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bancorp since June 2003 Mark D. Hazel, 45. Senior Vice President and Controller of the Bancorp since February 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Hazel was the Assistant Controller of the Bancorp since 2006 and was the Controller of Nonbank entities since 2003. James R. Hubbard, 52. Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of the Bancorp since February 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Hubbard was the Senior Vice President and Director of Legal Services since June 2001. Gregory L. Kosch, 51. Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since June 2005. Previously, Mr. Kosch was Senior Vice President and head of the Bancorp’s Commercial Division in the Chicago affiliate since June 2002. Bruce K. Lee, 50. Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since June 2005. Previously, Mr. Lee was President and CEO of Fifth Third Bank (Northwestern Ohio) since July 2002. Daniel T. Poston, 52. Executive Vice President of the Bancorp since June 2003, and Chief Financial Officer of the Bancorp since September 2009. Previously, Mr. Poston was the Controller of the Bancorp from July 2007 to May 2008 and from November 2008 to September 2009. Previously, Mr. Poston was the Chief Financial Officer of the Bancorp from May 2008 to November 2008. Formerly, Mr. Poston was the Auditor of the Bancorp since October 2001 and was Senior Vice President of the Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank since January 2002. 136 Fifth Third Bancorp Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Shares Purchased (a) Average Price Paid Per Share Maximum Shares that May Be Purchased Under the Plans or Period Programs 19,201,518 October 2010 19,201,518 November 2010 19,201,518 December 2010 Total 19,201,518 (a) The Bancorp repurchased 6,337, 10,690, and 8,191 shares during October, November and December of 2010 in connection with various employee compensation plans of the Bancorp. These purchases are not included against the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Board of Directors authorization. Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs - - - - $ - - - $ - - - - - PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES The Bancorp’s common stock is traded in the over-the-counter market and is listed under the symbol “FITB” on the NASDAQ® Global Select Market System. High and Low Stock Prices and Dividends Paid Per Share 2010 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter 2009 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter High $15.11 $13.81 $15.95 $14.05 High $10.92 $11.20 $9.15 $8.65 Low $11.71 $10.64 $12.00 $9.81 Low $8.76 $6.33 $2.50 $1.01 Dividends Paid Per Share $0.01 $0.01 $0.01 $0.01 Dividends Paid Per Share $0.01 $0.01 $0.01 $0.01 See a discussion of dividend limitations that the subsidiaries can pay to the Bancorp discussed in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, as of December 31, 2010, the Bancorp had 57,161 shareholders of record. Fifth Third Bancorp 137 The f refere exten following perf ence into any t the Bancorp s formance grap other Compan specifically inc phs do not con ny filing under corporates the nstitute solicit the Securities performance g ting material a s Act of 1933 o graphs by refer and should no or the Securiti rence therein. ot be deemed ies Exchange A filed or incor Act of 1934, ex rporated by xcept to the Total l Return Analy ysis The g 2001 graphs below su through 2010, r ummarize the c respectively, co cumulative retu ompared to the S urn experienced S&P 500 Stock d by the Bancor and the S&P B rp's shareholder Banks indices. rs over the yea ars 2006 throug gh 2010, and FIFTH THI IRD BANCO ORP VS. MA ARKET INDI ICES 138 8 Fifth Third Ba ancorp www.53.com

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above